Catalog

"Boilplate" Provisions in Business and Commercial Contracts: Traps for the Unwary

$85.00

Instructor(s): Shannon M. Bell

"Boilplate" Provisions in Business and Commercial Contracts: Traps for the Unwary The “back of the book” provisions of common business, commercial and real estate agreements are often labeled “boilerplate,” copied and pasted from earlier agreements. But when disputes arise, these overlooked provisions – related to damages, choice of law and forum, notice, integration, and amendments – can determine the fate transaction. These provisions, if not closely examined in the context of every agreement, can provide grounds for litigation – or threats of litigation. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting essential “boilerplate” provisions with an emphasis on reducing risk. Damages – types, limitations, drafting traps Choice of law/choice of forum – what the law allows v. what parties prefer Amendments – forms of written amendments, email, and course of dealing Notice – adapting methods to digital communication, traps Integration – conversations, extraneous writings, and assumptions Speaker: Shannon M. Bell is a member with Kelly Law Partners, LLC, where she litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues. Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen. She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and officer liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivative actions. She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
4/18/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

"Founding Documents": Drafting Articles of Incorporation & Bylaws, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Eric J. Zinn

"Founding Documents": Drafting Articles of Incorporation & Bylaws, Part 1 Though LLCs have become a default choice of entity for many businesses, corporations – C Corps and S Corps – still produce optimal results for many family-held businesses or businesses operating in industries where the corporate is preferred or required. The founding documents of corporations – Articles of Incorporation, Stockholders’ Agreements, and bylaws – are complex, interlocking instruments that create and regulate the capital structure, governance, and finance of the business. Very important issues of who can own stock, how that stock is valued and transferred, how major corporate decisions are made, and how disputes are resolved are all determined by these documents. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning and drafting the essential founding documents of corporations. Day 1: Practical planning and drafting founding documents Counseling clients about the allocation of voting power and distribution preferences Framework of law – what’s required, what can be modified, what’s discretionary Defining common stock characteristics – classes, voting rights Uses of preferred stock – classes, rights, preferences Tax issues to consider when drafting founding documents Day 2: Instituting boards of directors – duties, restrictions, indemnification Approval of shareholders – major transactions, voting thresholds, procedures Restrictions on the transferability of stock Major components of corporate bylaws Common traps in drafting founding documents – avoiding later litigation Speaker: Eric J. Zinn is of counsel in the Denver office of Kutak Rock, LLP. He represents clients in clients in matters involving corporate, individual and partnership taxation, state and local taxation, and corporate mergers, acquisitions and finance. He is a frequent lecturer on topics including the proper choice of legal entity for the operation of a business enterprise, drafting operating agreements for limited liability companies, international taxation, partnership taxation, and like-kind exchanges. He is an Adjunct Professor at the University of Colorado-Denver Business School and at the University of Colorado School of Law in Boulder. He is the author of "Colorado Limited Liability Company Forms and Practice Manual,” published by Data Trace Publishing. Before entering private practice he served as a judicial clerk to the U.S. Tax Court. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
9/28/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

"Founding Documents": Drafting Articles of Incorporation & Bylaws, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Eric J. Zinn

"Founding Documents": Drafting Articles of Incorporation & Bylaws, Part 2 Though LLCs have become a default choice of entity for many businesses, corporations – C Corps and S Corps – still produce optimal results for many family-held businesses or businesses operating in industries where the corporate is preferred or required. The founding documents of corporations – Articles of Incorporation, Stockholders’ Agreements, and bylaws – are complex, interlocking instruments that create and regulate the capital structure, governance, and finance of the business. Very important issues of who can own stock, how that stock is valued and transferred, how major corporate decisions are made, and how disputes are resolved are all determined by these documents. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning and drafting the essential founding documents of corporations Day 1: Practical planning and drafting founding documents Counseling clients about the allocation of voting power and distribution preferences Framework of law – what’s required, what can be modified, what’s discretionary Defining common stock characteristics – classes, voting rights Uses of preferred stock – classes, rights, preferences Tax issues to consider when drafting founding documents Day 2: Instituting boards of directors – duties, restrictions, indemnification Approval of shareholders – major transactions, voting thresholds, procedures Restrictions on the transferability of stock Major components of corporate bylaws Common traps in drafting founding documents – avoiding later litigation Speaker: Eric J. Zinn is of counsel in the Denver office of Kutak Rock, LLP. He represents clients in clients in matters involving corporate, individual and partnership taxation, state and local taxation, and corporate mergers, acquisitions and finance. He is a frequent lecturer on topics including the proper choice of legal entity for the operation of a business enterprise, drafting operating agreements for limited liability companies, international taxation, partnership taxation, and like-kind exchanges. He is an Adjunct Professor at the University of Colorado-Denver Business School and at the University of Colorado School of Law in Boulder. He is the author of "Colorado Limited Liability Company Forms and Practice Manual,” published by Data Trace Publishing. Before entering private practice he served as a judicial clerk to the U.S. Tax Court. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
9/29/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

10 Ethical Tips from Hollywood Movies

$100.00

Instructor(s): Joel Oster

10 Ethical Tips from Hollywood Movies In this class, we review the Model Rules of Professional Responsibility as those rules are depicted in popular movies. We also analyze the difference between professionalism and ethics, encouraging attorneys to view their career as a professional calling. During this class, we will review the following Model Rules and professionalism concepts: AGENDA Suits · Model Rule 5.1 and 5.2 – ensuring others are rule followers · Model Rule 1.1 and learning on the job · Model Rule 4.2 – Communicating with unrepresented persons · Model Rule 8.4 - Misconduct · Model Rule 8.3 – Reporting Professional Misconduct Indecent Proposal · Model Rule 1.6 – whose priviledge is it anyways? Chicago · Rule 1.5 – Fees · Rule 1.6 – Confidentiality of Information · Rule 1.8 – Conflicts of Interest · Rule 3.3 – Candor towards the Tribunal · Rule 3.6 – Trial Publicity Intolerable Cruelty · Rule 1.7 - Conflicts of Interest: Current Client · Rule 3.3 – Candor towards the Tribunal · Rule 4.1 – Truthfulness in Statements to Others · Rule 4.2 – Communications with person Represented by Counsel · Rule 7.1 – Communications Concerning a Lawyer’s Services A Few Good Men (Professionalism) · Rule 1.3 Dilligence (work-life balance vs. client expectations) · Rule 1.1 Competence (taking on new matters as compared to associating with an attorney of established competence) · Rule 1.7 Conflict of interest (Professionalism approach to cases that could impact future career opportunities) Lincoln Lawyer · Rule 1.3 – Diligence · Rule 1.4 – Communications · Rule 1.5 – Fees · Rule 1.6 – Confidentiality of Information · Rule 1.7 – Conflict of interest: Current Clients · Rule 1.8 – Conflict of Interest: Current Clients · Rule 1.15 – Safekeeping Property · Rule 3.3 – Candor towards the Tribunal · Rule 4.1 – Lying to Third Parties And Justice for All · Model Rule 1.7 – when conflicts go nuclear My Cousin Vinny (Professionalism) · Rule 1.1 – Competence (Professionalism concepts relating to being a mentoring attorney to new/inexperienced attorney) · Rule 1.2 – Scope of Representation and Allocation of Authority between Client and Lawyer (The importance of maintaining the ability to treat opposing counsel professionally) Rainmaker (Professionalism) · Rule 7.3 – Solicitation of Clients (Professionalism concepts regarding pro bono representation and non-profit representation) · Rule 8.3 – Reporting Professional Misconduct (Professionalism concepts regarding maintaining the integrity of the profession Review of professionalism/ethics concepts · Outside of beyond the grave, when can I disclose client confidences? Rule 1.6 · Can someone be in my ear? Rule 1.8 · Can I take this case as a learning experience? Rule 1.1(b) · How diligent is not diligent? Rule 1.3 · When can I talk to the opposing party? Rule 4.2(a) & (b), 1.8(h)(2) · What if I could be a witness? · What if my witness may lie, but I am not certain? Rule 3.3 · When can/must I withdraw? Rule 1.16 · Can I advertise that I am a super-lawyer? Rule 7.1 Joel Oster, Esq., Joel has also spoken to thousands of attorneys across the United States and has learned from their successful and unsuccessful legal practices. Joel brings this practical perspective to all his seminars. Oster earned his J.D. in 1997 from the University of Kansas School of Law. Oster is admitted to the bar in Kansas, Missouri, Florida, and numerous federal courts. Joel is a seasoned litigator and regular speaker to attorneys and non-attorneys alike. He currently is in private practice in Kansas City, specializing in constitutional litigation, campaign finance, sports law and appellate advocacy. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
120
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

2023 Ethics in Civil Litigation Update, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

This annual ethics update will cover a wide range of ethical developments important to your civil litigation practice. The program will provide detailed coverage of developments in conflicts of interest in litigation, confidentiality and the attorney-client privilege, and drafting and negotiating settlement agreements. The program will feature its annual tour of the waterfront of technology issues in litigation practice. Please join for this annual program which will provide you with a lively discussion of ethical developments important to civil litigation practice. Day 1: · Ethics and technology in law practice review · Ethics and settlement agreements · Recent developments in conflicts of interest, part 1 Day 2: · Ethics, evidence and witnesses · Developments in confidentiality and preserving the attorney-client privilege · Recent developments in conflicts of interest, part 2 Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
6/7/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

2023 Ethics in Civil Litigation Update, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

This annual ethics update will cover a wide range of ethical developments important to your civil litigation practice. The program will provide detailed coverage of developments in conflicts of interest in litigation, confidentiality and the attorney-client privilege, and drafting and negotiating settlement agreements. The program will feature its annual tour of the waterfront of technology issues in litigation practice. Please join for this annual program which will provide you with a lively discussion of ethical developments important to civil litigation practice. Day 1: · Ethics and technology in law practice review · Ethics and settlement agreements · Recent developments in conflicts of interest, part 1 Day 2: · Ethics, evidence and witnesses · Developments in confidentiality and preserving the attorney-client privilege · Recent developments in conflicts of interest, part 2 Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
58
Min.
6/8/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

2023 OBA Family Law Section Annual Meeting

$125.00

Instructor(s): OBA Family Law Section

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Bar Association Annual Meeting. Panel Discussion: Mental Health and Substance Abuse Evaluations in Family Law Cases Hon. Charles Gass (Canadian County), Hon. Deborah Reheard (Okmulgee County) & Hon. James M. Siderias (Oklahoma County) Moderator: Brita Cantrell Mental Health Records and Domestic Violence DVIS, Tulsa Moderator: Ron Gore RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN FAMILY LAW Prepared by Professor Robert Spector Virginia Henson, Norman Confidentiality: Navigating the Complex Intersections of the Right to Privacy Dewayne Moore, Inspector General with the Oklahoma Department Mental Health and Substance Abuse Services Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
268
Min.
11/12/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

2023 Solo and Small Conference - Cyber Security Awareness Training

$50.00

Instructor(s): Susan Wilson

Presented at 2023 OBA Sola and Small Firm Conference Cyber Security Awareness Training Designed for legal professionals, this program equips you with essential knowledge to safeguard sensitive client information. Learn from Susan Wilson as she guides you through threat assessment, data protection, incident response, and best practices for securing your firm's digital assets. Don't compromise on the security of your practice—enroll in our program today! Presented by: SUSAN WILSON Go Security Pro LLC Susan Wilson is the Co-Founder and President of Go Security Pro, a cybersecurity firm focusing on Risk Assessments, Ethical Hacking/Penetration Testing, Vulnerability Management, and Cybersecurity Advisory Services. Our clients include government agencies, higher education, critical infrastructure including power generation, power distribution, and health care. Proudly, much of our work in health care goes in front of the Office of Civil Rights in HIPAA breach actions. Susan has a Juris Doctorate from The George Washington University Law School and is admitted to practice in Oklahoma and Maryland. She spent 5 years helping build the legal profession for the University of Oklahoma College of Law as the Director of Admissions. Susan brings a unique blend of law and cybersecurity to our consulting practice that strengthens our business relationships, informs every customer engagement, and ensures our deliverables are audit ready. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
46
Min.
6/23/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

2023 Solo and Small Conference - Document Automation to Build an Unbundled Legal Product

$50.00

Instructor(s): Kenton Brice

Presented at 2023 OBA Solo and Small Firm Conference Document Automation to Build an Unbundled Legal Product Unlock the potential of document automation as Kenton Brice guides you through the latest techniques and technologies. Learn how to seamlessly integrate data with your legal expertise, saving valuable time and resources. This program empowers legal professionals to create legal documents such as contracts, agreements, and pleadings with ease. Enroll today and revolutionize your document creation process to maximize productivity and efficiency! Presented by: KENTON BRICE Director of the Law Library at the University of Oklahoma College of Law Kenton Brice is the Director of the Law Library at the University of Oklahoma College of Law. Prior to joining the College of Law, Kenton practiced as an associate attorney with the firm, Christman Kelley & Clarke, PC, where he gained extensive experience in the trial and appellate courtrooms and the boardroom, handling various litigation and transaction matters for the firm. During his short practice, Kenton earned honors as the Texas Appellate Lawyer of the Week by Texas Lawyer magazine for successfully appealing a case to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit as well as becoming a member of the Texas Bar Association's Pro Bono College for serving on the board of directors and executive committee for the nonprofit, Serve Denton. In addition to his legal work, Kenton administered all the firm's technology to enhance the firm's efficiency in all aspects of professional and legal work. Brice graduated from the University of Oklahoma College of Law in 2009. Kenton is a member of the American Association of Law Libraries, the Southwestern Association of Law Libraries, and the Texas Bar Association. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
52
Min.
6/23/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

2023 Solo and Small Conference - Ethical Considerations of Using Cash Apps

$50.00

Instructor(s): Julie Bays and Richard Stevens

Presented at 2023 OBA Solo and Small Firm Conference Ethical Considerations of Using Cash Apps “Can I just Venmo you the retainer?” If a potential client hasn’t asked you that question yet, just wait. So many people never write a check today. But many use Cash apps instead of credit cards. Is it appropriate and ethical to accept fee payment by cash app? Is there a difference when it is a retainer versus a payment on a bill for services? Can you ethically attach a payment app to your trust account to facilitate receiving retainers? Presented by: JULIE BAYS Practice Management Advisor, Oklahoma Bar Association Ms. Bays joined the Oklahoma Attorney General's Office in April of 2002 where was responsible for prosecuting antitrust and consumer protection cases. Ms. Bays served on various task forces and committees including the Oklahoma Bar Association Unauthorized Practice of Law Committee, the Federal Trade Commission Southwest Netforce, and the National Attorneys General Association Antitrust Policy Task Force. She taught various Continuing Legal Education classes for the State of Oklahoma including Electronic Discovery and Ethics, The Zen of E-Discovery, and The Risks of Identity Theft and Consumer Fraud. Ms. Bays also traveled the state educating consumers regarding identity theft and other types of consumer and internet fraud. In January 2013, she was appointed Chief, Assistant Attorney General of the Consumer Protection Unit. In November of 2018, Ms. Bays joined the Oklahoma Bar Association as their Practice Management Advisor. She works with the OBA Management Assistance Program to provide assistance to attorneys in using technology and other tools to efficiently manage their offices. Bays is also involved with the Access to Justice initiatives of the OBA such as Oklahoma Free Legal Answers. She is on the Planning Board for the American Bar Association’s TechShow 2024. RICHARD STEVENS Ethics Counsel, Oklahoma Bar Association Norman attorney Richard Stevens serves as OBA ethics counsel. Most recently he was a solo practitioner following his retirement from the District 21 District Attorney’s Office in 2016 after 33 years as a prosecutor. He received both his B.A. (1978) and J.D. (1982) from OU. He is a member of the OBA Criminal Law Section and the Rules of Professional Conduct Committee. Mr. Stevens has served on the Professional Responsibility Commission (2017-2019), as an at-large governor (2013-2015) and vice president (2016) on the OBA Board of Governors. He is an active member of the Cleveland County Bar Association, having served on its Executive Committee from 2010-2012. He has been active with both the OBA and the Cleveland County Disaster Response and Relief committees and the OBA Lawyers for America’s Heroes Program. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
49
Min.
6/24/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

2023 Solo and Small Conference - Law Firm Efficiency Overhaul: Optimize Your Technology for Maximum Performance

$50.00

Instructor(s): Trevor Riddle

Presented at 2023 OBA Solo and Small Firm Conference Law Firm Efficiency Overhaul: Optimize Your Technology for Maximum Performance There are many tools available today to automate and optimize your law practice. Tulsa attorney Trevor Riddle, who gave two presentations at ABA TECHSHOW 2023, will be teaching us about the technology he uses in his estate planning law practice. If you think automation tools are only for large firm lawyers, Riddle wants to introduce you to the tools he uses. Presented by: TREVOR RIDDLE Trevor Riddle is the founder of Riddle Law, PLLC, in Tulsa, Oklahoma. The firm helps clients prepare for every stage of life through a full menu of estate and business planning services. The owner of a small firm and former shareholder in another, Trevor is well acquainted with the issues and obstacles faced by solo and small firm attorneys. He has devoted significant time to finding technology-based solutions to these unique challenges. Through technology, Trevor has found opportunities to reduce law firm expenses and increase revenue while delivering outstanding client service. Trevor is licensed in Oklahoma and Kansas. He conducts regular research on legal technology issues and has written and presented on numerous legal technology topics. He is an active member of the Oklahoma and Kansas bar associations, the Tulsa County Bar Association, and the ABA’s Law Practice Division and Solo, Small Firm and General Practice Division. Since 2018, his peers have selected him as one of the Best Lawyers in America. In 2022 and 2023, Best Lawyers in America recognized him as a Lawyer of the Year. Trevor is an avid outdoors person. He volunteers for several conservation groups and can often be found in the field with his Pudelpointer, Loretta. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
55
Min.
6/23/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

2023 Solo and Small Conference - The Benefits for Lawyers of Using Plain Language

$50.00

Instructor(s): Melissa Brooks and Shandi Stoner (Campbell)

Presented at 2023 OBA Solo and Small Firm Conference The Benefits for Lawyers of Using Plain Language The first year of law school involves learning a lot of new legal terminology. It is only natural that we lawyers want to use our expanded vocabulary. But when communicating with clients who haven’t been to law school or drafting a document that a jury might be examining in litigation, the benefits from avoiding “legalese” and using language that everyone can understand are many. Using plain language is an important skill for today’s lawyer. Presented by: MELISSA BROOKS Director of Legal Information and Engagement of Legal Information and Engagement, Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation SHANDI CAMPBELL Director of Landlord/Tenant Resource Center, Housing Solutions Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
45
Min.
6/24/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

2023 Year End Review - Day One

$175.00

Instructor(s): OBA CLE Department

2023 Year End Review – Day One Program Moderator Gigi McCormick, Oklahoma Bar Association, Director of Educational Programs 8:30 a.m. Registration and Continental Breakfast 9:00 a.m. Exploring the 8 Dimensions of Wellness (Ethics) Nanci Cosby, A Chance to Change, Oklahoma City ~Sponsored by Lawyers Helping Lawyers~ 9:50 a.m. Break 10:00 a.m. Bankruptcy Law Update Brandon Bickle, Gable Gotwals, Tulsa 10:50 a.m. Break 11:00 a.m. Cannabis Law Update Amber Peckio Garrett, Amber Law Group, Tulsa 11:50 a.m. Networking lunch (included in registration) 12:30 p.m. Criminal Law Update Barry L. Derryberry, First Assistant Federal Defender, Tulsa 1:20 p.m. Break 1:30 p.m. Health Law Update Maggie Martin, Chief Legal Officer, Oklahoma Hospital Association, Oklahoma City 2:20 p.m. Break 2:30 p.m. Oklahoma Tax Law Update Rachel Mathew, Partner, Polston Tax Resolution & Accounting 3:20 p.m. Adjourn Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
305
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

2023 Year End Review - Day Two

$175.00

Instructor(s): OBA CLE Department

2023 Year End Review – Day TwoWebcast Program Moderator Gigi McCormick, OBA, Director of Educational Programs 8:30 a.m. Registration and Continental Breakfast 9:00 a.m. Business and Corporate Law Update Gary Derrick, Derrick and Briggs, LLP, Oklahoma City 9:50 a.m. Break 10:00 a.m. Law Office Management and Technology Update Jim Calloway, Director of Management Assistance Program, OBA, Oklahoma City Julie Bays, Practice Management Advisor, OBA, Oklahoma City 10:50 a.m. Break 11:00 a.m. Real Property Law Update Kraettli Epperson, Mee Mee Hoge and Epperson, PLLP, Oklahoma City 11:50 a.m. Networking lunch (included in registration) 12:30 p.m. Estate Planning and Probate Law Update Terrell Monks, Oklahoma Estate Attorneys, PLLC, Oklahoma City 1:20 p.m. Break 1:30 p.m. Family Law Update Monica Dionisio, Dionisio Sherwood Law Firm, Oklahoma City 2:20 p.m. Break 2:30 p.m. Ethics Update Gina Hendryx, General Counsel, Oklahoma Bar Association, Oklahoma City 3:20 p.m. Adjourn Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
298
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Advanced Bankruptcy Seminar - Day One

$175.00

Instructor(s): OBA Bankruptcy & Reorganization Section

2024 Advanced Bankruptcy Seminar Cosponsored by the OBA Bankruptcy and Reorganization Section Day One TOPIC SPEAKER Welcome Kelley G. Loud, Titus Hillis Reynolds Love, Tulsa, OK U.S. Trustee Presentation Ilene Lashinsky, U.S. Trustee, Regions 14 & 20 Karen Walsh, Assisstant U.S. Trustee, Northern and Eastern Districts of Oklahoma MJ Creasey, Assisstant U.S. Trustee, Western District of Oklahoma Mary Kindelt, Trial Attorney, U.S Trustee Program, Region 20, Tulsa Jeff Tate, Trial Attorney, U.S Trustee Program, Region 20, Oklahoma City You’re Getting 86’ed: Sticky Issues in the Assumption of Franchise Agreements Lacey S. Bryan, Markus Williams Young & Hunsicker, Denver, CO Break Bankruptcy Appeals in the Tenth Circuit Anne Zoltani, Clerk of Court, U.S. Bankruptcy Appellate Panel of the Tenth Circuit Lunch Receiverships, Another Chapter Mark Craige, Crowe & Dunlevy, PC David Rhoades, CFE, CTP, Turnaround Professionals Small Business Chapter 11 Cases Under Subchapter V Trey A. Monsour, Partner, Fox Rothschild, Las Vegas, NV Break Student Loan Discharge Issues Ron Brown, Attorney, Brown Law Firm, P.C., Tulsa Nolan Fields, Assistant U.S. Attorney, Northern District of Oklahoma Adjourn Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
300
Min.
12/31/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Advanced Bankruptcy Seminar - Day Two

$175.00

Instructor(s): OBA Bankruptcy & Reorganization Section

2024 Advanced Bankruptcy Seminar Cosponsored by the OBA Bankruptcy and Reorganization Section Day Two TIME TOPIC SPEAKER 9:00 - 9:50 Bankruptcy Ethics Update Susan M. Freeman, Partner, Lewis Roca Rothgerber Christie, Phoenix, AZ 9:50 - 10:40 Bankruptcy Law Updates Brandon Bickle, Shareholder, GableGotwals, Tulsa, OK David R. Herber, Associate, GableGotwals, Tulsa, OK 10:40 Break 10:50 - 11:40 Ten Tips for Effective Brief Writing Judge Terrence L. Michael, Chief Judge, Northern District of Oklahoma 11:40 Lunch 12:20 - 1:10 Growing/Maintaining the Bankruptcy Bar: Mentoring and Intergenerational Learning Judge Bianca Rucker, Eastern and Western Districts of Arkansas 1:10 - 2:00 Consumer Law Panel Clif Gooding, The Gooding Law Firm PC, Oklahoma City, OK Jerry D. Brown, Attorney, Jerry D. Brown P.C. Greggory T. Colpitts, Attorney, Colpitts Law Firm, Oklahoma City 2:00 Break 2:15 - 3:05 Bankruptcy Court Expectations and Ethics Chief Judge Sarah Hall, Western District of Oklahoma Chief Judge Paul R. Thomas, Eastern District of Oklahoma Chief Judge Terrence L. Michael, Northern District of Oklahoma Judge Bianca M. Rucker, Eastern and Western Districts of Arkansas 3:05 Adjourn Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
305
Min.
12/31/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Americans with Disabilities Act Update

$85.00

Instructor(s): Jeanne Goldberg

2024 Americans with Disabilities Act Update This program will provide you with a comprehensive update of important developments related to the Americans with Disabilities Act. The program will cover case law, administrative, and practical developments related to reasonable accommodation of disabilities in the workplace. The panel will also discuss developments related to permissible job qualification standards, determining essential job functions, and judging the workplace performance of employees subject to the ADA. This program will provide you with a wide-ranging and practical review of important ADA developments. Review of recent case law and regulatory developments Developments in job qualification standards Reasonable accommodation trends, including EEOC’s guidance Developments related to reassignment to another job category Trends in the interactive process Speakers: Jeanne Goldberg is a Senior Attorney Advisor in the Office of Legal Counsel at the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission headquarters in Washington, D.C. She advises the Commission on the interpretation of Americans with Disabilities Act and the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act, among other federal statutes. Prior to joining the EEOC, Ms. Goldberg was in private law practice specializing in civil rights litigation and argued EEO cases before the U.S. Courts of Appeals for the Fourth and D.C. Circuits. She has also served as an adjunct law professor at the College and Mary. Ms. Goldberg earned her B.A. from Northwestern University and her J.D. from George Washington University. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
3/14/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Banking and Commercial Law Update

$175.00

Instructor(s): OBA Financial Institutions and Commercial Law Section

2024 Banking and Commercial Law Update Presented by the OBA Financial Institutions and Commercial Law Section Program Planner: Eric L. Johnson AGENDA TIME TOPIC SPEAKER A Friend of a Friend Had a Data Breach: Lessons for Banks from MOVEit and Other Vendor Breaches Anthony Hendricks, Shareholder/Director, Crowe & Dunlevy The New UCC Article 12: Explained Through Illustrations & Examples Professor Stephen Sepinuck, Vanderbilt Law School Banking Law Updates Professor Sally Henry, Texas Tech University School of Law State Commercial Finance Disclosure Laws and New State Regulations Lori E. Eropkin, Partner, Levinson Arshonsky Kurtz & Komsky, LLP Bank Fraud and Other Deceptions: What Banks Need to Know Jessica L. Perry, Deputy Criminal Chief, U.S. Attorney’s Office - Western District of Oklahoma Ethics, Addiction and More Richard Stevens, OBA Ethics Counsel CFPB Updates for the Banking Lawyer Eric L. Johnson, Partner, Hudson Cook, LLP Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
352
Min.
12/31/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Employment Law Seminar

$225.00

Instructor(s): OELA & OBA Labor and Employment Law Section

2024 EMPLOYMENT LAW SEMINAR Presented by the Oklahoma Employment Lawyers Association and OBA Labor and Employment Law Section AGENDA Let’s Talk About . . . Sex Discrimination, the State of LGBTQ Litigation & Its Impact on Employment Law Megan Lambert, American Civil Liberties Union of Oklahoma Artificial Intelligence in the Workplace: Ethical and Legal Considerations (Ethics) Lauren Barghols Hanna, Phillips Murrah Trial Techniques (Part 1): Ethical and Strategic Considerations in Identifying and Addressing Jury Biases (Ethics) Robert Ivy, Law Office of Robert H. Alexander, Jr. Trial Techniques (Part 2): Using Mock Juries, Focus Groups to Adapt Your Trial Strategy & Win Your Case Robert Ivy, Law Office of Robert H. Alexander, Jr. Case Contract Law: Oklahoma’s (Forgotten?) Covenant of Good Faith & Fair Dealing Mark E. Hammons, Hammons, Hurst & Assoc Lawyer Wellness: Resources and Support to Address Burnout and Mental Health Scott B. Goode, Military Law Group Doozy of a Year: Federal & State Employment Law Update Amber L. Hurst, Hammons, Hurst & Assoc. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
374
Min.
12/31/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Ethics and Social Media Update

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

2024 Ethics and Social Media Update Lawyers use social media technology to collect and share information, and communicate with others, not only personally but also when acting as lawyers. Important and probative information about a case can be more easily found on social media than elsewhere. Social media is also easily used to communicate with existing or potential clients, colleagues or opposing lawyers, and the public. These and other uses of social media raise substantial ethical issues for lawyers – competence, confidentiality, preservation of the attorney-client privilege, and honesty. This program will provide you with a practical guide to ethical issues when lawyers use social media for communication purposes in law practice. Communicating with parties, opposing attorneys, and witnesses via social media Researching jurors, parties, witnesses and judges via social media Ethical issues with blogging, e-newsletters/law updates to clients, posting video “Friending” or otherwise connecting with judges, witnesses and others on social media Trends in texting, confidentiality, and discoverability Using web sites, online advertising and social media for client development Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
7/10/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Ethics in Litigation Update, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Lucian T. Pera, William Freivogel, Thomas E. Spahn

2024 Ethics in Litigation Update, Part 1 This annual ethics update will cover a wide range of ethical developments important to your civil litigation practice. The program will provide detailed coverage of developments in conflicts of interest in litigation, confidentiality and the attorney-client privilege, and ethics in defense and common interest agreements. The program will provide a wide-ranging discussion of the ethical issues that arise with the spread, use and development of technology in litigation. Also, the panel will discuss ethical issues in discovery of digital files, records, and communications. Please join for this annual program which will provide you with a lively discussion of ethical developments important to civil litigation practice. Day 1 Ethics and discovery Ethics and preparing witnesses – the limits of coaching Recent developments in conflicts of interest, part 1 Day 2 Annual technology review – the many ways in which technology can cause ethical traps for lawyers in litigation Client confidentiality, the attorney-client privilege, and work product doctrine Recent developments in conflicts of interest, part 2 Speakers: Lucian T. Pera is a partner in the Memphis office of Adams & Reese, LLP. His practice includes professional malpractice litigation as well as counseling lawyers and law firms in the area of ethics and professional responsibility. He was a member of the ABA’s Ethics 2000 Commission and is co-author of "Ethics and Lawyering Today," a national e-mail newsletter on lawyer ethics, which is accessible at: www.ethicsandlawyering.com. He is the immediate past Treasurer of the ABA and currently serves as Vice President of the Tennessee Bar Association. Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Harry W. Wellford of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit. Mr. Pera received his A.B. with honors from Princeton University and his J.D. from Vanderbilt University School of Law. William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management. He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years. He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com. Mr. Freivogel is a graduate of the University of Illinois (Champaign), where he received his B.S. and LL.B. Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
6/5/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Ethics in Litigation Update, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Lucian T. Pera, William Freivogel, Thomas E. Spahn

2024 Ethics in Litigation Update, Part 2 This annual ethics update will cover a wide range of ethical developments important to your civil litigation practice. The program will provide detailed coverage of developments in conflicts of interest in litigation, confidentiality and the attorney-client privilege, and ethics in defense and common interest agreements. The program will provide a wide-ranging discussion of the ethical issues that arise with the spread, use and development of technology in litigation. Also, the panel will discuss ethical issues in discovery of digital files, records, and communications. Please join for this annual program which will provide you with a lively discussion of ethical developments important to civil litigation practice. Day 1 Ethics and discovery Ethics and preparing witnesses – the limits of coaching Recent developments in conflicts of interest, part 1 Day 2 Annual technology review – the many ways in which technology can cause ethical traps for lawyers in litigation Client confidentiality, the attorney-client privilege, and work product doctrine Recent developments in conflicts of interest, part 2 Speakers: Lucian T. Pera is a partner in the Memphis office of Adams & Reese, LLP. His practice includes professional malpractice litigation as well as counseling lawyers and law firms in the area of ethics and professional responsibility. He was a member of the ABA’s Ethics 2000 Commission and is co-author of "Ethics and Lawyering Today," a national e-mail newsletter on lawyer ethics, which is accessible at: www.ethicsandlawyering.com. He is the immediate past Treasurer of the ABA and currently serves as Vice President of the Tennessee Bar Association. Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Harry W. Wellford of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit. Mr. Pera received his A.B. with honors from Princeton University and his J.D. from Vanderbilt University School of Law. William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management. He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years. He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com. Mr. Freivogel is a graduate of the University of Illinois (Champaign), where he received his B.S. and LL.B. Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
6/6/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Ethics Update Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Lucian T. Pera, William Freivogel, Thomas E. Spahn

2024 Ethics Update Part 1 This annual ethics program will provide you with a round-table discussion of practical ethical issues important to your practice. The program will provide you with an engaging discussion of ethics developments involving technology and law practice, conflicts of interest, and attoarney-client communications in a digital world where no one is truly unplugged. The panel will also discuss the ethics of withdrawing from a matter and firing a client and the ethics of developing new business. This program will provide you with a wide-ranging discussion of practical ethics developments important to your practice. Day 1: Ethics and technology: A Potpourri Ethics, competence, and AI: What are competence and the unauthorized practice of law in a specialized world? Emerging issues in conflicts of interest, part 1 Day 2: Ethics of firing a client Ethics and client development Emerging issues in conflicts of interest, part 2 Speakers: Lucian T. Pera is a partner in the Memphis office of Adams & Reese, LLP. His practice includes professional malpractice litigation as well as counseling lawyers and law firms in the area of ethics and professional responsibility. He was a member of the ABA’s Ethics 2000 Commission and is co-author of "Ethics and Lawyering Today," a national e-mail newsletter on lawyer ethics, which is accessible at: www.ethicsandlawyering.com. Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Harry W. Wellford of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit. Mr. Pera received his A.B. with honors from Princeton University and his J.D. from Vanderbilt University School of Law. William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management. He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for 20 years. He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. and past chair of the ABA Business Law Section Committee on Professional Responsibility. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com. Mr. Freivogel is a graduate of the University of Illinois (Champaign), where he received his B.S. and LL.B. Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a broad complex commercial, business and securities litigation practice. He also has a substantial practice advising businesses on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 20 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/8/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Ethics Update Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Lucian T. Pera, William Freivogel, Thomas E. Spahn

2024 Ethics Update Part 2 This annual ethics program will provide you with a round-table discussion of practical ethical issues important to your practice. The program will provide you with an engaging discussion of ethics developments involving technology and law practice, conflicts of interest, and attoarney-client communications in a digital world where no one is truly unplugged. The panel will also discuss the ethics of withdrawing from a matter and firing a client and the ethics of developing new business. This program will provide you with a wide-ranging discussion of practical ethics developments important to your practice. Day 1: Ethics and technology: A Potpourri Ethics, competence, and AI: What are competence and the unauthorized practice of law in a specialized world? Emerging issues in conflicts of interest, part 1 Day 2: Ethics of firing a client Ethics and client development Emerging issues in conflicts of interest, part 2 Speakers: Lucian T. Pera is a partner in the Memphis office of Adams & Reese, LLP. His practice includes professional malpractice litigation as well as counseling lawyers and law firms in the area of ethics and professional responsibility. He was a member of the ABA’s Ethics 2000 Commission and is co-author of "Ethics and Lawyering Today," a national e-mail newsletter on lawyer ethics, which is accessible at: www.ethicsandlawyering.com. Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Harry W. Wellford of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit. Mr. Pera received his A.B. with honors from Princeton University and his J.D. from Vanderbilt University School of Law. William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management. He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for 20 years. He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. and past chair of the ABA Business Law Section Committee on Professional Responsibility. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com. Mr. Freivogel is a graduate of the University of Illinois (Champaign), where he received his B.S. and LL.B. Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a broad complex commercial, business and securities litigation practice. He also has a substantial practice advising businesses on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 20 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/9/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Family and Medical Leave Update

$85.00

Instructor(s): Patrick F. Martin

2024 Family and Medical Leave Update This program will provide you with a practical guide to developments under the Family and Medical Leave Act and review trends in employee leave generally. The program will cover significant case law and regulatory developments, as well as the practical trends in dispute and litigation impacting your employer clients. The program will cover the impact of technology, contract employees, and other changes in the workforce, and discuss their impact on traditional leave law. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to significant legal and practical developments under FMLA and employee leave generally. Case law and regulatory developments under the FMLA Developments related to “appropriate notice” Serious health condition requiring leave and practical application Remote and work-from-home workers and leave under the FMLA Responding to leave requests based on substance abuse Emerging cannabis issues Speaker: Patrick F. Martin is a partner in the Miami office of Greenburg Traurig, LLP, where he has a national employment law practice. He represents employers of all sizes before state and federal courts, as well as administrative agencies such as the Department of Labor, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and the Florida Commission on Human Relations. He regularly litigates cases involving wrongful termination, employment discrimination, workplace harassment, public accommodation, wage and hour matters, and employee disability and leave issues. He also advises employers on preventive strategies to minimize potential litigation and assists in the development of policies to promote constructive employee relations. Mr. Martin earned his B.A. from the University of Virginia and his J.D. from Florida State University College of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
7/17/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 GALPS Conference

$175.00

Instructor(s): OBA Government and Administrative Law Practice Section

Government and Administrative Law Practice Section 2024 CLE Conference AGENDA: Duncan Marshall – Human Capital Management Mediation Process Gerard D’Emilio – The Loper Bright Decision – Post Chevron Deference Stasha Martin/Sarah Penn- The Civil Service Disciplinary Process Tracy Osburn/Niki Batt – Employment Law Courtney Templeton/David Donahoe – State Procurement Proces Preston Draper - Ethics in GALPS Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
323
Min.
12/31/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 OBA Family Law Section Annual Meeting CLE

$125.00

Instructor(s): OBA Family Law Section

This program was filmed during the 2024 OBA Annual Meeting, July 10-12, 2024 at the Embassy Suites in Norman, OK EVENT / TOPIC LOCATION/SPEAKER OBA FLS ANNUAL MEETING & FLS CLE DAY Kimberly Hays, Annual Meeting Chair Military Pension Division: What You Need To Know In A Nutshell & The Camouflage Connection: Domestic Violence and the Military Mark E. Sullivan, Esq. Sullivan & Hilscher Family Law Raleigh, NC RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN FAMILY LAW Virginia Henson, Esq. Norman Child Support and the Military Mark E. Sullivan, Esq. Sullivan & Hilscher Family Law Raleigh, NC THE HIDDEN LAW: Analysis of Unpublished Family Law Cases Ryan Reaves, Esq. Oklahoma City Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
231
Min.
7/11/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit - Balancing Act: Pro Bono in Private Practice

$25.00

Instructor(s): Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

2024 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit - Balancing Act: Pro Bono in Private Practice Pro bono service is an ethical and professional responsibility of all attorneys, but it can be challenging to weave into daily practice. Hear from practitioners and pro bono managers about different ways pro bono can fit into any practice. PANEL MEMBERS: Gigi McCormick, Director of Educational Programs, Oklahoma Bar Association Samantha Howell, Pro Bono director, Three Rivers Legal Services Grant Kincannon, Managing Attorney, Summit Law Group Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/30/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit - Closing Panel: The Lawyer as Changemaker

$25.00

Instructor(s): Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

2024 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit - Closing Panel: The Lawyer as Changemaker Lawyers do not exist in silos, and those who are most effective at achieving social change build intentionally collaborative and interdisciplinary approaches. Hear from an inspiring panel of leaders discussing how they view the role of the Lawyer as Changemaker. PANEL MEMBERS: Tamya Cox-Toure, Executive Director, ACLU of Oklahoma Veronica Laizure, Deputy Director, Council of American-Islamic Relations - Oklahoma Colleen McCarty, Executive Director, Oklahoma Appleseed Center for Law and Justice Tia Ebarb Matt, Clinical Professor of Law & Director of Experiential Education, OCU School of Law Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/30/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit - Courts in the Community

$25.00

Instructor(s): Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

2024 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit - Courts in the Community Courts are often intimidating and difficult to access for vulnerable populations. Hear about several examples of courts that are embracing different models to ensure trust from and access to the community. PANEL MEMBERS: Manny Hernandez, Community Relations Coordinator, Oklahoma City Municipal Court House Gerald Hofmeister, Municipal Court Judge, City of Tulsa Grace Spulak, Senior Court Management Consultant, National Center for State Courts Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/30/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit - Exploring New Models for Legal Access: Community Justice Workers

FREE

Instructor(s): Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

2024 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit - Exploring New Models for Legal Access: Community Justice Workers. A new approach to addressing legal deserts has been building across the country - training and supporting allied professionals to provide high-quality legal information and resources, and in some cases, supervised legal advice. Hear from models across Oklahoma and other states how community justice workers are expanding access to the legal system. PANEL MEMBERS: Joy Anderson, Community Justice Worker Resource Center Co-Director, Alaska Legal Services Corporation Valerie Falls Down, Tribal Advocacy Coordinator, Tribal Advocacy Incubator Project Stephanie Hudson, Executive Director, Oklahoma Indian Legal Services Hayden Ramsey, Community Justice Worker, Montana Legal Services Association Jennifer Tallbear, Community Justice Worker, Oklahoma Indian Legal Services Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/30/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit - Law + Policy: Taking Action on Eviction

$25.00

Instructor(s): Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

2024 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit - Law + Policy: Taking Action on Eviction All areas of law are an intersection between policy and practice, but none has had a higher level of visibility recently than eviction. Hear from a panel of practitioners and policy experts on how a coordinated approach between lawyers and advocates can make for better policy change. PANEL MEMBERS: Greg Beben, Attorney, Legal Aid Services of Oklahoma Samira Nazem, Principal Court Management Consultants, National Center for State Courts Delia Kimbrel, Director of Research and Data Strategy, ImpactTulsa Jenna Pilcher, Staff Attorney, Oklahoma City University Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/30/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit - Opening Plenary: The Lawyer as Citizen

$25.00

Instructor(s): Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

2024 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit - Opening Plenary: The Lawyer as Citizen Hear inspiring remarks from Oklahoma City Mayor David Holt, Dean of Oklahoma City University College of Law. He will address the role of lawyer as citizen, and how the ideals of the law can inform collaborative, community-driven work. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
25
Min.
10/30/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit - Paths to Passion: Pursuing Public Interest Careers

FREE

Instructor(s): Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

2024 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit - Paths to Passion: Pursuing Public Interest Careers Public interest careers can be a rewarding path at any point in a career journey. Hear from people responsible for hiring as well as attorneys who started their public interest journeys from different starting points on how and why to explore a career in public service. PANEL MEMBERS: Jessica Earley, Attorney Stephanie Hudson, Executive Director, Oklahoma Indian Legal Services Paul Middleton, Attorney, Legal Aid Services of Oklahoma Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/30/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit - Removing Barriers: Criminal Costs and Fines Modifications

$25.00

Instructor(s): Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

2024 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit - Removing Barriers: Criminal Costs and Fines Modifications Oklahoma has substantially updated its approach to criminal costs, fees, and fines over the past several years. Hear from a panel of engaged experts about how these changes came to pass and their impact on clients across Oklahoma. PANEL MEMBERS: Roha Khan, Trust Officer, InvesTrust Wealth Management Kristina Saleh, Program Director, Still She Rises Meagan Taylor, Executive Director, Diversion Hub Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/30/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit - Right to Counsel in Housing and Family Law

FREE

Instructor(s): Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

2024 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit - Right to Counsel in Housing and Family Law A panel of experts and practitioners will discuss the expansion of guaranteed right to counsel programs in Oklahoma and Missouri, focused on eviction and child welfare cases. PANEL MEMBERS: John Pollock, Coordinator, National Coalition for a Civil Right to Counsel Eric Hallett, Coordinator of Housing Advocacy, Legal Aid Services of Oklahoma Melissa Robinson, Councilwoman, City of Kansas City, MO Gwendolyn Clegg, Director, Oklahoma Office of Family Representation Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/30/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit - When Opposing Counsel is Unrepresented

$25.00

Instructor(s): Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation

2024 Oklahoma Access to Justice Summit - When Opposing Counsel is Unrepresented It can be an ethical and practical dilemma when an attorney faces an unrepresented party. Hear from a panel of judges, practitioners, and experts on best practices for engaging with an unrepresented opposing side. PANEL MEMBERS: Katie Griffin, Attorney, Griffin & Sears, PLLC Kenneth Stoner, District Judge, Oklahoma County District Court Paula Wood, Special Judge, City of Oklahoma City Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/30/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Retaliation Claims Update

$85.00

Instructor(s): Ryan Derry

2024 Retaliation Claims Update Retaliation claims are among the most common form of employment litigation, either as standalone claims or when a substantive claim of harassment or discrimination fails. The scope of an employee’s protected conduct – whistleblower activity, requests for accommodation, and other forms of activity – is not limitless but it expansive. There are also complicated questions of what constitutes an adverse action by an employer and the causal connection between the employee’s protected activity and the adverse action. This program will review of recent case law and other developments impacting each of the elements of an actionable retaliation claim and best practices to avoid liability. Case law developments impacting elements of retaliation claims – protected conduct, adverse action, and causation Scope of “protected conduct,” including requests for reasonable accommodation What constitutes adverse action by the employer – and when action must be taken Standards for establishing causal link between protected conduct and adverse action Relationship among harassment, discrimination, ADA and retaliation claims Speaker: Ryan Derry is a partner in the San Francisco office of Paul Hastings, LLP. His practice includes all aspects of employment litigation and counseling, including employment discrimination, retaliation, harassment, and wage and hour claims. He represents employers in multiple jurisdictions in state and federal courts as well as in administrative proceedings against individual and class claims. He has been named as a California Super Lawyer Rising Star for multiple years. Mr. Derry received his B.S., summa cum laude, from the University of Massachusetts Amherst and his J.D. from The George Washington University Law School, with honors, in 2006. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
5/14/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Trust Litigation Update

$85.00

Instructor(s): Steven B. Malech

2024 Trust Litigation Update The world is in the midst of the greatest transfer of wealth ever recorded. Baby Boomers retired with more wealth than any earlier generation and retired with more complicated family circumstances. This wealth and family complexity are giving rise to more trust litigation. This litigation includes the extent to which trust interests are reachable in divorce proceedings; fiduciary investment decisions, the handling of concentrated positions in closely held companies, and arguably tortious interference with trust interests. This program will review significant developments in fiduciary litigation. Disputes over discretionary decisions, including distributions Tortious interference with inheritance interests Handling concentrated positions in closely held companies Disputes involving operation of family businesses in trusts Counseling clients when fiduciary litigation involves family animosity Speakers: Steven B. Malech is partner in the New York City office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where he is chair of the firm’s probate litigation practice group. He is represents beneficiaries, fiduciaries and creditors in disputes involving alleged violations of the Prudent Investor Act and its predecessors, alleged breaches of fiduciary duty, disputed accountings, and will contests. He represents clients in cutting edge probate litigation matters involving trusts and estates with assets in the hundreds of millions of dollars. Mr. Malech received his B.A., with special honors, from the University of Texas and his J.D. from the Connecticut School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
6/1/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Uniform Commercial Code Update

$85.00

Instructor(s): Steven O. Weise

2024 Uniform Commercial Code Update The overlapping articles of the UCC impact most business, commercial and real estate transactions. From the perfection of security interests to the enforceability of promissory notes and investment contracts to equipment leases and the sale of goods, the UCC plays a role in most significant transactions. This program, led by one of the nation’s leading authorities on the UCC, will provide you with a wide-ranging discussion of developments under the many articles of the UCC, including secured transactions, investment notes, sales, and equipment leasing. Recent UCC developments for transactional attorneys Developments impacting commercial, business and real estate transactions UCC Article 9, asset-based transactions and secured transactions Sales of goods contracts Equipment leases, including computer equipment and capital equipment Notes, guarantees and letters of credit Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property. He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities. Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee. Mr. Weise received his B.A. from Yale University and his J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/11/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Who’s Hacking Lawyers, and Why?

$85.00

Instructor(s): Lenné Espenschied

2024 Who’s Hacking Lawyers, and Why? As FBI Chief Christopher Wray recently reported to Congress, cyber attacks are on the rise, and Checkpoint Research reports that 1 out of every 40 attacks is against law firms and law departments. Unfortunately, lawyers are prime targets for hackers due to the nature of privileged client information we receive. In this updated 2024 version of our very popular program, you'll learn about 7 recent hacking attacks involving excellent national law firms and courts, who is hacking lawyers, how they’re gaining access to massive troves of information, which lawyers make the most likely targets, and how to protect against hacks. SPEAKER: Lenné Espenschied Lawyer, Author, National Speaker and Professor Lenné Eidson Espenschied has earned her status as one of the two most popular contract drafting speakers in the U.S. by continually striving for excellence and providing innovative, practical skills-based training for transactional lawyers. She practiced law in Atlanta, Georgia for 25 years, focusing on corporate and transactional representation of technology-based businesses. She is the author of two books published by the American Bar Association: Contract Drafting: Powerful Prose in Transactional Practice (ABA Fundamentals, 3rd Ed. 2019) and The Grammar and Writing Handbook for Lawyers (ABA Fundamentals, 2011). After graduating from the University of Georgia School of Law magna cum laude, Ms. Espenschied began her legal practice at the firm now known as Eversheds Sutherland; she also served as Senior Counsel in the legal department of Bank of America before eventually opening her own law office. As a law professor, Ms. Espenschied taught commercial law, contracts, and contract drafting. Her passion is helping lawyers acquire the skills they need to be successful in transactional practice. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Year End Review Day One

$175.00

Instructor(s): OBA CLE

2024 Year End Review - Day One Program Moderator Gigi McCormick, OBA, Director of Educational Programs Health Law Update Maggie Martin, Oklahoma Hospital Association, Oklahoma City Bankruptcy Law Update David Herber, Gable Gotwals, Oklahoma City Cannabis Law Update Felina Rivera, Renaissance Legal Solution, Oklahoma City Criminal Law Update Barry L. Derryberry, First Assistant Federal Defender, Tulsa Mental Health Gina Stafford, A Change for Change, Oklahoma City Animal Law Update Charis Ward, Oklahoma City Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
360
Min.
12/31/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2024 Year End Review Day Two

$175.00

Instructor(s): OBA CLE

2024 Year End Review – Day Two Program Moderator Jim Calloway, OBA, Director, Management Assistance Program Business and Corporate Law Update Gary Derrick, Derrick and Briggs, LLP, Oklahoma City Law Office Management and Technology Update Jim Calloway, Director of Management Assistance Program, Oklahoma Bar Association, Oklahoma City Julie Bays, Practice Management Advisor, Oklahoma Bar Association, Oklahoma City Real Property Law Update Kraettli Epperson, Nach, Cohenour & Giessmann, P.C., Oklahoma City Estate Planning and Probate Law Update Terrell Monks, Oklahoma Estate Attorneys, PLLC, Oklahoma City Family Law Update Stacy Acord, McDaniel Acord, PLLC, Tulsa Ethics Update Gina Hendryx, General Counsel, Oklahoma Bar Association, Oklahoma City Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
360
Min.
12/31/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

2025 AI Year in Review: Everything You Should Know When Advising Clients

$85.00

Instructor(s): Sean Belding

2025 AI Year in Review: Everything You Should Know When Advising Clients This program provides a comprehensive overview of the most significant legal developments in artificial intelligence throughout 2025. Participants will explore key cases, new legislation, and evolving regulations that impact how attorneys advise clients on AI-related issues. The program will address topics such as intellectual property, data privacy, and liability concerns related to AI. By the end of the session, attorneys will have the knowledge they need to navigate the rapidly changing AI legal landscape and effectively counsel their clients. Key legal developments in AI from 2025, including landmark cases and legislative updates. Guidance on advising clients regarding AI-related intellectual property, data privacy, and liability concerns. Ethical considerations for attorneys working with clients utilizing AI technologies. Insights into emerging AI regulations and their implications for businesses and legal practice. Speaker: Sean Belding is an associate with Perkins Coie in Denver Colorado. Sean has experience drafting asset purchase and sale agreements, intellectual property licenses, service agreements, and distribution and reseller agreements. Sean also has experience drafting information security agreements, terms of use, and privacy policies, and advising clients regarding data privacy and security matters. He has also drafted complex settlement agreements, advised clients on best practices for intellectual property protection and management, and developed patent and commercial litigation strategies, including noninfringement positions, invalidity arguments, and motion practice. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/24/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

2025 Cleverdon-Epperson Roundtable

$100.00

Instructor(s): OBA Real Property Law Section

2025 Cleverdon-Epperson Roundtable Sponsored by OBA Real Property Law Section 9:00 am - 9:50 am - Ethics 9:50 am - 10:40 am - Plenary Update Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
200
Min.
5/21/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

2025 Commercial Code Update: Navigating New Business Law Frontiers

$85.00

Instructor(s): Steven O. Weise

2025 Commercial Code Update: Navigating New Business Law Frontiers The overlapping articles of the UCC impact most business, commercial and real estate transactions. From the perfection of security interests to the enforceability of promissory notes and investment contracts to equipment leases and the sale of goods, the UCC plays a role in most significant transactions. This program, led by one of the nation’s leading authorities on the UCC, will provide you with a wide-ranging discussion of developments under the many articles of the UCC, including secured transactions, investment notes, sales, and equipment leasing. Recent UCC developments for transactional attorneys Developments impacting commercial, business and real estate transactions UCC Article 9, asset-based transactions and secured transactions Sales of goods contracts Equipment leases, including computer equipment and capital equipment Notes, guarantees and letters of credit Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property. He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities. Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee. Mr. Weise received his B.A. from Yale University and his J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/10/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

2025 Ethics Update: Navigating New Challenges, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

2025 Ethics Update: Navigating New Challenges, Part 1 This annual ethics program will provide you with a round-table discussion of practical ethical issues important to your practice. The program will provide you with an engaging discussion of ethics developments involving technology and law practice, conflicts of interest, and attoarney-client communications in a digital world where no one is truly unplugged. The panel will also discuss the ethics of withdrawing from a matter and firing a client and the ethics of developing new business. This program will provide you with a wide-ranging discussion of practical ethics developments important to your practice. Day 1: Ethics and artificial intelligence Ethics and withness prep Emerging issues in conflicts of interest, part 1 Day 2: Office sharing and imputed dq issues Protection for data Emerging issues in conflicts of interest, part 2 Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a broad complex commercial, business and securities litigation practice. He also has a substantial practice advising businesses on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 20 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/11/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

2025 Ethics Update: Navigating New Challenges, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

2025 Ethics Update: Navigating New Challenges, Part 2 This annual ethics program will provide you with a round-table discussion of practical ethical issues important to your practice. The program will provide you with an engaging discussion of ethics developments involving technology and law practice, conflicts of interest, and attoarney-client communications in a digital world where no one is truly unplugged. The panel will also discuss the ethics of withdrawing from a matter and firing a client and the ethics of developing new business. This program will provide you with a wide-ranging discussion of practical ethics developments important to your practice. Day 1: Ethics and artificial intelligence Ethics and withness prep Emerging issues in conflicts of interest, part 1 Day 2: Office sharing and imputed dq issues Protection for data Emerging issues in conflicts of interest, part 2 Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a broad complex commercial, business and securities litigation practice. He also has a substantial practice advising businesses on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 20 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/12/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

2025 Legislative Kickoff

$99.00

Instructor(s): Legislative Monitoring Committee

2025 Legislative Kickoff AGENDA - Welcome from President/Introduction LMC Chair - Legislative Basics - Clay Taylor - 90 Bills in 90 Minutes Bills Covered: Government | James Rucker - Deptuy General Counsel at Oklahoma Department of Agriculture Estate Law | Terrell Monks - Oklahoma Estate Attorneys, PLLC Family Law | Kensey Wright - Doerner, Sanders, Daniel & Anderson Civil Litigation | Teena Gunter - General Counsel at Oklahoma Department of Agriculture Criminal Law | Mark E. Bright - Mark Bright Law Technology | Anthony Hendricks - Crowe & Dunlevy Courts| Judge Thad Balkman - Cleveland County District Court Energy & Environment | Kaylee Davis-Maddy - Doerner, Sanders, Daniel & Anderson Education | Hayley Jones - Associate General Counsel, Oklahoma City Public Schools - Legislative Panel Moderators: Brett Robinson & Clay Taylor Panelists: Rep. Collin Duel Rep. Erick Harris Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
180
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

2025 Wage & Hour Update: Adapting to New Overtime Rules

$85.00

Instructor(s): Chris Jalian, Jennifer Milazzo

2025 Wage & Hour Update: Adapting to New Overtime Rules Wage and hour regulations impact every employer. Whether a worker is classified as an employee or independent contractor and employees as “exempt” or “non-exempt” for purposes of overtime has major implications for employer tax and non-tax compliance. Failure to properly classify a worker can lead to substantial financial liability for employers and compliance has become more difficult as employers, following commercial trends, employee more “gig” workers or independent contractors. Enforcement by the US Department of Labor and state equivalents is increasing. This program will provide you with a practical guide to major developments in overtime rules and regulations and provide guidance on best practices to avoid liability. Major case law and regulatory developments impacting overtime compliance Continuing classification litigation around “gig” economy workers Anticipated Biden Administration changes to overtime rules Changes to the “PAID” independent audit program Best practices to avoid misclassification liability Speakers: Chris Jalian is an attorney in the Los Angeles office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where he represents employers in all aspects of labor and employment law, including wage-and-hour matters and discrimination. He has experience with class and representative actions, multi-plaintiff, and single-plaintiff lawsuits defending employers in state and federal courts in cases involving federal and state antidiscrimination, equal pay and whistleblower laws, the Fair Labor Standards Act, and a variety of state wage and hour laws. He also counsels clients to ensure compliance with wage and hour requirements. Jennifer Milazzo is an attorney in the Los Angeles office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where she represents employers in all aspects of labor and employment law, including harassment, discrimination, retaliation, wrongful termination, and wage and hour issues, in both single-plaintiff and class-action matters. Prior to entering private practice, Ms. Milazzo served as a judicial extern to the Judge Stephen Wilson of the United States District Court for the District of California. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/20/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

25 Preliminary Things EVERY Lawyer Should Know About Drafting Contracts

$85.00

Instructor(s): Lenné Espenschied

25 Preliminary Things EVERY Lawyer Should Know About Drafting Contracts In this session, we’ll discuss key general topics EVERY lawyer should understand to refine and improve contracts from the first page to the last, including the following and much more: Hidden costs of deficient drafting; 3 common errors with recitals and 1 way to draft recitals more effectively; How organization of the contract affects contextual ambiguity; The # 1 Cause of Ambiguous Contract Litigation; When you should use representations, and when you shouldn’t; and What you should know about incorporating by reference. SPEAKER: Lenné Espenschied Lawyer, Author, National Speaker and Professor Lenné Eidson Espenschied has earned her status as one of the two most popular contract drafting speakers in the U.S. by continually striving for excellence and providing innovative, practical skills-based training for transactional lawyers. She practiced law in Atlanta, Georgia for 25 years, focusing on corporate and transactional representation of technology-based businesses. She is the author of two books published by the American Bar Association: Contract Drafting: Powerful Prose in Transactional Practice (ABA Fundamentals, 3rd Ed. 2019) and The Grammar and Writing Handbook for Lawyers (ABA Fundamentals, 2011). After graduating from the University of Georgia School of Law magna cum laude, Ms. Espenschied began her legal practice at the firm now known as Eversheds Sutherland; she also served as Senior Counsel in the legal department of Bank of America before eventually opening her own law office. As a law professor, Ms. Espenschied taught commercial law, contracts, and contract drafting. Her passion is helping lawyers acquire the skills they need to be successful in transactional practice. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
88
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

25 Things EVERY Lawyer Should Know About Editing Sentences and Allocating Risk

$85.00

Instructor(s): Lenné Espenschied

25 Things EVERY Lawyer Should Know About Editing Sentences and Allocating Risk In this session, we’ll consider specific strategies for editing and revising the sentences comprising the contract to get the best deal for your client, including the following topics and many more: 9 specific strategies for editing and revising sentences; SCOTUS’s recent opinion on the series qualifier canon vs. the rule of the last antecedent; 7 Sources of syntactic ambiguity; Effective tools for shifting risk; Errors good lawyers make with indemnification; and What EVERY lawyer should know about indemnification. SPEAKER: Lenné Espenschied Lawyer, Author, National Speaker and Professor Lenné Eidson Espenschied has earned her status as one of the two most popular contract drafting speakers in the U.S. by continually striving for excellence and providing innovative, practical skills-based training for transactional lawyers. She practiced law in Atlanta, Georgia for 25 years, focusing on corporate and transactional representation of technology-based businesses. She is the author of two books published by the American Bar Association: Contract Drafting: Powerful Prose in Transactional Practice (ABA Fundamentals, 3rd Ed. 2019) and The Grammar and Writing Handbook for Lawyers (ABA Fundamentals, 2011). After graduating from the University of Georgia School of Law magna cum laude, Ms. Espenschied began her legal practice at the firm now known as Eversheds Sutherland; she also served as Senior Counsel in the legal department of Bank of America before eventually opening her own law office. As a law professor, Ms. Espenschied taught commercial law, contracts, and contract drafting. Her passion is helping lawyers acquire the skills they need to be successful in transactional practice Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
94
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

25 Things EVERY Lawyer Should Know About Key Provisions and Signatures

$85.00

Instructor(s): Lenné Espenschied

25 Things EVERY Lawyer Should Know About Key Provisions and Signatures EVERY lawyer should understand and know how to apply effectively the following practical techniques and additional guidance we’ll cover in this session: Contracts under seal; Electronic Signatures; Executed vs. Signed; Virtual Attachments; and Strategies for drafting scope and payment provisions. SPEAKER: Lenné Espenschied Lawyer, Author, National Speaker and Professor Lenné Eidson Espenschied has earned her status as one of the two most popular contract drafting speakers in the U.S. by continually striving for excellence and providing innovative, practical skills-based training for transactional lawyers. She practiced law in Atlanta, Georgia for 25 years, focusing on corporate and transactional representation of technology-based businesses. She is the author of two books published by the American Bar Association: Contract Drafting: Powerful Prose in Transactional Practice (ABA Fundamentals, 3rd Ed. 2019) and The Grammar and Writing Handbook for Lawyers (ABA Fundamentals, 2011). After graduating from the University of Georgia School of Law magna cum laude, Ms. Espenschied began her legal practice at the firm now known as Eversheds Sutherland; she also served as Senior Counsel in the legal department of Bank of America before eventually opening her own law office. As a law professor, Ms. Espenschied taught commercial law, contracts, and contract drafting. Her passion is helping lawyers acquire the skills they need to be successful in transactional practice. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
92
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

26 Things EVERY Lawyer Should Know About Words and Phrases

$85.00

Instructor(s): Lenné Espenschied

26 Things EVERY Lawyer Should Know About Words and Phrases In this session, we’ll discuss 26 things EVERY lawyer should understand about specific words and phrases commonly used in contracts, including the following and many more: 6 Things you should know about drafting integrated definitions; Is the contract “executed” or “signed”; Do “best efforts” and “commercially reasonable efforts” impose different requirements?; Why you should use words and phrases consistently; and Common words and phrases to avoid. SPEAKER: Lenné Espenschied Lawyer, Author, National Speaker and Professor Lenné Eidson Espenschied has earned her status as one of the two most popular contract drafting speakers in the U.S. by continually striving for excellence and providing innovative, practical skills-based training for transactional lawyers. She practiced law in Atlanta, Georgia for 25 years, focusing on corporate and transactional representation of technology-based businesses. She is the author of two books published by the American Bar Association: Contract Drafting: Powerful Prose in Transactional Practice (ABA Fundamentals, 3rd Ed. 2019) and The Grammar and Writing Handbook for Lawyers (ABA Fundamentals, 2011). After graduating from the University of Georgia School of Law magna cum laude, Ms. Espenschied began her legal practice at the firm now known as Eversheds Sutherland; she also served as Senior Counsel in the legal department of Bank of America before eventually opening her own law office. As a law professor, Ms. Espenschied taught commercial law, contracts, and contract drafting. Her passion is helping lawyers acquire the skills they need to be successful in transactional practice. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
92
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

38th Annual Advanced Bankruptcy Seminar - Day One

$175.00

Instructor(s): OBA Bankruptcy Section

38th Annual Advanced Bankruptcy Seminar Co-sponsored by the OBA Bankruptcy and Reorganization Section DAY ONE Topic Speaker Welcome Chuck Greenough, Chair Layla Dougherty, Chair-Elect 2024 Ethical Considerations and Best Practices UST Panel - Tara Twomey, Executive Director, EOUST Ilene Lashinsky, U.S. Trustee Region 20 Karen Walsh, AUST/NDO&EDO MJ Creasey, AUST/WDO The Intersection of Federal Energy Policy and the Bankruptcy Code Robin Russell Hunton Andrews Kurth Houston, TX Health Care Issues January Bailey, Prelle Eron & Bailey, PA, Wichita, KS Patricia Hamilton, Topeka, KS Bitcoin ATM and Other Related Debtor Issues in Chapter 11 Brett A. Axelrod, Fox Rothschild, Las Vegas, NV McGirt and Bankruptcy Mark Craige, Michael McBride, Crowe & Dunlevy, Tulsa, OK Those Things Worth Believing: Professionalism and the Search for the Personal Why Professor Jack Williams, Georgia State University, Atlanta, GA Adjourn Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
325
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

38th Annual Advanced Bankruptcy Seminar - Day Two

$175.00

Instructor(s): OBA Bankruptcy Section

38th Annual Advanced Bankruptcy Seminar Co-sponsored by the OBA Bankruptcy and Reorganization Section DAY TWO Topic Speaker Case Update aka the Chuck and Brandon Show Charles Greenough, McAfee Taft, Tulsa Brandon Bickle, Gable Gotwals, Tulsa Business Bankruptcy Issues Salene Mazur-Kraemer Pittsburg, PA The American Bankruptcy Law Journal Year in Review - 2023 Hon. Terrence L. Michael, Chief Judge, NDO Chapter 13 Issues Mary Beth Ausbrooks, Nashville, TN Consumer Bankruptcy Issues Panel: Jerry Brown, Clif Gooding, OKC; Greg Colpitts, Tulsa Bankruptcy Court Panel Blaine Schwabe, Gable Gotwals, Moderator The Honorable Paul R. Thomas, USBC Eastern The Honorable Terrence L. Michael, USBC, Northern The Honorable Sarah Hall, USBC Western The Honorable Janice D. Loyd, USBC Western Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
294
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

A Comedic Debriefing of the Law: 2024

$300.00

Instructor(s): Joel Oster

A Comedic Debriefing of the Law This class is a comprehensive de-briefing of the law. Starting with ethics, we review the crazy predicaments some ethically-challenged attorneys have found themselves. You will have to decide based on the severity of the facts and the relevant model rule, would you take a deal for that violation. While Hollywood might not be setting the finest examples when it comes to actual morals and ethics, they do a good job of exhibiting legal ethics. We will explore the Model Rules through the eyes of Hollywood. From Hollywood, it’s not a long journey to our legal rock stars – the Nine! The Supreme Court, aka, the Real League of Justice, has been busy exerting their super hero legal powers. We will review recent landmark Supreme Court case. For example, Masterpiece Cakeshop and stale while wedding cake: discrimination or a valid excuse to skip your cousin’s wedding? Finally, we will take a countdown of the Top 10 Wacky cases. You might be surprised what you will learn about legal strategy from these headline cases. This program is split into four segments: Segment 1 - Deal or No Deal: Ethics on TrialSegment 2 - 10 Ethical Tips from Hollywood MoviesSegment 3 - All-Star Cases from the U.S. Supreme Court 2024Segment 4 - Top 10 Wacky Cases - Litigation Strategies from Headline Cases Joel Oster, Esq., Joel has also spoken to thousands of attorneys across the United States and has learned from their successful and unsuccessful legal practices. Joel brings this practical perspective to all his seminars. Oster earned his J.D. in 1997 from the University of Kansas School of Law. Oster is admitted to the bar in Kansas, Missouri, Florida, and numerous federal courts. Joel is a seasoned litigator and regular speaker to attorneys and non-attorneys alike. He currently is in private practice in Kansas City, specializing in constitutional litigation, campaign finance, sports law and appellate advocacy. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
537
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

A Critical Thinking Approach to Legal Ethics

$95.00

Instructor(s): Herb Rubenstein

A Critical Thinking Approach to Legal Ethics This course is tailored for legal professionals seeking to deepen their understanding of ethics and regulatory standards governing the practice of law. Participants will examine key provisions of Title 5 related to attorneys and the State Bar, as well as the Oklahoma Rules of Professional Conduct and the Code of Judicial Conduct, which align with ABA Model Rules. The curriculum covers critical ethical concepts including definitions of ethics and corruption, and the complexities of the attorney-client relationship, including informed consent and gender and race bias. Additionally, the course addresses contemporary issues such as social media use, advertising, and technological competence, while also exploring ethics in drafting settlement agreements and navigating whistleblower trends. Emphasis is placed on developing a personal and firm-wide code of ethics, understanding disciplinary issues, and leveraging ethical practices to expand one's law practice and attract better clients. SPEAKER: Herb Rubenstein Author, Leadership for Lawyers, (2nd ed., American Bar Association, 2008); Lead Author: Breakthrough, INC. High Growth Strategies for Entrepreneurial Organizations (Financial Times, London, 1999, with Anthony Grundy); Lead Author, Leadership Development for Educators, Rubenstein, Miles, and Bassi (Rowman and Littlefield Education, Lanham, New York, 2009); Author of numerous courses on Leadership for Lawyers, Ethics for Accountants, Sustainability, Strategic Management, Electronic Court Systems, & Forecasting; Attorney, Member DC, MD, VA, and Supreme Court Bars, Member, Federal District Court, Colorado. Founder of the David Warner Fellowship Fund for scholarships at the LBJ School of Public Affairs. Honors and Education: Washington and Lee University, B.A., Phi Beta Kappa, Omicron Delta Kappa, Captain and Four-Year Letterman, Golf Team, 1974; University of Bristol, Bristol, England, Diploma in Social Sciences, Rotary Ambassadorial Scholar, 1975; Master of Public Affairs, LBJ School of Public Affairs, UT Austin, 1977;Georgetown University Law Center, Juris Doctor, 1982. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
120
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

ABCs of Choosing & Drafting the Right Trust for Client Goals

$85.00

Instructor(s): Missia H. Vaselaney, Michael Sneeringer

ABCs of Choosing & Drafting the Right Trust for Client Goals Counseling clients about choosing the right trust for their goals is a formidable task of helping them identify what’s truly important to them and then guiding them through an alphabet soup of alternatives, each of which poses tradeoffs. Some trusts are flexible and offer no tax benefits; others offer substantial tax savings at the cost of control and flexibility. These and a multitude of other tradeoffs are also complicated by the new tax law which alters the estate and gift tax regime. But getting the choice right is essential because altering a trust, particularly post-mortem, can be extremely difficult, costly, and produce unforeseen consequences. This program will provide you with a framework for assessing the different trust alternatives and decision-tree for determining which is best for your client’s specific circumstances. Day 1: Choosing the right trust for client goals – tax savings, protecting assets from claimants, providing for family, charitable giving Counseling clients about decision points in choosing the right trust Important non-estate tax considerations in trust selection Revocable v. irrevocable trusts – flexibility v. tax benefits Use of self-settled trusts to shield assets from claims of creditors and others Day 2: Role of special purpose trusts – Special Needs Trusts, credit shelter trusts, and insurance trusts Charitable giving alternatives – charitable remainder trusts and charitable lead trusts Issues related to the Generation Skipping Transfer Tax and portability Integration of trust plans with larger estate plans Speakers: Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses. She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities. Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001. Michael Sneeringer an attorney in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
3/7/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

AI and Knowledge Management - 2024 Annual Meeting

$50.00

Instructor(s): Catherine Sanders Reach & Ben M. Schorr

AI and Knowledge Management Filmed at the 2024 OBA Annual Meeting Catherine Sanders Reach Catherine Sanders Reach is director for the Center for Practice Management at the North Carolina Bar Association, providing practice technology and management assistance to lawyers and legal professionals. Formerly she was director of law practice management and technology for the Chicago Bar Association and the director at the American Bar Association’s Legal Technology Resource Center. Prior to her work at the NCBA, CBA and ABA she worked in library and information science environments for several years, working at Ross and Hardies as a librarian. She received a master’s degree in library and information studies from the University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa in 1997. Ms. Reach's professional activities include articles published in Law Practice magazine, DePaul Business and Commercial Law Journal, and GPSolo Magazine, as well as numerous other publications. She has given presentations on the use of technology in law practice for national bar conferences, state and local bar associations and organizations such as the National Association of Bar Council and the Association of American Law Schools. She is a guest lecturer for many law schools including NCCU, Elon, UNC, Loyola, and the University of Maryland. She is frequently interviewed for legal tech podcasts including LawTechPartners, Legal Fuel and Lawyerist. In 2011 she was selected to be one of the inaugural Fastcase 50, celebrating 50 innovators, techies, visionaries, and leaders in the field of law. She was on the founding advisory board of the Chicago Bar Foundation’s Justice Entrepreneur Project. In 2013 she was inducted as a Fellow of the College of Law Practice Management. In 2015 she was selected to be part of the ABA LTRC Women of Legal Tech. She served on the ABA TECHSHOW Board from 2007-2009, 2014-2016, and was co-vice-chair in 2019 and co-chair in 2020. She is co-editor of the 2023 ABA book, Design Your Law Practice Ben M. Schorr Ben M. Schorr is a Senior Content Program Manager at Microsoft. He is also the author of several books and articles on technology including “Microsoft 365 for Lawyers” and “The Lawyer’s Guide to Microsoft Word.” He was a Microsoft MVP for 20 years and has been involved with management and technology for more than 30, including in-house at law firms in Los Angeles and Honolulu. In his free time, he’s a slow Ironman triathlete and a high school football coach. He currently lives in Martha Lake, Washington, with his wife Carrie, their son Keith, daughter Elena, and their rescue mutt Sampson. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
51
Min.
8/5/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

AI in the Workplace: Issues and Risks for Employers

$85.00

Instructor(s): TBD

AI in the Workplace: Issues and Risks for Employers Artificial intelligence is transforming the workplace, but it also presents legal risks and challenges for employers. This session examines the implications of AI in hiring, performance monitoring, and decision-making, focusing on compliance with employment laws and avoiding discrimination claims. Gain the tools you need to advise clients on integrating AI into their workplace practices. Highlights: Legal implications of using AI in hiring and employment decisions. Avoiding discrimination claims under Title VII and ADA. The role of transparency and fairness in AI-driven processes. Navigating employee privacy concerns in an AI-powered workplace. Case studies highlighting risks and emerging best practices. Speakers: TBD Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

Webcast
Format
60
Min.
5/29/25
Presented
DETAILS

AI Issues in Trust and Estate Planning

$85.00

Instructor(s): Missia H. Vaselaney & Michael Sneeringer

AI Issues in Trust and Estate Planning Generative artificial intelligence – the ability of technology to generate creative works that mimic human intelligence – is a growing and potentially dominant reality across industry and the professions, including the legal professions. The idea that software might someday supplant the role of lawyers in certain areas of practice has suddenly become reality with the advent of ChatGPT and other forms of generative AI. This program will explore the forms of generative AI and their potential to supplant certain functions performed by lawyers or paralegals, but also how those tools can be harnessed by lawyers to aid their work. What exactly is “Generative AI”? What elements of traditional trust and estate planning practice might AI replace? What are the best uses of AI to help your trust and estate practice? What are the risks of using AI? What must be disclosed to clients and when? Speakers: Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses. She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities. Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001. Michael Sneeringer is an attorney in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
3/8/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Alternative Ways to Acquire Commercial Real Estate: ROFRs, ROFOs, & Options

$85.00

Instructor(s): John S. Hollyfield

Alternative Ways to Acquire Commercial Real Estate: ROFRs, ROFOs, & Options Rights of first refusal and rights of first offer are frequently used in commercial real estate transactions, establishing rights to acquire property from a seller before it hits the market. The practical effect of these tools is often to exert downward pressure on the price of the property and hamper development of a third-party market. Rights of first refusal can help hasten a deal among buyers and sellers or landlords and tenants, thereby reducing costs, or they can be a costly waste of time. There are many subtle differences between rights of first refusal and rights of first offer, each with subtle tradeoffs for counter-parties that must be considered in context of a particular transaction. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting rights of first refusal and rights of first offer, their practical consequences later in a transaction, and negotiating strategies for buyers and sellers, landlords and tenants. How rights of first refusal and rights of first offer work in real estate transactions Real-world costs, tradeoffs and risks of each type of right – and drafting tips and traps Best circumstances in which these mechanisms are used in property acquisitions, sales, and leasing How rights of refusal depress prices & limiting third party interest in the property – and how to mitigate Practical strategies for buyers and sellers, landlords and tenants when negotiating these rights Speaker: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP. He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice. He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute. He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law. He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
5/2/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Arbitration Clauses in Business Agreements

$85.00

Instructor(s): Shannon M. Bell

Arbitration Clauses in Business Agreements One of the biggest risks in most business, commercial, or real estate agreements is the risk of dispute and costly, protracted litigation. Arbitration agreements are one of the primary methods by which this substantial risk of loss is contained. Rather than the parties resorting to costly litigation, they are required to seek resolution of their dispute before a neutral arbiter, whose decision in the matter is final and cannot be litigated. Though these agreements are effective mechanisms for dispute resolution and cost containment, they are also highly controversial. This program will provide you with a practical guide the law governing arbitration agreements and drafting their major provisions. Framework of law governing arbitration agreements Practical uses in business, commercial, and real estate transactions Circumstances where arbitration is effective v. ineffective Counseling clients about the benefits, risks, and tradeoffs of arbitration agreements Scope of arbitration, mandatory nature, and rules used Defining applicable law, arbiter selection, and method of arbitration Judgment on award, review by courts (if any), interim relief Speaker: Shannon M. Bell is a member with Kelly & Walker, LLC, where she litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues. Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen. She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and officer liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivative actions. She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics. Ms. Bell earned her B.S. from the University of Iowa and her J.D. from the University of Denver. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/19/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Artificial Intelligence and the Law: Promise or Peril? - 2023 OBA Annual Meeting

$49.00

Instructor(s): Julie A. Bays and Jim Calloway

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Bar Association Annual Meeting. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
51
Min.
11/12/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Asset Protection Techniques for Real Estate

$85.00

Instructor(s): Jonathan E. Gopman

Asset Protection Techniques for Real Estate Appreciated real estate is often the most valuable asset held by a client. Real estate as an asset class is also frequently subject to depletion through divorce, claims of creditors, tort claimants and others. Ensuring that the real estate is properly held, preserved, and administered to protect its value is the key task of many trust and estate plans. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to accessible asset protection strategies for real estate, including the sophisticated use of limited liability entities, trusts and insurance products, key elements of drafting operating agreements and their traps, and use of forms of ownership and choice of law planning. Economic issues to consider on acquisition, holding and administration of real estate Sophisticated use of LLCs and trusts to protect real estate Key provisions of LLC operating agreements and their traps in protecting real estate Forms of ownership and choice of law as asset protection Uses and traps of using real estate products Bankruptcy planning opportunities and limitations for distressed real estate projects Speaker: Jonathan E. Gopman is a partner with Akerman, LLP in Naples, Florida and chair of the firm’s trust and estate group. His practice focuses on sophisticated wealth accumulation and preservation planning strategies for entrepreneurs. He is a Fellow of the American College of Tax Counsel and co-author of the revised version of the BNA Tax Management Portfolio “Estate Tax Payments and Liabilities.” He is also a commentator on asset protection planning matters for Leimberg Information Services, Inc., a member of the legal advisory board of Commonwealth Trust Company in Wilmington, Delaware, and a member of the Society of Trust and Estate Practitioners. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
61
Min.
10/10/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Assuming Liabilities/Debt in Transactions: Tricks and Traps

$85.00

Instructor(s): Steven O. Weise

Assuming Liabilities/Debt in Transactions: Tricks and Traps This program will provide you a practical guide to drafting for the assumption and limitation of liabilities in business and commercial transactions. The program will cover the mechanics of assuming debt in a transaction, how it is identified, terms negotiated and documented. The program will discuss the related issue of how “bad conduct” carve-outs in indemnification and other limitation of liability provisions can defeat limitations on liability if the carve-outs are not carefully drafted. Successor liability in business transactions and techniques to mitigate its risk will be covered. This program will provide a real-world guide to handling debt and liabilities in transactions. · Identifying and documenting the assumption of liabilities · Successor liability and techniques to mitigate the risk · “Bad conduct” carve-outs in indemnification and limitation of liability · Risks of carve-out language being over-expansive and defeating liability protection · Mistakes in the treatment of liabilities in transactions Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property. He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities. Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
61
Min.
8/18/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Avoiding Legal Vampires: Lessons From Dracula

$115.00

Instructor(s): Mark S. Darrah

Avoiding Legal Vampires: Lessons From Dracula Attorneys often get entangled with clients, cases, judges, and other lawyers that just seem to suck the life out of us. Learn to avoid, overcome and disempower these and other vampires in your practice with lessons drawn from Dracula, a novel that begins with young British solicitor Jonathan Harker traveling to Transylvania to meet a new client... This program explores how to maintain one's vitality and to recognize the early signs of those events and situations that may diminish us. Our own personal ethics and professional ethics may be our strongest power. We will consider common strategies for extricating ourselves from unhealthy cases and clients and, perhaps, to overcome and transform them. SPEAKER: Mark S. Darrah maintains a general civil practice in mid-town Tulsa. A substantial portion of his legal work involves estate planning, probate, estate administration, trusts, and trust litigation. Mark is a graduate of the University of Southern California and the University of Oklahoma College of Law. He has practiced in Tulsa since 1982 and is a member of all relevant bar associations. Darrah is the author of A Catalogue of Common People, a collection of personal essays and commentaries, an occasional contributor to “Studio Tulsa” on KWGS 89.5 FM, and an amateur fiddler. He was the 2018 Carl G. and Gladys L. Herrington Distinguished Lecturer at Rogers State University Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
128
Min.
10/31/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Baskets and Escrow in Business Transactions

$85.00

Instructor(s): Steven O. Weise

Baskets and Escrow in Business Transactions Identifying and hedging the risk of the unknown is one of the biggest risks in business documentation. If unknown liabilities arise – or known liabilities are greater than anticipated –parties want recourse to address the economic loss. “Caps” and “baskets” are used to address this problem. Caps are the the total amount for which one party may be liable to the other party post-closing. “Baskets” are the amount of loss one party must incur, if any, before seeking recourse to the other party. The variations and interplay between caps and baskets can be highly complex. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the uses, types, and drafting traps of caps and baskets in business transactions. Types of “baskets” – “tipping baskets” v. “true deductibles” v. hybrids Negotiating “caps” – aggregates limits, specific carve-outs for fraud and other bad acts Intricate relationship between baskets and caps Drafting to reduce risk of dispute and enhance collectability of claims Use of escrow to ensure payment of indemnification claims SPEAKER: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property.He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities.Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee.Mr. Weise received his B.A. from Yale University and his J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
11/21/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Between Two Weeds – "Joint Sessions" – 2025 Cannabis Legislation Preview

$75.00

Instructor(s): Amber Peckio Garrett & Felina Rivera

Between Two Weeds – "Joint Sessions" – 2025 Cannabis Legislation Preview Join attorneys Felina Rivera and Amber Peckio Garrett as they discuss a summary of bills proposed during the 2025 regular legislative session that relate to medical marijuana laws in the state of Oklahoma. Bills that appear stagnant have been left out of this summary. SPEAKERS: Amber Garrett is an AV-Rated® Preeminent™ attorney with over 19 years of Trial Experience specializing in Litigation, Insurance Dispute Litigation, Complex Family Litigation, Employment Law, Personal Injury Litigation and now serving Oklahoma Medical Cannabis Businesses as Corporate Counsel. Ms. Garrett is the current President-Elect for the Oklahoma Bar Association and chairs the newly formed OBA Cannabis Law Committee. She is also the Co-Host of the Between Two Weeds: The Joint Sessions Cannabis legislation update CLE for the OBA. Ms. Garrett has previously served the OBA as Trustee of the Oklahoma Bar FoundaFon (2014-2019), Past Chairperson of the Women in Law Committee (2007), Lawyer AdverFsing Task Force member (2007); Young Lawyers Division Board Director for Tulsa (2006-2014); Professionalism Committee Member; Chairperson of the Law Related Education Committee; Solo Small Firm Conference Committee member, and as frequent CLE speaker for the OBA. Ms. Garrett lives in Tulsa with her Fiance´ C. Alex Stodghill with their beloved dogs, Woody and Bulliet, and Hendricks. Ms. Garrett was active in the Tulsa County Bar Association having served as Vice-President, Secretary, and Small Firm Director. As a graduate of the University of Tulsa College of Law, she serves a member of the Alumni Board. Ms. Garrett is also a sustaining member of the Junior League of Tulsa. Felina N. Rivera is the founder and managing partner at Renaissance Legal Services, PLLC. Her practice focuses primarily on civil litigation and cannabis law. Ms. Rivera has represented an extensive array of clients in the areas of business law, tax law, insurance defense, personal injury, consumer litigation, and cannabis law. Within her cannabis law practice, Ms. Rivera assists clients with all aspects of their businesses, including guiding clients through the licensing application process, business structuring, zoning and building permiting, tax permitting and remediation of tax liabilities, industry contract negotiations, and OMMA and OBNDD compliance. Ms. Rivera graduated from the University of Oklahoma, College of Law, in 2013. She is admitted to practice law in the State of Oklahoma, the State of Colorado, the Western District of Oklahoma, and the Federal Tax Court. She is the CLE chair of the Oklahoma Cannabis Bar Committee and a member of the International Cannabis Bar Association. She is also the Co-Host of the Between Two Weeds: The Joint Sessions Cannabis legislation update CLE for the OBA and frequent CLE presenter. In addition to her legal career, Ms. Rivera is also an active musician. She can often be found playing guitar and singing at local live music venues throughout the state. Ms. Rivera lives in Norman with her daughter, Sofia, and their rescue pup, Daisy Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
45
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Beyond Will Power: Estate Planning in 2025

$200.00 **

Instructor(s): OBA EPPT Section

Beyond Will Power: Estate Planning in 2025 Sponsored by the OBA Estate Planning, Probate & Trust Section 8:00 - 9:00 Registration and Breakfast (included in registration fee) 9:00 - 9:50 Marketing an Estate Planning Practice - Roberto Seda 9:50 - 10:00 Coffee Break/Networking 10:00 - 10:50 Oklahoma Qualified Dispositions into Trust Act - Tyler R. Barrett 10:50 - 11:00 Coffee Break/Networking 11:00 - 11:50 Trust Protectors - Dan Woska 11:50 - 1:00 Lunch Break (included in registration fee) 1:00 - 1:50 Tax Consequences of Powers of Appointment - David Postic 1:50 - 2:00 Coffee Break/Networking 2:00 - 2:50 Blended Families - Bria Winston 2:50 - 3:00 Coffee Break/Networking 3:00 - 3:50 Ethics and EP - Jana Harris 3:50 - 5:00 Pickleball and Reception (2 drink tickets included in registration fee) Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

In-Person
Format
420
Min.
6/5/25
Presented
DETAILS

Beyond Will Power: Estate Planning in 2025

$200.00 **

Instructor(s): OBA EPPT Section

Beyond Will Power: Estate Planning in 2025 Sponsored by the OBA Estate Planning, Probate & Trust Section 8:00 - 9:00 Registration and Breakfast (included in registration fee) 9:00 - 9:50 Marketing an Estate Planning Practice - Roberto Seda 9:50 - 10:00 Coffee Break/Networking 10:00 - 10:50 Oklahoma Qualified Dispositions into Trust Act - Tyler R. Barrett 10:50 - 11:00 Coffee Break/Networking 11:00 - 11:50 Trust Protectors - Dan Woska 11:50 - 1:00 Lunch Break (included in registration fee) 1:00 - 1:50 Tax Consequences of Powers of Appointment - David Postic 1:50 - 2:00 Coffee Break/Networking 2:00 - 2:50 Blended Families - Bria Winston 2:50 - 3:00 Coffee Break/Networking 3:00 - 3:50 Ethics and EP - Jana Harris 3:50 - 5:00 Pickleball and Reception (2 drink tickets included in registration fee) Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

Webcast
Format
420
Min.
6/5/25
Presented
DETAILS

Boards of Directors and Piercing the Corporate Veil

$95.00

Instructor(s): Herb Rubenstein

Boards of Directors and Piercing the Corporate Veil This course is designed for legal professionals aiming to enhance their expertise in board governance and risk management. Participants will explore the essential rules and legal standards that govern board members' duties, including how to safeguard against personal liability and the piercing of the corporate veil. The program covers strategies to minimize legal risks, expand legal services for boards, and adopt best practices for effective board membership. Additionally, it addresses the integration of modern information technology to bolster board security and mitigate hacking threats. Emphasis is also placed on the valuable experience and professional growth gained through service on nonprofit boards, equipping lawyers with the skills to excel and make a meaningful impact in their roles. SPEAKER: Herb Rubenstein Author, Leadership for Lawyers, (2nd ed., American Bar Association, 2008); Lead Author: Breakthrough, INC. High Growth Strategies for Entrepreneurial Organizations (Financial Times, London, 1999, with Anthony Grundy); Lead Author, Leadership Development for Educators, Rubenstein, Miles, and Bassi (Rowman and Littlefield Education, Lanham, New York, 2009); Author of numerous courses on Leadership for Lawyers, Ethics for Accountants, Sustainability, Strategic Management, Electronic Court Systems, & Forecasting; Attorney, Member DC, MD, VA, and Supreme Court Bars, Member, Federal District Court, Colorado. Founder of the David Warner Fellowship Fund for scholarships at the LBJ School of Public Affairs. Honors and Education: Washington and Lee University, B.A., Phi Beta Kappa, Omicron Delta Kappa, Captain and Four-Year Letterman, Golf Team, 1974; University of Bristol, Bristol, England, Diploma in Social Sciences, Rotary Ambassadorial Scholar, 1975; Master of Public Affairs, LBJ School of Public Affairs, UT Austin, 1977;Georgetown University Law Center, Juris Doctor, 1982. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
93
Min.
5/19/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Building an Oasis: Strategies for Addressing Legal Deserts - 2024 Annual Meeting

$50.00

Instructor(s): Katie Dilks

Building an Oasis: Strategies for Addressing Legal Deserts Filmed at the 2024 OBA Annual Meeting Katie Dilks Katie Dilks is the Executive Director of the Oklahoma Access to Justice Foundation, where she works to collaboratively identify and strengthen statewide solutions to increase meaningful participation in a fair and accessible civil justice system for all Oklahomans. Katie brings over 15 years of experience in access to justice work to her role with the ATJ Foundation, including nine years counseling law students in pursuing nonprofit and government careers and developing two nonprofits focused on providing affordable legal services in Washington, DC. Ms. Dilks has written and presented on access to justice topics including the need for affordable legal services, eviction prevention and legislative reform, the impact and importance of pro bono, plain language court forms, career pathways in government and nonprofit law, and more. As a relatively new Oklahoman, she is excited to bring a national perspective to the challenges and opportunities in Oklahoma’s justice system while building on the unique strengths our state offers. She earned her Juris Doctor and Master’s in Public Policy from Georgetown University, and her undergraduate degree in Psychology from the University of Kansas. She is a member of the bar in the District of Columbia. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
53
Min.
8/5/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Building Your Brand from Social Media to Networking - 2024 Annual Meeting

$50.00

Instructor(s): Catherine Sanders Reach

Building Your Brand from Social Media to Networking Filmed at the 2024 OBA Annual Meeting Catherine Sanders Reach Catherine Sanders Reach is director for the Center for Practice Management at the North Carolina Bar Association, providing practice technology and management assistance to lawyers and legal professionals. Formerly she was director of law practice management and technology for the Chicago Bar Association and the director at the American Bar Association’s Legal Technology Resource Center. Prior to her work at the NCBA, CBA and ABA she worked in library and information science environments for several years, working at Ross and Hardies as a librarian. She received a master’s degree in library and information studies from the University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa in 1997. Ms. Reach's professional activities include articles published in Law Practice magazine, DePaul Business and Commercial Law Journal, and GPSolo Magazine, as well as numerous other publications. She has given presentations on the use of technology in law practice for national bar conferences, state and local bar associations and organizations such as the National Association of Bar Council and the Association of American Law Schools. She is a guest lecturer for many law schools including NCCU, Elon, UNC, Loyola, and the University of Maryland. She is frequently interviewed for legal tech podcasts including LawTechPartners, Legal Fuel and Lawyerist. In 2011 she was selected to be one of the inaugural Fastcase 50, celebrating 50 innovators, techies, visionaries, and leaders in the field of law. She was on the founding advisory board of the Chicago Bar Foundation’s Justice Entrepreneur Project. In 2013 she was inducted as a Fellow of the College of Law Practice Management. In 2015 she was selected to be part of the ABA LTRC Women of Legal Tech. She served on the ABA TECHSHOW Board from 2007-2009, 2014-2016, and was co-vice-chair in 2019 and co-chair in 2020. She is co-editor of the 2023 ABA book, Design Your Law Practice. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
54
Min.
8/5/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Business Torts: How Transactions Spawn Litigation, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): William J. Kelly, III and Shannon M. Bell

Business Torts: How Transactions Spawn Litigation, Part 1 Business and commercial transactions are fraught with potential tort liability for attorneys and their clients. Whether out of disappointment at losing a deal or as a negotiating tactic or legitimate belief, counter-parties, competitors and third parties can easily allege tortious interference with existing or prospective business relationships. There is also the risk of breaching the duty of good faith and fair dealing in transactions or misusing proprietary information obtained in negotiations in a failed deal. This program will you with a practical framework for understanding the range of business torts and real-world defenses. Day 1: · Intentional interference with an existing contractual relationship – and the “business privilege” of competitors · Interference with a prospective contract or transaction – what’s an “expectancy”? · Fraudulent misrepresentations – how does an attorney spot “intent”? · Negligent misrepresentation, including contributory negligence and the economic loss rule Speakers: William J. Kelly, III is a founding member of Kelly & Walker LLC and has more than 25 years’ experience in the areas of employment and commercial litigation. In the area of employment law, he litigates trade secret, non-compete, infringement and discrimination claims in federal and state courts nationwide and has advised Fortune 50 companies on workplace policies and practices. In the area of commercial litigation, his experience includes class action litigation, breach of contract and indemnity, mass-claim complex insurance litigation, construction litigation and trade secrets. Earlier in career, he founded 15 Minutes Music, an independent music production company. Shannon M. Bell is a member with Kelly & Walker, LLC, where she litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues. Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen. She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and officer liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivative actions. She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
11/28/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Business Torts: How Transactions Spawn Litigation, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): William J. Kelly, III and Shannon M. Bell

Business Torts: How Transactions Spawn Litigation, Part 2 Business and commercial transactions are fraught with potential tort liability for attorneys and their clients. Whether out of disappointment at losing a deal or as a negotiating tactic or legitimate belief, counter-parties, competitors and third parties can easily allege tortious interference with existing or prospective business relationships. There is also the risk of breaching the duty of good faith and fair dealing in transactions or misusing proprietary information obtained in negotiations in a failed deal. This program will you with a practical framework for understanding the range of business torts and real-world defenses. Day 2: · Implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing – what it means for contract negotiations · Contract terms involving discretion v. explicit terms · Misdeeds by clients in contract negotiations · Misappropriation of trade secrets disclosed in contract negotiations · Usurpation of business opportunities and the organizational opportunity doctrine · Torts in recruiting and hiring key employees away from competitors Speakers: William J. Kelly, III is a founding member of Kelly & Walker LLC and has more than 25 years’ experience in the areas of employment and commercial litigation. In the area of employment law, he litigates trade secret, non-compete, infringement and discrimination claims in federal and state courts nationwide and has advised Fortune 50 companies on workplace policies and practices. In the area of commercial litigation, his experience includes class action litigation, breach of contract and indemnity, mass-claim complex insurance litigation, construction litigation and trade secrets. Earlier in career, he founded 15 Minutes Music, an independent music production company. Shannon M. Bell is a member with Kelly & Walker, LLC, where she litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues. Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen. She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and officer liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivative actions. She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
11/29/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Buying and Selling Commercial Real Estate, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata, John S. Hollyfield and Richard R. Goldberg

Buying and selling commercial real estate is a lengthy and complex undertaking from diligence and letters of intent to mortgage agreements and, ultimately, the underlying purchase and sale agreement. Reps and warranties have become more extensive and exacting in detail. Financing contingencies have become lengthy and complex. Due diligence has become lengthier, more invasive and costlier – or barely permitted at all, in particularly “hot” markets. Managing all these elements is demanding. This program will provide you a practical guide to the transactional cycle of buying and selling commercial real estate. Day 1: · Planning the process – letters of intent, negotiations, closing process · Due diligence depending on the type of deal – title, environmental, finance issu · Understanding the minefield of seller’s reps and warranties · Buyer and seller’s covenants in a volatile market · Deposits of money Day 2: · Issues for income producing properties, multiple family properties, and distressed properties · Finance issues in operative agreements, including finance contingencies, and working with commercial lenders · Conditions to closing and reducing the risk of not closing · Post-closing issues, baskets, escrow and contingencies · Bankruptcy issues in operative agreements Speakers: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use. He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP. He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice. He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute. He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law. He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont. Richard R. Goldberg is a retired partner, resident in the Philadelphia office of Ballard Spahr, LLP, where he established an extensive real estate practice, including development, financing, leasing, and acquisition. Earlier in his career, he served as vice president and associate general counsel of The Rouse Company for 23 years. He is past president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, past chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute, and past chair of the International Council of Shopping Centers Law Conference. Mr. Goldberg is currently a Fellow of the American College of Mortgage Attorneys and is a member of the American Law Institute. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
58
Min.
6/14/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Buying and Selling Commercial Real Estate, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata, John S. Hollyfield and Richard R. Goldberg

Buying and selling commercial real estate is a lengthy and complex undertaking from diligence and letters of intent to mortgage agreements and, ultimately, the underlying purchase and sale agreement. Reps and warranties have become more extensive and exacting in detail. Financing contingencies have become lengthy and complex. Due diligence has become lengthier, more invasive and costlier – or barely permitted at all, in particularly “hot” markets. Managing all these elements is demanding. This program will provide you a practical guide to the transactional cycle of buying and selling commercial real estate. Day 1: · Planning the process – letters of intent, negotiations, closing process · Due diligence depending on the type of deal – title, environmental, finance issu · Understanding the minefield of seller’s reps and warranties · Buyer and seller’s covenants in a volatile market · Deposits of money Day 2: · Issues for income producing properties, multiple family properties, and distressed properties · Finance issues in operative agreements, including finance contingencies, and working with commercial lenders · Conditions to closing and reducing the risk of not closing · Post-closing issues, baskets, escrow and contingencies · Bankruptcy issues in operative agreements Speakers: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use. He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP. He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice. He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute. He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law. He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont. Richard R. Goldberg is a retired partner, resident in the Philadelphia office of Ballard Spahr, LLP, where he established an extensive real estate practice, including development, financing, leasing, and acquisition. Earlier in his career, he served as vice president and associate general counsel of The Rouse Company for 23 years. He is past president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, past chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute, and past chair of the International Council of Shopping Centers Law Conference. Mr. Goldberg is currently a Fellow of the American College of Mortgage Attorneys and is a member of the American Law Institute. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
66
Min.
6/16/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Buying Time: Options Contracts in Real Estate

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata

Buying Time: Options Contracts in Real Estate Options in commercial real estate transactions give the option holder more time to conduct due diligence, obtain financing and any necessary governmental approvals, and consider whether the transaction is truly viable. The property owner, whose land is optioned, loses the right to sell the property to a third party for the duration of the option, but earns a fee for doing so. In a world of complex and risky commercial real estate transactions, where time is often of the essence and risk is high, options allow developers, investors and others an effective mechanism to buy time and take a wait-and-see-approach. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting essential provisions of options in commercial real estate transactions, including avoiding costly traps. Negotiating and drafting most essential terms of option contracts in real estate transactions Economics of real estate option contracts, including the purchase price of the underlying property and market volatility Duration of exclusive period, fees, and extensions – and relationship to market conditions Nature of exclusive period – access to property, restrictions on marketing, cooperation in obtaining permits Role of contingencies – financing, regulatory, market variables Practical uses, traps, and alternatives to options Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use. He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
9/1/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Charitable Giving Planning in Trusts and Estates, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Michael Lehmann, Daniel Daniels

Charitable Giving Planning in Trusts and Estates, Part 1 Charitable giving can be a major portion of clients’ trust estate planning and introduce substantial complexity. Charitable giving may be motivated less by a desire for tax savings and more by a desire to have an impact on a specific charity or a community. Clients may also want to retain some measure of control during their lifetimes over the property they are donating and retain income from the property. Though there is a vast array of vehicles and planning techniques to achieve these goals, working through the alternatives is daunting. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the range of charitable giving vehicles, planning techniques to achieve client goals, tax and non-tax tradeoffs, and integrating charitable giving with overall estate plans. Day 1: Charitable giving vehicles and techniques & advantages and disadvantages of each Integrating charitable giving into overall estate plans Use of Charitable Remainder Trusts and Charitable Lead Trusts to achieve client goals Donating life insurance policies and proceeds and related trust issues How to restructure restricted charitable gifts Tax pitfalls of charitable giving Post-mortem charitable giving techniques Day 2: Advantages and disadvantages of using private foundations, supporting organizations, and donor-advised funds Structuring funds to provide maximum flexibility to the endowment and satisfy donor demands for control Donating illiquid and difficult-to-value assets to charity – real estate, interests in closely held businesses, works of art Review of faith-based giving initiatives and related legal issues Speakers: Michael Lehmann is a partner in the New York office of Dechert, LLP, where he specializes in tax issues related to non-profits and in the tax treatment of cross-border transactions. He advises hospitals and other health care providers, research organizations, low-income housing developers, trade associations, private foundations and arts organizations. He advises clients on obtaining and maintaining tax-exempt status, executive compensation, reorganizations and joint ventures, acquisitions, and unrelated business income planning. Mr. Lehmann received his A.B., magna cum laude, from Brown University, his J.D. from Columbia Law School, and his LL.M. from New York University School of Law. Daniel L. Daniels is a partner in the Greenwich, Connecticut office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on representing business owners, corporate executives and other wealthy individuals and their families. A Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, he is listed in “The Best Lawyers in America,” and has been named by “Worth” magazine as one of the Top 100 Lawyers in the United States representing affluent individuals. Mr. Daniels is co-author of a monthly column in “Trusts and Estates” magazine. Mr. Daniels received his A.B., summa cum laude, from Dartmouth College and received his J.D., with honors, from Harvard Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
4/4/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Charitable Giving Planning in Trusts and Estates, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Michael Lehmann, Daniel Daniels

Charitable Giving Planning in Trusts and Estates, Part 2 Charitable giving can be a major portion of clients’ trust estate planning and introduce substantial complexity. Charitable giving may be motivated less by a desire for tax savings and more by a desire to have an impact on a specific charity or a community. Clients may also want to retain some measure of control during their lifetimes over the property they are donating and retain income from the property. Though there is a vast array of vehicles and planning techniques to achieve these goals, working through the alternatives is daunting. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the range of charitable giving vehicles, planning techniques to achieve client goals, tax and non-tax tradeoffs, and integrating charitable giving with overall estate plans. Day 1: Charitable giving vehicles and techniques & advantages and disadvantages of each Integrating charitable giving into overall estate plans Use of Charitable Remainder Trusts and Charitable Lead Trusts to achieve client goals Donating life insurance policies and proceeds and related trust issues How to restructure restricted charitable gifts Tax pitfalls of charitable giving Post-mortem charitable giving techniques Day 2: Advantages and disadvantages of using private foundations, supporting organizations, and donor-advised funds Structuring funds to provide maximum flexibility to the endowment and satisfy donor demands for control Donating illiquid and difficult-to-value assets to charity – real estate, interests in closely held businesses, works of art Review of faith-based giving initiatives and related legal issues Speakers: Michael Lehmann is a partner in the New York office of Dechert, LLP, where he specializes in tax issues related to non-profits and in the tax treatment of cross-border transactions. He advises hospitals and other health care providers, research organizations, low-income housing developers, trade associations, private foundations and arts organizations. He advises clients on obtaining and maintaining tax-exempt status, executive compensation, reorganizations and joint ventures, acquisitions, and unrelated business income planning. Mr. Lehmann received his A.B., magna cum laude, from Brown University, his J.D. from Columbia Law School, and his LL.M. from New York University School of Law. Daniel L. Daniels is a partner in the Greenwich, Connecticut office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on representing business owners, corporate executives and other wealthy individuals and their families. A Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, he is listed in “The Best Lawyers in America,” and has been named by “Worth” magazine as one of the Top 100 Lawyers in the United States representing affluent individuals. Mr. Daniels is co-author of a monthly column in “Trusts and Estates” magazine. Mr. Daniels received his A.B., summa cum laude, from Dartmouth College and received his J.D., with honors, from Harvard Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
4/5/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Choice of Entity for Nonprofits & Obtaining Tax Exempt Status, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Michael Lehmann

Choice of Entity for Nonprofits & Obtaining Tax Exempt Status, Part 1 Counseling a client about choice of entity for a nonprofit or charitable enterprise is a multilayered process. First, clients need to understand that not all nonprofits are charities. Even if the enterprise is nonprofit and charitable in nature that does not necessarily mean the enterprise is eligible for tax-exempt status. Once these distinctions are made, attorneys need to counsel clients about the subtle advantages and disadvantages of four major types of entities, all formed under state law. Second, there is the distinct issue of how that entity is classified for federal tax purposes. Each classification comes with its own subtle tradeoffs. This program will provide you with a practical guide to non-profit choice of entity and obtaining tax-exempt status. Day 1 Framework of major choice of entity considerations for nonprofit and charitable organizations – corporations, LLCs and trusts Private foundations v. public charities – tradeoffs, costs, compliance Restrictions on the activities and investments of each type of entity, including joint ventures with profit-making organizations Day 2 Considerations involving joint ventures between for-profit and non-profit entities Practical Process of obtaining tax-exempt status – eligibility, timelines, and costs Counseling clients about ongoing compliance reporting Speaker: Michael Lehmann is a partner in the New York office of Dechert, LLP, where he specializes in tax issues related to non-profits and in the tax treatment of cross-border transactions. He advises hospitals and other health care providers, research organizations, low-income housing developers, trade associations, private foundations and arts organizations. He advises clients on obtaining and maintaining tax-exempt status, executive compensation, reorganizations and joint ventures, acquisitions, and unrelated business income planning. Mr. Lehmann received his A.B., magna cum laude, from Brown University, his J.D. from Columbia Law School, and his LL.M. from New York University School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
8/28/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Choice of Entity for Nonprofits & Obtaining Tax Exempt Status, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Michael Lehmann

Choice of Entity for Nonprofits & Obtaining Tax Exempt Status, Part 2 Counseling a client about choice of entity for a nonprofit or charitable enterprise is a multilayered process. First, clients need to understand that not all nonprofits are charities. Even if the enterprise is nonprofit and charitable in nature that does not necessarily mean the enterprise is eligible for tax-exempt status. Once these distinctions are made, attorneys need to counsel clients about the subtle advantages and disadvantages of four major types of entities, all formed under state law. Second, there is the distinct issue of how that entity is classified for federal tax purposes. Each classification comes with its own subtle tradeoffs. This program will provide you with a practical guide to non-profit choice of entity and obtaining tax-exempt status. Day 1 Framework of major choice of entity considerations for nonprofit and charitable organizations – corporations, LLCs and trusts Private foundations v. public charities – tradeoffs, costs, compliance Restrictions on the activities and investments of each type of entity, including joint ventures with profit-making organizations Day 2 Considerations involving joint ventures between for-profit and non-profit entities Practical Process of obtaining tax-exempt status – eligibility, timelines, and costs Counseling clients about ongoing compliance reporting Speaker: Michael Lehmann is a partner in the New York office of Dechert, LLP, where he specializes in tax issues related to non-profits and in the tax treatment of cross-border transactions. He advises hospitals and other health care providers, research organizations, low-income housing developers, trade associations, private foundations and arts organizations. He advises clients on obtaining and maintaining tax-exempt status, executive compensation, reorganizations and joint ventures, acquisitions, and unrelated business income planning. Mr. Lehmann received his A.B., magna cum laude, from Brown University, his J.D. from Columbia Law School, and his LL.M. from New York University School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
8/29/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Civil Litigation Ethics: Navigating New Challenges, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

Civil Litigation Ethics: Navigating New Challenges, Part 1 This annual ethics update will cover a wide range of ethical developments important to your civil litigation practice. The program will provide detailed coverage of developments in conflicts of interest in litigation, confidentiality and the attorney-client privilege, and drafting and negotiating settlement agreements. The program will feature its annual tour of the waterfront of technology issues in litigation practice. Please join for this annual program which will provide you with a lively discussion of ethical developments important to civil litigation practice. Day 1: Ethics and technology in law practice review Ethics and settlement agreements Recent developments in conflicts of interest, part 1 Day 2: Ethics, evidence and witnesses Developments in confidentiality and preserving the attorney-client privilege Recent developments in conflicts of interest, part 2 Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

Webcast
Format
60
Min.
6/10/25
Presented
DETAILS

Civil Litigation Ethics: Navigating New Challenges, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

Civil Litigation Ethics: Navigating New Challenges, Part 2 This annual ethics update will cover a wide range of ethical developments important to your civil litigation practice. The program will provide detailed coverage of developments in conflicts of interest in litigation, confidentiality and the attorney-client privilege, and drafting and negotiating settlement agreements. The program will feature its annual tour of the waterfront of technology issues in litigation practice. Please join for this annual program which will provide you with a lively discussion of ethical developments important to civil litigation practice. Day 1: Ethics and technology in law practice review Ethics and settlement agreements Recent developments in conflicts of interest, part 1 Day 2: Ethics, evidence and witnesses Developments in confidentiality and preserving the attorney-client privilege Recent developments in conflicts of interest, part 2 Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

Webcast
Format
60
Min.
6/11/25
Presented
DETAILS

Client Funds: Common Pitfalls and How to Avoid

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

Client Funds: Common Pitfalls and How to Avoid This program provides attorneys with essential guidance on managing client funds to ensure compliance with ethical and legal obligations. Participants will learn about common mistakes, such as commingling funds, improper disbursements, and inadequate recordkeeping, that can lead to disciplinary actions. The program will also offer practical strategies and best practices for safeguarding client funds and maintaining accurate financial records. By the end of the session, attorneys will be better equipped to avoid pitfalls and uphold their fiduciary duties with confidence. Understanding ethical rules and fiduciary duties related to managing client funds. Identifying common mistakes, such as commingling, misappropriation, and improper disbursements. Best practices for maintaining accurate trust account records and complying with financial reporting requirements. Practical strategies to safeguard client funds and avoid disciplinary actions or malpractice claims. Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is of counsel in the Tysons Corners, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, where he advises firm clients on professional responsibility issues and properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. He has served on the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and is a Member of the American Law Institute and a Fellow of the American Bar Foundation. He has written extensively on attorney-client privilege, ethics and other topics, and has spoken at over 2200 CLE programs throughout the U.S. and in several foreign countries. Through links on his website biography, he has made available to the public his summaries of over 1,600 Virginia and ABA legal ethics opinions, organized by topic; a 300 page summary of his two-volume 1,500 page book on the attorney-client privilege and work product doctrine; over 1100 weekly email alerts about privilege and work product cases; and materials for 40 ethics programs on numerous topics, totaling over 9,000 pages of analysis. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/30/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Closely Held Company Merger & Acquisitions, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Daniel G. Straga, Molly Merritts

Closely Held Company Merger & Acquisitions, Part 1 Mergers and buyouts of closely held companies are complex, multifaceted processes. Agreeing on a valuation can be very difficult because there is no regular market of buyers and sellers and information on comparable sales is scarce. Closely held companies are typically structured to benefit a few shareholders, often members of a family, and require their financial statements to be normalized. There can also be substantial issues of liability, including successor liability in asset deals, requiring carefully crafted reps and warranties. Confidentiality is often essential in these transactions as sellers try not to unsettle existing commercial relationships and employees. This program will provide you with a practical guide to major planning and drafting considerations in the mergers and buyouts of closely held companies. Day 1: Confidentiality considerations in the sale and negotiation process Due diligence – financial, operational and workforce red flags Stock v. asset transactions and forms of consideration – cash v. equity Valuation of closely held companies in an illiquid market Use or of “earnouts” to bridge the gap in valuation Day 2: Reps, warranties, indemnity and basket issues common to closely held companies Successor liability concerns where assets are transferred Asset transfer issues – intangible assets, including intellectual property Transition issues – management, employees, business relationship, contract issues Escrow and post-closing issues Speakers: Daniel G. Straga is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he counsels companies on a wide variety of corporate and business matters across a range of industries. He advises clients on mergers and acquisitions, capital raising, venture capital, and governance matters. He also have extensive experience in private equity and cross-border transactions. Mr. Straga earned his and his B.A. from the University of Delaware and his J.D. from the George Washington University Law School. Molly Merritts is an attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where she focuses her practice on a wide range of corporate law matters, including mergers and acquisitions, debt and equity financing, and real estate investment trusts. She also advises clients on corporate governance matters, transactional and commercial contract negotiations, and corporate reorganizations. Ms. Merritt earned her B.S. from the University of Maryland, and her J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
5/8/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Closely Held Company Merger & Acquisitions, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Daniel G. Straga, Molly Merritts

Closely Held Company Merger & Acquisitions, Part 2 Mergers and buyouts of closely held companies are complex, multifaceted processes. Agreeing on a valuation can be very difficult because there is no regular market of buyers and sellers and information on comparable sales is scarce. Closely held companies are typically structured to benefit a few shareholders, often members of a family, and require their financial statements to be normalized. There can also be substantial issues of liability, including successor liability in asset deals, requiring carefully crafted reps and warranties. Confidentiality is often essential in these transactions as sellers try not to unsettle existing commercial relationships and employees. This program will provide you with a practical guide to major planning and drafting considerations in the mergers and buyouts of closely held companies. Day 1: Confidentiality considerations in the sale and negotiation process Due diligence – financial, operational and workforce red flags Stock v. asset transactions and forms of consideration – cash v. equity Valuation of closely held companies in an illiquid market Use or of “earnouts” to bridge the gap in valuation Day 2: Reps, warranties, indemnity and basket issues common to closely held companies Successor liability concerns where assets are transferred Asset transfer issues – intangible assets, including intellectual property Transition issues – management, employees, business relationship, contract issues Escrow and post-closing issues Speaker: Daniel G. Straga is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he counsels companies on a wide variety of corporate and business matters across a range of industries. He advises clients on mergers and acquisitions, capital raising, venture capital, and governance matters. He also have extensive experience in private equity and cross-border transactions. Mr. Straga earned his and his B.A. from the University of Delaware and his J.D. from the George Washington University Law School. Molly Merritts is an attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where she focuses her practice on a wide range of corporate law matters, including mergers and acquisitions, debt and equity financing, and real estate investment trusts. She also advises clients on corporate governance matters, transactional and commercial contract negotiations, and corporate reorganizations. Ms. Merritt earned her B.S. from the University of Maryland, and her J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
5/9/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Closely Held Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Etc.

$85.00

Instructor(s): C. Ben Huber

Closely Held Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Etc. Equity-based compensation is often essential to recruiting and retaining key employees in closely held companies. Whether through the use of stock options, restricted stock, appreciation rights or other instruments and techniques, incentive compensation aligns the financial interests of key employees with the entity. Incentive compensation also often has the benefit of not requiring the immediately outlay of cash. Depending on the instruments used, equity-based compensation may also help defer tax recognition. Compensation in LLCs takes on different forms but functions similarly. This program will provide you with a practical guide to equity-based incentive compensation in closely held companies. Pros and Cons of Equity Comp Equity Comp Basics Valuation Issues Vesting Conditions Repurchase Rights Corporate Equity Awards – Restricted Stock and Stock Options (NSOs and ISOs) LLC Equity Awards – Profits Interests and Phantom Equity Speaker: C. Ben Huber is a partner in the Denver office of Greenburg Traurig, LLP, where he has a broad transactional practice encompassing mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and reorganizations, corporate finance, capital markets, venture funds, commercial transactions and general corporate law. He also has substantial experience as counsel to high tech, biotech and software companies in the development, protection and licensing of intellectual property. His clients include start-up companies, family- and other closely-held businesses, middle market business, Fortune 500 companies, venture funds and institutional investors. Mr. Huber earned his B.A. from the University of Colorado and his J.D. at the University of Colorado Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
8/8/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Cloud Contracts: Drafting and Reviewing IT Sourcing Agreements

$85.00

Instructor(s): Peter J. Kinsella

Cloud Contracts: Drafting and Reviewing IT Sourcing Agreements Virtually every organization outsources it information technology (IT) functions to third-party vendors. Electronic files of every time – data and documents, video and audio – are stored on servers owned and maintained by third parties and located at off-site locations. Telecom services are also commonly outsourced. The idea behind outsourcing these increasingly complex systems is that costs might be controlled and the difficulty of maintaining them becomes someone else’s task. But getting to that point lies beyond reviewing and negotiating highly complex IT outsource agreements involving performance and reliability, data security and privacy breaches, and warranty and indemnity. This program will provide you with a practical guide to negotiating and drafting IT agreements with third-party vendors. Performance standards for IT vendors, reliability, and Service Level Agreements Essential warranty and indemnity provisions – and spotting red flags Understanding how “The Cloud” works for contractual purposes Important data security, privacy and related liability concerns Drafting the underlying equipment lease and/or software license Reviewing fee structures in IT outsourcing agreements Speaker: Peter J. Kinsella is a partner in the Denver office of Perkins Coie, LLP, where he has an extensive technology law practice focusing on advising start-up, emerging and large companies on technology-related commercial and intellectual property transaction matters. Prior to joining his firm, he worked for ten years in various legal capacities with Qwest Communications International, Inc. and Honeywell, Inc. Mr. Kinsella has extensive experience structuring and negotiating data sharing agreements, complex procurement agreements, product distribution agreements, OEM agreements, marketing and advertising agreements, corporate sponsorship agreements, and various types of patent, trademark and copyright licenses. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/14/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Common Area Maintenance, Insurance, and & Tax Provisions in Commercial Leases

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata

Common Area Maintenance, Insurance, and & Tax Provisions in Commercial Leases Common area expenses (CAM) are part of virtually every office and retail lease. These expenses cover everything from parking lots and reception areas to common meeting spaces and restrooms. In triple net leases, landlords seek to recover these expenses from tenants. This can be a significant component of a tenant’s lease expense.The scope of CAM, caps or other limitations, and audit rights are highly negotiated. Landlords and lenders are often reluctant to give any concessions. This program will provide you with a practical guide to negotiating and drafting CAM provisions in commercial leases. Scope of common area maintenance (CAM) expenses Relationship to minimum maintenance standards Treatment of taxes and insurance Differentiating operating v. capital expenses in CAM recovery Caps on CAM, fixed CAM, gross-up considerations Audit and information rights for CAM Understanding landlord, lender, and tenant motivations and concerns SPEAKER: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use. He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
11/13/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Communicating in Opposing Counsel & the Courts: Professionalism and Ethics

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

Communicating in Opposing Counsel & the Courts: Professionalism and Ethics Effective communication is key to a successful legal practice, especially when dealing with opposing counsel and the courts. This session explores the ethical and professional responsibilities lawyers have in their communications, offering strategies to maintain professionalism even in contentious situations. Learn how to navigate challenging interactions while upholding your ethical obligations. The ethical guidelines governing communications with opposing counsel. Best practices for clear and professional court filings and oral advocacy. Strategies for managing contentious or unprofessional opposing counsel. Avoiding ethical pitfalls in email and written correspondence. Real-life examples of communication missteps and how to avoid them. Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
4/29/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Community Grief: Working with Clients Experiencing Grief

$125.00

Instructor(s): Calm Waters

Community Grief: Working with Clients Experiencing Grief As legal professionals, we are often called upon to support our clients through difficult times. It can be challenging to know the best way to interact with someone who is experiencing such deep emotions and it's essential to respond with sensitivity and compassion. This course is designed to provide you with the language, techniques, and best practices needed to interact with clients who have experienced various types of grief, including death, divorce, incarceration, deportation, deployment, and foster/adoptive care. During the class, you will learn about the most supportive and sensitive response for all types of grief. The training will also provide information about Calm Waters services and other resources available in the community. Presenters’ Bios Heather Gaglio received her Master's degree at Oklahoma State University in Human Development and Family Science with an option in Marriage and Family Therapy in 2012. She is a Licensed Marital and Family Therapist (LMFT) and an Approved Supervisor through the American Association for Marriage and Family Therapy (AAMFT). Heather has over 10 years of clinical experience and has worked in non-profit and private practice settings. Heather has been involved in supporting research in the field of Healthy Marriage and Responsible Fatherhood programs as well. As the current Clinical Director at Calm Waters in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, Heather oversees a team of therapists and clinical interns who provide over 250 hours of grief counseling to nearly 150 clients each month. She is passionate about increasing access of grief support and educating the community about healthy and helpful ways to support children and families through grief and loss so that no one has to grieve alone. Hannah Showalter received her Master’s Degree at the University of South Carolina in Social Work with a focus on Health and Mental Health. She has practiced as a Licensed Master Level Social Worker since 2017, with experience in the nonprofit field, child abuse investigations, trauma therapy, and grief. As the Program Director at Calm Waters, a grief center in OKC, she oversees all community and center-based support group programs, a team of program interns, and incarcerated Oklahoman’s jail-based support groups. Her goal in programming is to create spaces where those experiencing grief can share without feeling like a problem to be solved, where our loss is validated, accepted, and remembered. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
154
Min.
7/14/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Confidentiality Agreements in Workplace

$85.00

Instructor(s): Shannon M. Bell

Confidentiality Agreements in Workplace Many business transactions, employment agreements, and litigation settlement agreements rest on the bedrock of the parties agreeing to keep confidential the terms of the underlying agreement. These agreements, sometimes considered extended exercises in boilerplate, are more properly a complex array of terms defining what’s confidential, what’s not, what constitutes a breach, and how long confidentiality must be maintained. As importantly, these agreements are not self-executing. How a contractual breach is redressed – damages and injunctive relief – must also be carefully considered to enhance practical enforceability. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements in a range of settings to enhance effectiveness and enforceability. Framework of law governing enforceability Defining the scope of confidential information – and what’s not confidential Key terms – persons covered, duration of confidentiality, forms of breach, damages Practical enforceability – what can be done at the drafting stage? Common traps that lead to unenforceability Speaker: Shannon M. Bell is a partner with Kelly & Walker, LLC, where she litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues. Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen. She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and officer liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivative actions. She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics. Ms. Bell earned her B.S. from the University of Iowa and her J.D. from the University of Denver. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
5/31/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Construction Contracts: Drafting Issues, Spotting Red Flags and Allocating Risk, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): John Miller

Construction Contracts: Drafting Issues, Spotting Red Flags and Allocating Risk, Part 1 Construction contracts are among the most difficult agreements to draft or review and negotiate. At every stage, building is fraught with substantial risk – timely regulatory approvals, cost containment and price certainty, financing contingencies, building deadlines, and a host of other risks. If these risks materialize, as is common, the bargained for exchange among the parties and their expectations are radically unsettled. Construction contracts are a careful allocation of risks, a compromise between flexibility and price/cost certainty, and establish procedures for resolving disputes short of costly litigation. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting the most important provisions of construction contracts. Day 1: Reviewing and drafting essential provisions of construction contracts Use and common mistakes in using AIA contacts in negotiations with builders Defining the scope of a project and planning for modifications How fees and costs are structured – and allocating risk of modification Tying performance standards and timelines to payments Day 2: Insurance and indemnification provisions of construction contracts Role of subcontractors and mechanics and materialmen liens Anticipating disputes between property owners and builders, and building in cost-effective dispute resolution Role and limitations of different type of damages SPEAKER: John Miller is the principal of John R. Miller, PLLC in the Charlotte, North Carolina and was for 39 years a partner with Robinson, Bradshaw & Hinson, P.A. His practice encompasses corporate and securities law, mergers and acquisitions, banking and finance, and construction law. He was selected by his peers for inclusion in "The Best Lawyers in America" and for inclusion in Business North Carolina Magazine's "Legal Elite" as one of the top business lawyers in North Carolina. He received his A.B. from Duke University and his J.D., with distinction, from Duke University School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/24/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Construction Contracts: Drafting Issues, Spotting Red Flags and Allocating Risk, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): John Miller

Construction Contracts: Drafting Issues, Spotting Red Flags and Allocating Risk, Part 2 Construction contracts are among the most difficult agreements to draft or review and negotiate. At every stage, building is fraught with substantial risk – timely regulatory approvals, cost containment and price certainty, financing contingencies, building deadlines, and a host of other risks. If these risks materialize, as is common, the bargained for exchange among the parties and their expectations are radically unsettled. Construction contracts are a careful allocation of risks, a compromise between flexibility and price/cost certainty, and establish procedures for resolving disputes short of costly litigation. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting the most important provisions of construction contracts. Day 1: Reviewing and drafting essential provisions of construction contracts Use and common mistakes in using AIA contacts in negotiations with builders Defining the scope of a project and planning for modifications How fees and costs are structured – and allocating risk of modification Tying performance standards and timelines to payments Day 2: Insurance and indemnification provisions of construction contracts Role of subcontractors and mechanics and materialmen liens Anticipating disputes between property owners and builders, and building in cost-effective dispute resolution Role and limitations of different type of damages SPEAKER: John Miller is the principal of John R. Miller, PLLC in the Charlotte, North Carolina and was for 39 years a partner with Robinson, Bradshaw & Hinson, P.A. His practice encompasses corporate and securities law, mergers and acquisitions, banking and finance, and construction law. He was selected by his peers for inclusion in "The Best Lawyers in America" and for inclusion in Business North Carolina Magazine's "Legal Elite" as one of the top business lawyers in North Carolina. He received his A.B. from Duke University and his J.D., with distinction, from Duke University School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/25/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Contracts in Crisis: MAC Clauses, Acts of God, and Planning for the Unexpected

$85.00

Instructor(s): Steven O. Weise

Contracts in Crisis: MAC Clauses, Acts of God, and Planning for the Unexpected Material Adverse Change (MAC) clauses are common in most businesstransactions. These clauses allocate among the parties the risk of a MAC occurring between the execution of transactional documents and closing the underlying transaction. Sellers want certainty that a sale or other transaction will close and argue that the MAC clause should be very narrowly drafted. Buyers want maximum flexibility and will argue that anything that makes the transaction unattractive should constitute a MAC. Between those two opposing views are a host of narrow and technical but important details that need to be negotiated, details which will determine whether the transaction is successfully closed, efficiently and cost-effectively terminated, or devolves into dispute and litigation. This program will provide you with a practical guide using and drafting MAC clauses in transactions. Drafting “Material Adverse Change” provisions and carve-outs Forms of MACs – closing conditions or representations? Practical process of “proving” a MAC occurred, including burden of proof What happens to the transaction if a MAC occurred? Spotting red flags when drafting MAC clauses and best practices to reduce the risk Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property. He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities. Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
4/4/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Corporate Transparency Act Has Potential Liability for Clients and Lawyers - 2024 Annual Meeting

$50.00

Instructor(s): Alexandra Towler-Bliss, Matthew Eads

Corporate Transparency Act Has Potential Liability for Clients and Lawyers Filmed at the 2024 OBA Annual Meeting Alexandra Towler-Bliss Alexandra Towler-Bliss is an attorney focusing on nonprofit and small business compliance and employment law, with an eye toward workplace wellness, diversity, equity, inclusion, and true belonging. Alex founded Culture Connection Law as a remedy, seeking to further holistic organizational health in the face of an ever evolving workforce, from legal infrastructure and support, all the way to team culture. She is proud to be Oklahoma born and raised, earning her Bachelor of Arts from Oklahoma State University and her Juris Doctor from the University of Oklahoma College of Law. She is deeply rooted in her community, working to support local initiatives as legal counsel and serving on the Boards of Sunbeam Family Services and Camp Twin Cedars. Alex’s foundational belief that every single person deserves the space to mess it up, learn, and correct guides her. Her warm fuzzy is teaching leaders how to love themselves and their teams a little easier Matthew Eads Matthew Eads graduated from OU in 2002 with a Bachelors of Business Administration and a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism. While law school was always a desire, he embarked on a first career spent mostly in leadership positions within the insurance claims industry. With the support and encouragement of his wife and family, Mr. Eads enrolled in law school shortly after his 40th birthday. He graduated from Oklahoma City University School of Law in 2022 and passed the Uniform Bar Exam the same year. Mr. Eads' 20+ years of leadership and business experience have proven to be invaluable to business planning clients. His insight and ability to provide creative solutions has helped clients minimize risk while creating effective strategies for the future. Estate planning has been a passion of his for years. Seeing the weight and stress lifted off of people’s shoulders when the plan is in place is something that will never get old. His ability to connect with clients facilitates the creation of comprehensive plans that protect families. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
48
Min.
8/5/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Cross Discipline: Building Cross-Examination Skills with Practical Improv Techniques

$99.00

Instructor(s): Roger J. Dodd

Cross Discipline: Building Cross-Examination Skills with Practical Improv Techniques Professional improv actor and teacher, Steve Hohman, and legendary author and trial lawyer, Roger J. Dodd, connect the disciplines of cross-examination and improvisation. This engaging and innovative 90-minute video takes you through easy-to-follow strategies for the courtroom and introduces practical improvisational acting skills to help master Dodd's world-famous cross-examination techniques. You'll learn easy-to-use exercises to practice outside the courtroom that directly apply to trial lawyers because, just like in improv, nothing in the courtroom is scripted. AGENDA: Intro to Cross Examination and Improvisational Acting: Basic Similarities Leading Questions and One-Fact-at-a-time to Build Your Narrative Clearly Storytelling from General to the Specific General-to-Specific Takeaway and Advanced Rules of Cross (Narrative Driven and Facts, Not Conclusions) The Importance of Word-Selection, Takeaway, and Spontaneous Loop “Yes, And”, “Spontaneous Loops” Takeaway, and Active Listening SPEAKER: Roger J. Dodd has active offices in Park City, Utah (Dodd & Kuendig), Valdosta, Georgia (Dodd and Burnham), and Jacksonville, Florida (Spohrer and Dodd) where he practices trial work of all types. This includes personal injury, wrongful death, criminal defense, and domestic relations. He has been listed in Best Lawyers for more than 20 years. He is one of a handful of lawyers nationally who are listed in Super Lawyers in more than one state simultaneously (Georgia, Florida and Mountain States (5). He was Board Certified by the National Board of Trial Advocacy in Civil Trial Practice for more than 20 years and was a Board Certified in Criminal Trial Practice for more than 20 years. He acts as co-counsel all over the United States and in select foreign countries. He also coaches individual lawyers in individual cases. He has lectured and taught lawyers and judges in all 50 states, and multiple foreign countries. TV and legal credits include CourtTV, TruTV, CNN, ABC, CBS, and cable TV. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

Webcast
Format
92
Min.
5/30/25
Presented
DETAILS

Cybersecurity Breaches: How to Advise Clients When the Inevitable Happens

$85.00

Instructor(s): David Navetta

Cybersecurity Breaches: How to Advise Clients When the Inevitable Happens This program will provide you with critical guidance on advising clients who experience a cybersecurity breach resulting in the release of sensitive information. Participants will learn best practices for assessing the scope of a breach, complying with notification laws, and mitigating potential legal and reputational risks. The program will cover key topics such as regulatory requirements, breach response planning, and strategies for minimizing liability. By the end of the session, attorneys will be equipped to effectively counsel clients through the legal and practical challenges of a data breach incident. Strategies for securing trade secrets from departing employees through contracts and legal safeguards. Addressing cybersecurity risks in networked systems to prevent unauthorized access and theft. Understanding the impact of artificial intelligence on trade secret protection and potential misappropriation risks. Practical tools and legal frameworks to help clients proactively safeguard proprietary information. Speaker: David Navetta is a prominent leader in privacy, information security and technology law. He has extensive experience counseling clients on novel and cutting-edge data protection issues, including data breach response, cybersecurity risk management, consumer and employee privacy, incident response planning and preparedness, technology transactions, vendor management, board of director advice and consultation, regulatory investigations, litigation and due diligence in corporate transactions. David serves as a “breach coach” on an approved panel for numerous cyber insurance carriers and companies, and he has helped some of the world’s top corporations to effectively respond to complex data security breaches and protect their enterprises. David’s clients range from startups to large Fortune 500 multinationals across a range of industries – including ecommerce, consumer products, name-brand, traditional brick-and-mortar companies, hotels and hospitality, social media, technology, professional services, healthcare, financial institutions and energy. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/16/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Defending Against IRS Audits of Closely Held Companies, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Stephen J. Turanchik, Lydia Turanchik

Defending Against IRS Audits of Closely Held Companies, Part 1 This program will provide you with a practical guide to defending closely held businesses and owners against IRS audits and collection activity. The program will discuss counseling clients about what to expect in the process and preparing their documentation for review. It will also cover assessing their potential liability and preparing strategies accordingly. The differences between income and employment tax issues will also be covered. This program will provide you with real world guide to defending against IRS audit and collection activity of closely held companies. Day 1: Ascertaining the IRS’s goals and determining a reasonable range of settlements Types of settlements and IRS settlement standards Appeals process and rates of success at each level Negotiating an audit settlement in anticipation of collections Collections process, defenses, and forms of penalty Day 2: Counseling clients about the scope and nature of IRS collection activity IRS use of asset freezes – cash and liquid assets Liens and levies – and how to obtain releases Obtaining injunctive relief from collection activity Interrelationship of bankruptcy law and collection activity Speakers: Stephen J. Turanchik is an attorney in the Los Angeles office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where his practice focuses on tax litigation at the state and federal levels as well as tax controversy work at the administrative levels. Before entering private practice, he is previously litigated for six years for the U.S. Department of Justice, Tax Division, where he litigated over 300 tax cases in federal, bankruptcy, state and probate court. He has also lectured at Loyola Law School and California State University, Fullerton on topics relating to tax litigation and is chair-elect of the executive committee of the Los Angeles Bar Association’s Tax Section. Mr. Turanchik received his B.A. from the College of the Holy Cross, his J.D. from Fordham University School of Law, and his LL.M. in Taxation from New York University School of Law. Lydia Turanchik is a partner in the Los Angeles office of Nardiello Turanchik, LLP, where her practice focuses on tax litigation and controversy matters against the United States Department of Justice, the Internal Revenue Service, and state tax agencies. She has handled tax disputes at all levels, including audit, appeal, settlement, litigation and collection. Before entering private practice, she was a trial attorney with the U.S. Department of Justice’s Tax Division in Washington, D.C. Ms. Turanchik earned her B.A. from Tufts University, J.D. from Vermont Law School, and her LL.M. from Boston University. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
9/18/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Defending Against IRS Audits of Closely Held Companies, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Stephen J. Turanchik, Lydia Turanchik

Defending Against IRS Audits of Closely Held Companies, Part 2 This program will provide you with a practical guide to defending closely held businesses and owners against IRS audits and collection activity. The program will discuss counseling clients about what to expect in the process and preparing their documentation for review. It will also cover assessing their potential liability and preparing strategies accordingly. The differences between income and employment tax issues will also be covered. This program will provide you with real world guide to defending against IRS audit and collection activity of closely held companies. Day 1: Ascertaining the IRS’s goals and determining a reasonable range of settlements Types of settlements and IRS settlement standards Appeals process and rates of success at each level Negotiating an audit settlement in anticipation of collections Collections process, defenses, and forms of penalty Day 2: Counseling clients about the scope and nature of IRS collection activity IRS use of asset freezes – cash and liquid assets Liens and levies – and how to obtain releases Obtaining injunctive relief from collection activity Interrelationship of bankruptcy law and collection activity Speakers: Stephen J. Turanchik is an attorney in the Los Angeles office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where his practice focuses on tax litigation at the state and federal levels as well as tax controversy work at the administrative levels. Before entering private practice, he is previously litigated for six years for the U.S. Department of Justice, Tax Division, where he litigated over 300 tax cases in federal, bankruptcy, state and probate court. He has also lectured at Loyola Law School and California State University, Fullerton on topics relating to tax litigation and is chair-elect of the executive committee of the Los Angeles Bar Association’s Tax Section. Mr. Turanchik received his B.A. from the College of the Holy Cross, his J.D. from Fordham University School of Law, and his LL.M. in Taxation from New York University School of Law. Lydia Turanchik is a partner in the Los Angeles office of Nardiello Turanchik, LLP, where her practice focuses on tax litigation and controversy matters against the United States Department of Justice, the Internal Revenue Service, and state tax agencies. She has handled tax disputes at all levels, including audit, appeal, settlement, litigation and collection. Before entering private practice, she was a trial attorney with the U.S. Department of Justice’s Tax Division in Washington, D.C. Ms. Turanchik earned her B.A. from Tufts University, J.D. from Vermont Law School, and her LL.M. from Boston University. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
9/19/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Defending Estate and Gift Tax Audits

$85.00

Instructor(s): Brian R. Harris

Defending Estate and Gift Tax Audits The IRS reviews every estate and gift tax return and audits them at a far higher rates than income tax returns. When a client return is chosen for examination and audit, an estate is subject to a very time-consuming and costly process. Understanding the steps in the process, the personnel involved, and the limits of what you can reasonably expect as part of a settlement are all essential to successfully concluding an audit. It’s also very important to understand how returns are selected for exam. This program will provide you with a practical guide preparing for and defending and audit and tips for reducing the risk of triggering an audit. Timeline, process, personnel and deadlines – understanding how an audit unfolds Common audit triggers and how returns are selected for examination Review of common issues on audit – FLP/FLLCs, defined value clauses, insurance policies and lifetime gifts Drafting responses and working with IRS personnel Determining the range of reasonable settlement proposals Important attorney-client privilege, statute of limitation, and evidentiary considerations Speaker: Brian R. Harris is a partner in the Tampa, Florida office of Fogarty Mueller Harris, PLLC, where he represents clients in federal, state, and local tax controversy and litigation throughout the United States. He also represents clients before the IRS, state departments of revenue, and municipalities. Earlier in his career, he was a trial attorney with the U.S. Department of Justice, Tax Division, and lead attorney for the United States and IRS in federal courts across the country. Mr. Harris received his B.S. and M.S. from the University of Florida and his J.D. from the University of Florida College of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
5/2/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

DEI 6.0 in the Legal Profession

$95.00

Instructor(s): Herb Rubenstein

DEI 6.0 in the Legal Profession This program offers an in-depth exploration of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) from its historical roots to contemporary practices and challenges. Participants will gain a thorough understanding of the evolution and fundamental principles of DEI programs, as well as strategies for addressing common pitfalls and legal obstacles. The curriculum includes practical skills for navigating current political and legal debates surrounding DEI, preparing participants to effectively respond to objections and defend the relevance of DEI 6.0 initiatives in 2024 and beyond. Through case studies and strategic analysis, participants will also acquire essential tactics to prevent or mitigate litigation risks, equipping them with the knowledge to champion successful DEI programs in their organizations. SPEAKER: Herb Rubenstein Author, Leadership for Lawyers, (2nd ed., American Bar Association, 2008); Lead Author: Breakthrough, INC. High Growth Strategies for Entrepreneurial Organizations (Financial Times, London, 1999, with Anthony Grundy); Lead Author, Leadership Development for Educators, Rubenstein, Miles, and Bassi (Rowman and Littlefield Education, Lanham, New York, 2009); Author of numerous courses on Leadership for Lawyers, Ethics for Accountants, Sustainability, Strategic Management, Electronic Court Systems, & Forecasting; Attorney, Member DC, MD, VA, and Supreme Court Bars, Member, Federal District Court, Colorado. Founder of the David Warner Fellowship Fund for scholarships at the LBJ School of Public Affairs. Honors and Education: Washington and Lee University, B.A., Phi Beta Kappa, Omicron Delta Kappa, Captain and Four-Year Letterman, Golf Team, 1974; University of Bristol, Bristol, England, Diploma in Social Sciences, Rotary Ambassadorial Scholar, 1975; Master of Public Affairs, LBJ School of Public Affairs, UT Austin, 1977;Georgetown University Law Center, Juris Doctor, 1982. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
103
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Demand Letters That Deliver: Drafting for Impact

$85.00

Instructor(s): Shannon M. Bell

Demand Letters That Deliver: Drafting for Impact Demand letters may seem like they’re merely hammer-strokes, the first blow of litigation. LI But the most effective demand letters are more subtly crafted. Tone is important. Vitriolic letters – letters that do not keep a client’s goals in mind and misjudge the reader’s range of likely reactions – may be counterproductive. Rather than moving the process toward a good outcome, the letter may actually result in setbacks and greater costs. There’s a subtle balance between precision and vagueness, stimulating favorable response by being sufficiently vague so that the reader speculates about adverse consequences. There’s also the issue of how much of your case – favorable facts and persuasive law – to include in the letter. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to setting goals and carefully crafted demand letters to advance client goals. Setting goals and realistic expectations Striking the right tone – how aggressive is too aggressive? Precision v. vagueness - leaving room for speculation and negotiation How much of your case – the facts and the law – to include in the letter? Common traps and mistakes in demand letters Speaker: Shannon M. Bell is a member with Kelly Law Partners, LLC, where she litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues. Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen. She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and officer liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivative actions. She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
5/13/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Director and Officer Liability: What are the Tripwires

$85.00

Instructor(s): Frank Ciatto

Director and Officer Liability: What are the Tripwires Statutory and common law impose certain fiduciary duties—care, diligence, good faith, and fair dealing—on directors and managers of corporate entities, managers of LLCs, and in certain instances members of LLCs. The corporate and organizational opportunity doctrines also operate to restrict the activity of closely held company stakeholders, preventing misappropriation of certain corporate or LLC opportunities. In certain instances, the owners of the entity may want to expand, limit, or even entirely eliminate these duties. Depending on the entity involved and the specific duty, the law may allow modification by agreement, but unintended consequences may be substantial. This program provides you with a practical guide to fiduciary duties in corporations and LLCs, how they may be modified, and the possible consequences. • Fiduciary duties in closely held corporations and LLCs• Corporate fiduciary duties and standards of review—duty of loyalty and duty of care• Conflicts of interest and self-dealing issues in closely held corporations• Fiduciary duties in LLCs—standards set by contract and by law• Which duties may be modified or eliminated—and which may not• How the corporate and organizational opportunity doctrines work in closely held companies. Speaker: Frank Ciatto is a partner in the Washington, DC, office of Venable LLP, where he advises clients on mergers and acquisitions, limited liability companies, tax and accounting issues, and corporate finance transactions. He is a leader of his firm’s private equity and hedge fund groups and a member of the ABA Business Law Section Mergers & Acquisitions Subcommittee. He is also a Certified Public Accountant. James DePaoli is an attorney in the Washington, DC, office of Venable LLP, where his practice focuses on corporate and commercial matters. He represents clients in the acquisition and disposition of assets and securities, mergers, and other business combinations and reorganizations. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
9/30/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Domestic Asset Protection Strategies for Trust and Estate Planners

$85.00

Instructor(s): Jonathan E. Gopman

Domestic Asset Protection Strategies for Trust and Estate Planners Though asset protection planning often seems to be the province of off-shore trusts available to only a limited range of clients, in fact asset protection planning utilizes a wide range of domestic planning vehicles, tools, and techniques that are of great value to many clients. Exemption planning allows clients to preserve real estate and other forms of property against claims of creditors and tort claimants. Retirement plans, annuity and insurance contracts, properly structured and held, also provide creative solutions to protect assets.Each of these vehicles and techniques comes with risks that must be carefully explored, explained and hedged. This program will provide you with a practical guide to utilizing domestic asset protection techniques to achieve client goals in trust and estate planning. · Asset protection with self-settled trusts, single member LLCs, and other entities · Use of retirement fund accounts and plans to shield assets · Strategies using annuity and insurance products to preserve assets · Planning to maximize “exempt” assets under federal & state bankruptcy and creditor laws · Risks and penalties if certain transfers are deemed fraudulent conveyances Speaker: Jonathan E. Gopman is the managing partner of the Naples, Florida office of Akerman. LLP, where his practice focuses on sophisticated wealth accumulation and preservation planning strategies for entrepreneurs. He is co-author of the revised version of the BNA Tax Management Portfolio “Estate Tax Payments and Liabilities.” He is also a commentator on asset protection planning matters for Leimberg Information Services, Inc., a member of the legal advisory board of Commonwealth Trust Company in Wilmington, Delaware, and a member of the Society of Trust and Estate Practitioners. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
64
Min.
7/11/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Don't Be A Stupid Cupid: Avoiding Inappropriate Entanglements in the Practice of Law

$50.00

Instructor(s): Sean Carter

Don't Be A Stupid Cupid: Avoiding Inappropriate Entanglements in the Practice of Law One of the most fundamental duties that we owe our clients is the duty to provide them with loyal and independent representation. In other words, we are duty bound to put their interests first and to avoid conflicts of interest; something that becomes increasingly difficult to the extent we enter into professional and personal relationships with clients, opposing counsel and parties, judges and others involved in the legal process. In this eye-opening webinar, legal humorist Sean Carter will recount the tales of those lawyers who failed to meet this duty by creating the following entanglements: Entering into business transactions with clients Accepting gifts from clients; Accepting (or giving) loans; Romantic entanglements with clients; Friendships with judicial officers; Family and close relationships with opposing counsel/parties SPEAKER: Sean Carter is a Harvard Law grad, who spent a decade practicing securities law before leaving the practice of law to pursue a career as the country's foremost Humorist at Law.Since then, Mr. Carter has crisscrossed the country delivering comedic professional educational seminars for more than 350 legal organizations in three dozen states. His presentation topics run the gamut from legal ethics to stress management to diversity. Yet, all of his presentations have one thing in common -- humor and plenty of it.In fact, in 2003, Mr. Carter was dubbed "America's Funniest Lawyer" by The Radio and Television Interview Report.Finally, Sean lives in Mesa, Arizona with his wife and four sons. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

Webcast
Format
60
Min.
5/30/25
Presented
DETAILS

Drafting Arbitration Agreements in Business and Commercial Transactions

$85.00

Instructor(s): Shannon M. Bell

Drafting Arbitration Agreements in Business and Commercial Transactions One of the biggest risks in most business, commercial, or real estate agreements is the risk of dispute and costly, protracted litigation. Arbitration agreements are one of the primary methods by which this substantial risk of loss is contained. Rather than the parties resorting to costly litigation, they are required to seek resolution of their dispute before a neutral arbiter, whose decision in the matter is final and cannot be litigated. Though these agreements are effective mechanisms for dispute resolution and cost containment, they are also highly controversial. This program will provide you with a practical guide the law governing arbitration agreements and drafting their major provisions. · Framework of law governing arbitration agreements · Practical uses in business, commercial, and real estate transactions · Circumstances where arbitration is effective v. ineffective · Counseling clients about the benefits, risks, and tradeoffs of arbitration agreements · Scope of arbitration, mandatory nature, and rules used · Defining applicable law, arbiter selection, and method of arbitration · Judgment on award, review by courts (if any), interim relief Speaker: Shannon M. Bell is a member with Kelly & Walker, LLC, where she litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues. Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen. She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and officer liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivative actions. She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
61
Min.
10/13/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Drafting Business Service Agreements

$85.00

Instructor(s): Joel R. Buckberg

Drafting Business Service Agreements Companies are increasingly focused on their “core competencies,” outsourcing all other functions – sales, bookkeeping, IT, customer and product support, warranty work – to third party professionals and their companies. Drafting agreements to capture this work is unlike drafting a conventional employment agreement. It requires a sophisticated understanding of the service, benchmarks for performance and reporting, and the protection of confidential business information. The underlying agreement must comprehend how all of these elements operate together. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting services agreements in business. Drafting services agreements for “hard” and “soft” services Scope of services provided, modification of services, and relationship to fees Performance standards and timeliness of delivery of services Types of fee structures and common traps Ensuring ownership of key files, records, “know how,” customer lists, and trade secrets Issues related to sub-contracting, designation of agents, and assignment of the contract Conflicts of interest, limitation of liability, and indemnification Speaker: Joel R. Buckberg is a partner in the Nashville office of Baker Donelson, LLP. He more than 40 years’ experience in corporate and business transactions. His practice focuses on corporate and asset transactions and operations, particularly in hospitality, franchising and distribution. He also counsels clients on strategic planning, financing, mergers and acquisitions, system policy and practice development, regulatory compliance and contract system drafting. Prior to joining Baker Donelson, he was executive vice president and deputy general counsel of Cendant Corporation. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
5/24/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Drafting Buy/Sell Agreements for Closely Held Companies, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Daniel G. Straga

Drafting Buy/Sell Agreements for Closely Held Companies, Part 1 There is rarely a liquid market for the sale or exchange of ownership interests in closely-held companies. Buy/sell agreements fix that problem by creating a market among the owners of a company, providing a mechanism for owners to liquidate their interests in a reliable manner. The owners may agree to buy and sell interests among themselves on the occurrence of certain events and using certain valuation metrics, or they may agree that the company itself will redeem an owner’s interest. Without these agreements, there is often no alternative for an owner to cash out, short of liquidating the company. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the different types of buy/sell agreements, drafting the essential provisions of each, and common negotiating and drafting tips. Day 1: · Types of buy/sell agreements – cross-purchase among owners, entity redemption, and hybrid approaches · Most highly negotiated provisions of buy/sell agreements · Triggering events – voluntary sale, retirement, death, bankruptcy of shareholder or member · Valuation of interests – appraisals, formula clauses,comps, and dispute resolution · Rights of first offer v. rights of first refusal, and sales to third parties Day 2: · Funding buy/sell arrangements – payouts/earnouts over time, commercial borrowing, key-man insurance, other funding sources · Special issues involving S Corps and unincorporated entities · Drag-along and tag-along rights in buy/sell agreements · Major tax issues in buy/sell agreements for buyer, seller and the entity Speaker: Daniel G. Straga is counsel in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he counsels companies on a wide variety of corporate and business matters across a range of industries. He advises clients on mergers and acquisitions, capital raising, venture capital, and governance matters. He also have extensive experience in private equity and cross-border transactions. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
6/21/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Drafting Buy/Sell Agreements for Closely Held Companies, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Daniel G. Straga

Drafting Buy/Sell Agreements for Closely Held Companies, Part 2 There is rarely a liquid market for the sale or exchange of ownership interests in closely-held companies. Buy/sell agreements fix that problem by creating a market among the owners of a company, providing a mechanism for owners to liquidate their interests in a reliable manner. The owners may agree to buy and sell interests among themselves on the occurrence of certain events and using certain valuation metrics, or they may agree that the company itself will redeem an owner’s interest. Without these agreements, there is often no alternative for an owner to cash out, short of liquidating the company. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the different types of buy/sell agreements, drafting the essential provisions of each, and common negotiating and drafting tips. Day 1: · Types of buy/sell agreements – cross-purchase among owners, entity redemption, and hybrid approaches · Most highly negotiated provisions of buy/sell agreements · Triggering events – voluntary sale, retirement, death, bankruptcy of shareholder or member · Valuation of interests – appraisals, formula clauses,comps, and dispute resolution · Rights of first offer v. rights of first refusal, and sales to third parties Day 2: · Funding buy/sell arrangements – payouts/earnouts over time, commercial borrowing, key-man insurance, other funding sources · Special issues involving S Corps and unincorporated entities · Drag-along and tag-along rights in buy/sell agreements · Major tax issues in buy/sell agreements for buyer, seller and the entity Speaker: Daniel G. Straga is counsel in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he counsels companies on a wide variety of corporate and business matters across a range of industries. He advises clients on mergers and acquisitions, capital raising, venture capital, and governance matters. He also have extensive experience in private equity and cross-border transactions. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
6/22/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Drafting Client Engagement Letters in Trust and Estate Planning

$85.00

Instructor(s): Daniel L. Daniels

Drafting Client Engagement Letters in Trust and Estate Planning Client engagement letters are the foundation of a successful representation in trust and estate planning, administration or fiduciary litigation. It’s where expectations are set – about fees, timelines, and who you are representing. Difficult issues involving conflicts of interests and decision-making can also be framed and addressed. These letters clarify goals and substantially reduce the risk of later dispute. This program will provide you a practical guide to using client engagement letters to provide the foundation of a successful relationship in trust and estate planning, administration and litigation. Most important elements of successful client engagement letter Spousal representations – joint representation or separate, and practical difficulties of each Representing multiple generations of a family – who is in charge? Lawyer as fiduciary – what must you do if you’re the trustee How to handle extant or developing client incapacity Ongoing communication and billing issues Providing for withdrawal from an engagement – when and how SPEAKER: Daniel L. Daniels is a partner in the Greenwich, Connecticut office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on representing business owners, corporate executives and other wealthy individuals and their families. A Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, he is listed in “The Best Lawyers in America,” and has been named by “Worth” magazine as one of the Top 100 Lawyers in the United States representing affluent individuals. Mr. Daniels is co-author of a monthly column in “Trusts and Estates” magazine. Mr. Daniels received his A.B., summa cum laude, from Dartmouth College and received his J.D., with honors, from Harvard Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/31/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Drafting Distribution Provisions in Trusts

$85.00

Instructor(s): Daniel L. Daniels

Drafting Distribution Provisions in Trusts Distribution provisions are the most essential provisions of trust instruments – and risk lurks everywhere. If a trustee has unbounded discretion, he or she risks a “general power of appointment,” which would cause the trust’s assets to be taxable to the holder of the power of appointment. But distribution standards – especially for “standard of living” or “emergencies” – are inherently susceptible to multiple interpretations and dispute, and potentially to litigation. Ultimately, planning and drafting these provisions is an exercise in risk management and tradeoffs. This program will provide you with a real world guide to planning and drafting distribution provisions in trust instruments, including the tradeoffs and risks. Risks of discretionary distributions – power of appointment, taxable inclusion, litigation Cost/benefit of heavily detailed v. general distribution provisions Ascertainable standards – health, education, maintenance, and support (HEMs) Drafting sole and absolute discretion, emergencies, best interests, and standard of living Role of fiduciary duties in making distribution decisions Tax considerations when making distributions Speaker: Daniel L. Daniels is a partner in the Greenwich, Connecticut office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on representing business owners, corporate executives and other wealthy individuals and their families. A Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, he is listed in “The Best Lawyers in America,” and has been named by “Worth” magazine as one of the Top 100 Lawyers in the United States representing affluent individuals. Mr. Daniels is co-author of a monthly column in “Trusts and Estates” magazine. Mr. Daniels received his A.B., summa cum laude, from Dartmouth College and received his J.D., with honors, from Harvard Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/17/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Drafting Employee Handbooks

$85.00

Instructor(s): Stefanee Handon

Employee handbooks define the relationship of employer and employee for most employees. These handbooks establish leave policies, polices for working from home, sick leave, and grounds for dismissal. They also help ensure the protection of employer trade secrets. In a highly interconnected age, they establish policies for the use of smartphones, tablets, and other devices on and for the job. If a handbook is carefully planned and drafted, it provides for a stable workplace, reducing the risk of employer liability. The absence of a handbook can lead to just the opposite – a workplace with ad hoc policies and abounding risk. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting employee handbooks. · Essential elements of employee handbooks · Work from home policies and protections · Ensuring handbooks are not enforceable contracts and are subject to change by employers. · Compliance with EEO laws, including the ADA, FMLA and others. · Prohibition of discrimination, harassment, and other unlawful conduct · Defining workplace policies for personal smartphones, tablets, and other devices · Time off, leave of absence, and discipline and dismissal procedures. Speaker: Stefanee Handon is an attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where she represents employers in all aspects of employment law, including wage and hour compliance, fair employment practices, and individual employment rights. She also counsel’s employers on all aspects of the employer-employee relationship, including hiring, pay, promotion, and termination. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
6/2/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Drafting Escrow Agreements in Business & Commercial Transactions

$85.00

Instructor(s): Steven O. Weise

Drafting Escrow Agreements in Business & Commercial Transactions Every escrow agreement has a degree of intrinsic uncertainty. Whether the agreement is for the release of money, property title, software code, or something else, the escrow agent must determine whether certain conditions have been met before releasing the property held in escrow. That involves a degree of judgement, and like all judgments, subject to dispute. In this sense, escrow agreements, which are intended to limit risk and enhance the certainty of a transaction, introduce another layer of risk. This puts a priority on carefully drafting the material details of the underlying transaction in as clear terms as possible.This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting escrow agreements in transactions. · Defining conditions for release of property in basic, clear, explicit terms to reduce risk · Drafting release instructions to tightly synchronize with the underlying transaction · Inherent risks involved with escrow agent determinations · Co-mingled and held in trust funds v. segregated funds · Timing – how drafting too early might miss key terms in the underlying agreement · Choosing the right escrow agent depending on the nature of the transaction · Reducing escrow agent through E&O or other insurance Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property. He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities. Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
7/27/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Drafting Indemnity Agreements in Business and Commercial Transactions

$85.00

Instructor(s): Joel R. Buckberg & William J. Kelly

Drafting Indemnity Agreements in Business and Commercial Transactions Indemnity agreements are central to the risk allocation and limitation of liability system built into most transactional arrangements. The indemnitor agrees to indemnify the indemnitee on the occurrence of certain events. The scope of liability in these agreements is very carefully defined, often including actual costs but excluding consequential damages or any damages arising from third-party claims. All of the pieces of the indemnity puzzle – scope, measure of damages, exclusions and procedures for cost recovery – must be very carefully considered, negotiated and drafted. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting key provisions of indemnity agreements in transactional agreements. Scope of indemnity – indemnity v. hold harmless, damages v. liabilities, direct v. third-party claims Types of losses subject to indemnity – breaches of reps and warranties, covenants, losses, specific circumstances Determining recoverable damages and costs, including attorneys’ fees Implied or equitable indemnity – and use of disclaimers to limit liability Difference between the duty to defend v. indemnification Procedure for claiming and obtaining indemnification reimbursements SPEAKERS: Joel R. Buckberg is a shareholder in the Nashville office of Baker, Donelson, Bearman, Caldwell & Berkowitz, P.C. and chair of the firm’s commercial transactions and business consulting group. He has more than 45 years’ experience structuring and drafting commercial, corporate and business transactions. He also counsels clients on strategic planning, financing, mergers and acquisitions, system policy and practice development, regulatory compliance and contract system drafting. Prior to joining Baker Donelson, he was executive vice president and deputy general counsel of Cendant Corporation. Mr. Buckberg received his B.S. form Union College, his M.B.A. from Vanderbilt University, and his J.D. from Vanderbilt University School of Law. William J. Kelly, III is a founding member of Kelly Law Partners, LLC, and has more than 30 years’ experience in the areas of employment and commercial litigation. In the area of employment law, he litigates trade secret, non-compete, infringement and discrimination claims in federal and state courts nationwide and has advised Fortune 50 companies on workplace policies and practices. In the area of commercial litigation, his experience includes class action litigation, breach of contract and indemnity, mass-claim complex insurance litigation, construction litigation and trade secrets. Earlier in career, he founded 15 Minutes Music, an independent music production company. Mr. Kelly earned his B.A. from Tulane University and his J.D. from St. Louis University School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/23/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Drafting Legal Holds in Civil Litigation

$85.00

Instructor(s): Stanley E. Woodward Jr.

Legal holds are essential documents in civil litigation. Presented by one party to the other, often by the plaintiff to the defendant in anticipation of filing a complaint, the hold demands the other party preserve specified evidence – documents or other items – which is essential underlying claiming. But these no mere matter of issuing a form letter. Their scope and demands must be carefully tailored to the underlying claim. There are also issues of notice, who should receive the hold, remedies for breach, and potentially sanctions. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning and drafting legal holds in civil litigation. · Giving notice of a litigation hold – and practical legal effect · Who should receive the hold? · Defining the scope of hold · Standards in federal and state courts · Electronically stored information – preservation v. pulling · Termination of litigation · Remedies for violation of hold – sanctions, adverse judgement Speaker: Stanley E. Woodward Jr. is partner with Brand | Woodward, where he has a broad civil litigation and white collar criminal defense practice. He also conducts internal corporate investigations. He serves as an adjunct professor of law at Catholic University of America Columbus School of Law, where he teaches pre-trial litigation and employment law. Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Vanessa Ruiz of the District of Columbia Court of Appeals, and Judges Joan Zeldon and Judge Rufus King III of the Superior Court of the District of Columbia. Mr. Woodward earned his B.A., cum laude, and his M.S., magna cum laude, from American University, and his J.D., cum laude, from The Catholic University of America Columbus School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
5/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Drafting LLC Operating Agreements, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Paul Kaplun

Drafting LLC Operating Agreements, Part 1 LLC operating agreements may be the most commonly document drafted, reviewed and negotiated by transactional counsel. These documents define the governance, information and liquidation rights of members, allocate economic rewards, sometimes establish restrictions on members or their interests, and can assign or alleviate liability. The tax provisions, too, are highly complex, defining allocations of tax attributes and rights to cash and property distributions. Fiduciary duties may also be modified in a way that is not possible in other types of entities. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting the most important provisions of LLC operating agreements. Day 1: Drafting the most important provisions of LLC operating agreements Planning for different types of capital contributions – capital v. services, current contributions v. future capital calls Management provisions depending on whether the LLC is member-managed v. manger-managed LLCs Fiduciary duties of members, modifications, and the “LLC opportunity doctrine” Restrictions on transfers of capital and profits interests Relationship between tax allocation and property distribution provisions, including IRC Section 704(b) accounting SPEAKER: Paul Kaplun is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP where he has an extensive corporate and business planning practice, and provides advisory services to emerging growth companies and entrepreneurs in a variety of industries. He formerly served as an Adjunct Professor of Law at Georgetown University Law Center, where he taught business planning. Before entering private practice, he was a Certified Public Accountant with a national accounting firm, specializing in corporate and individual income tax planning and compliance. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/5/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Drafting LLC Operating Agreements, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Paul Kaplun

Drafting LLC Operating Agreements, Part 2 LLC operating agreements may be the most commonly document drafted, reviewed and negotiated by transactional counsel. These documents define the governance, information and liquidation rights of members, allocate economic rewards, sometimes establish restrictions on members or their interests, and can assign or alleviate liability. The tax provisions, too, are highly complex, defining allocations of tax attributes and rights to cash and property distributions. Fiduciary duties may also be modified in a way that is not possible in other types of entities. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting the most important provisions of LLC operating agreements. Day 2: Drafting allocation provisions for maximum tax benefit and to secure the safe harbor How “payments to member” (not distributions) are treated for financial v. tax purposes Drafting ordinary distributions, minimum tax distributions, waterfall distributions, liquidating distributions Rights of first refusal, rights of first offer, buy-sell provisions – understanding the alphabet soup of exit alternatives Liquidations of the entity and sale of an individual member’s interests SPEAKER: Paul Kaplun is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP where he has an extensive corporate and business planning practice, and provides advisory services to emerging growth companies and entrepreneurs in a variety of industries. He formerly served as an Adjunct Professor of Law at Georgetown University Law Center, where he taught business planning. Before entering private practice, he was a Certified Public Accountant with a national accounting firm, specializing in corporate and individual income tax planning and compliance. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/6/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Drafting Property Management Agreements

$85.00

Instructor(s): John S. Hollyfield

Drafting Property Management Agreements Commercial real estate as a recurring source of income is only as good as it is managed. Well managed properties not only provide stable income but also hold their underlying value. Management of commercial real estate is mostly outsourced to third parties. Management agreements vary widely according to the type of property managed – official, retail, multi-family, etc. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the types of property management agreements, varying fee arrangements, defining the scope of a manager’s duties, rent collection and operational controls, allocating risk and liability, and much more. Property management agreements for office and multi-family properties Defining scope of manager’s duties and responsibilities Understanding management fee alternatives Collection of rent and handling of funds Insurance, liability and indemnity issues for manager and property owner Operating decisions, controls, termination, and sale of property Speaker: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP. He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice. He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute. He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law. He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
62
Min.
12/15/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Drafting Small Commercial Real Estate Leases

$85.00

Instructor(s): David C. Camp

Drafting Small Commercial Real Estate Leases In small space leases, tenants are much more sensitive to the cost or reviewing and negotiating lengthy leases. Also, use restrictions in lengthier leases can unduly restrict a tenant’s ability to use the space to operate their business. Landlord rights and remedies in “short “form” leases tend to leave tenants with little flexibility and few remedies for landlord breaches. At the same time, landlords fear the instability and costs associated with small tenants. This program will provide you a real-world guide to reviewing a small commercial lease, including economics, use restrictions, subleasing, and remedies. Red flags in “short form” leases for small tenants Ensuring “use” restrictions allow tenant to operate its business Common area maintenance, taxes, insurance, fees and penalties Scope of landlord services to tenant – and landlord remedies Exit issues – “go dark” provisions, subletting, tail liability Speaker: David C. Camp is a partner in the Denver office of Senn Visciano Canges, PC, where he represents clients in all aspects of real estate transactions. He has extensive experience in leasing, development, construction, financing and ownership issues. He also has substantial experience in commercial finance matters, most frequently corporate and real estate financing, including mezzanine loans, construction loans, and traditional loan matters. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
5/22/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Drafting Special Needs Trusts for Vulnerable Clients

$85.00

Instructor(s): Martha C. Brown

Drafting Special Needs Trusts for Vulnerable Clients Special Needs Trusts are designed to provide for the long-care of individuals who have physical or intellectual impairments and are unable to provide for themselves, whatever their age. SNTs are intended to preserve the beneficiary’s eligibility for public benefits – Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid – while maximizing the private resources of the beneficiary’s family. Drafting distribution clauses and selecting the right trustee to make financial and health-care related decisions for the beneficiary are the essential steps in the planning process. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the types of SNTs, the situations in which each is most appropriate, preserving public benefit eligibility, distribution provisions, and trustee selection. Planning and drafting issues with Special Needs Trusts Types of SNTs and eligibility standards Relationship of SNTs to public benefits – Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, SSI Key considerations in drafting distribution clauses Choosing individual and institutional trustees, and the use of “pooled trusts” Administrative issues in SNTs Speaker: Martha C. Brown is an attorney at the law firm of Martha C. Brown & Associates, LLC in St. Louis, Missouri, where she has more than 25 years’ experience in the fields of elder law and estate planning. She has an extensive practice advising the elderly and their families on their trust and estate planning matters with an emphasis on Special Needs Trusts. She is a Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, a former board member and Fellow of the National Academy of Elder Law Attorneys, and a board member of the Special Needs Alliance. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
9/13/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Drafting Stockholder Agreements, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Frank Ciatto, Molly Merritts

Drafting Stockholder Agreements, Part 1 Stockholders’ agreements can make or break a closely held company. Voting control is allocated, distribution policies established, buy-sell mechanisms defined, and the relationship of the owners organized. Most of the big decisions of a closely held company are made in the stockholders’ agreement. In the context of S Corporations, these agreements take on even more importance in the form of various restrictions to ensure the corporation does not lose its pass-through status for federal income tax purposes. This program will provide you with a guide to planning and drafting the most essential provisions of stockholders’ agreements for C and S corporations. Day 1: Practical uses of stockholders’ agreements Management and voting rights – what events trigger a vote and by whom Economic rights – distributions, taxes, and liquidations Information rights – access to operational, financial and tax information Day 2: Restrictions on transferability and mechanisms to buy/sell restricted stock Valuation methodologies for stock that does not have a liquid market Protective provisions for S Corps – preventing transfers to ineligible holders Provisions for approving the termination an S Corp election Close corporations and the ability to govern the company without a board of directors Speaker: Frank Ciatto is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he has 20 years’ experience advising clients on mergers and acquisitions, limited liability companies, tax and accounting issues, and corporate finance transactions. He is a leader of his firm’s private equity and hedge fund groups and a member of the Mergers & Acquisitions Subcommittee of the ABA Business Law Section. He is a Certified Public Accountant and earlier in his career worked at what is now PricewaterhouseCoopers in New York. Mr. Ciatto earned his B.A., cum laude, at Georgetown University and his J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center. Molly Merritts is an attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where she focuses her practice on a wide range of corporate law matters, including mergers and acquisitions, debt and equity financing, and real estate investment trusts. She also advises clients on corporate governance matters, transactional and commercial contract negotiations, and corporate reorganizations. Ms. Merritt earned her B.S. from the University of Maryland, and her J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
6/12/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Drafting Stockholder Agreements, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Frank Ciatto, Molly Merritts

Drafting Stockholder Agreements, Part 2 Stockholders’ agreements can make or break a closely held company. Voting control is allocated, distribution policies established, buy-sell mechanisms defined, and the relationship of the owners organized. Most of the big decisions of a closely held company are made in the stockholders’ agreement. In the context of S Corporations, these agreements take on even more importance in the form of various restrictions to ensure the corporation does not lose its pass-through status for federal income tax purposes. This program will provide you with a guide to planning and drafting the most essential provisions of stockholders’ agreements for C and S corporations. Day 1: Practical uses of stockholders’ agreements Management and voting rights – what events trigger a vote and by whom Economic rights – distributions, taxes, and liquidations Information rights – access to operational, financial and tax information Day 2: Restrictions on transferability and mechanisms to buy/sell restricted stock Valuation methodologies for stock that does not have a liquid market Protective provisions for S Corps – preventing transfers to ineligible holders Provisions for approving the termination an S Corp election Close corporations and the ability to govern the company without a board of directors Speakers: Frank Ciatto is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he has 20 years’ experience advising clients on mergers and acquisitions, limited liability companies, tax and accounting issues, and corporate finance transactions. He is a leader of his firm’s private equity and hedge fund groups and a member of the Mergers & Acquisitions Subcommittee of the ABA Business Law Section. He is a Certified Public Accountant and earlier in his career worked at what is now PricewaterhouseCoopers in New York. Mr. Ciatto earned his B.A., cum laude, at Georgetown University and his J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center. Molly Merritts is an attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where she focuses her practice on a wide range of corporate law matters, including mergers and acquisitions, debt and equity financing, and real estate investment trusts. She also advises clients on corporate governance matters, transactional and commercial contract negotiations, and corporate reorganizations. Ms. Merritt earned her B.S. from the University of Maryland, and her J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
6/13/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Drafting Supply Agreements

$85.00

Instructor(s): Joel R. Buckberg

Drafting Supply Agreements Supply contracts are the backbone of many businesses, providing the buying with essential goods for a production process or finished product inventory for sale. In the supply chains these agreements create, time is of the essence. Buyers rely on timely delivery of quality raw material or inventory. Production and sales are often finely calibrated for just in time delivery. In addition, there area wide range of liability issues involved in these agreements because any disruption of the supply chain can cause substantial losses. This program will provide you with a practical guide to reviewing the most important provisions of supply agreements for clients. Drafting and negotiating most essential terms of supply agreements Issues for both suppliers and buyers in different industries Framework of law governing supply issue, including UCC warranty and title issues Product quality, volume commitments, delivery, and more Identifying, allocating, and mitigating risk – indemnity and insurance Spotting red flags in “form” supply agreements Speaker: Joel R. Buckberg is a shareholder in the Nashville office of Baker, Donelson, Bearman, Caldwell & Berkowitz, P.C. and chair of the firm’s commercial transactions and business consulting group. He has more than 45 years’ experience structuring and drafting commercial, corporate and business transactions. He also counsels clients on strategic planning, financing, mergers and acquisitions, system policy and practice development, regulatory compliance and contract system drafting. Prior to joining Baker Donelson, he was executive vice president and deputy general counsel of Cendant Corporation. Mr. Buckberg received his B.S. form Union College, his M.B.A. from Vanderbilt University, and his J.D. from Vanderbilt University School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
7/19/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Drafting Waivers of Conflicts of Interest

$85.00

Instructor(s): William Freivogel

Drafting Waivers of Conflicts of Interest A bedrock principle of lawyer ethics is that lawyers owe their clients loyalty, free of conflicts of interest unless those conflicts are waived by a client in writing. Clients are entitled to zealous representation without the lawyer being conflicted by other representations or interests. When a conflict arises, the lawyer is required to decline the representation unless the conflict is waived by the client. But waivers are not always easily accomplished. They must be carefully drafted, particularly when it purports to be of an anticipated conflict, not an existing conflict. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the rules governing conflict waivers, types of waivers, and drafting tips. Key provisions of waivers and ensuring there is “informed” consent Advance waivers – drafting waivers for anticipated conflicts Types of advance waivers – stating subject area, adverse parties, neither or both Sources of rules and practical guidance on drafting waivers Common mistakes made in drafting waivers Consequences of ineffective waivers Speaker: William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management. He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years. He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com <http://www.freivogelonconflicts.com/> . Mr. Freivogel is a graduate of the University of Illinois (Champaign), where he received his B.S. and LL.B. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
5/3/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Drafting Wills & Trust Documents to Reduce Risks of Challenge

$85.00

Instructor(s): Michael Kenny, Sean Vallencourt

Drafting Wills & Trust Documents to Reduce Risks of Challenge A last will and testament is not always the final word of a testator. Wills frequently trigger long-suppressed family rivalries and resentments. With the testator no longer on the scene, children or other heirs are freed to express their resentments. These resentments often worsen when the will’s plan for allocating of money, valuable property or sentimental items is made known, leading to dispute and litigation. These disputes can be very time-consuming and costly resolve, sharply diminishing the value of an estate. This program will discuss grounds for will contests and practical steps lawyers and their clients can take to avoid challenge. Spotting red flags in will contests – disinheriting close family members, unequal treatment of children, unusual behavior of testator & more Sources of law in will contests – grounds for challenging wills Practical steps to avoid will contests – will ceremonies, videotaped testaments, witness selection, affidavits Use of In Terrorem provisions to prevent will contests Issues surrounding holographic wills and other informal wills Speakers: Michael Kenny is counsel in the New York City office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on commercial, probate, construction, and maritime litigation. He has represented clients in domestic and international arbitrations, including proceedings before the American Arbitration Association and the International Centre for Dispute Resolution. His litigation and arbitration experience includes the preparation and trial of warranty claims and ship repair disputes. Sean Vallencourt is a Litigation Associate in Wiggin and Dana’s New York office. He represents businesses and individuals in a diverse array of disputes before federal and state courts, as well as alternative dispute resolution tribunals. Prior to joining Wiggin and Dana, Sean served as a law clerk to two federal district judges: Judge Neil V. Wake (District of Arizona) and Chief Judge Sara Darrow (Central District of Illinois). Prior to clerking, he practiced at Phillips Nizer LLP. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/25/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Due Diligence in Commercial Real Estate Transactions

$85.00

Instructor(s): John S. Hollyfield

Due Diligence in Commercial Real Estate Transactions This program will provide you with a practical guide to due diligence in real estate transactions – what information you need, where to get it, and the timeframes involved. The program will also cover the relationship between the duration and depth of due diligence depending on the state of the market – i.e., how “hot” markets involve more risk because sellers or othersare reluctant to give lengthy diligence periods. The program will also discuss using information obtained in diligence to draft specific reps and warranties. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning due diligence in real estate transaction and how that information is used. Planning diligence – what information you need, where to get it, and timeframes Relationship between diligence and market conditions – willingness of sellers to cooperate or not Using diligence – tying information obtained to specific reps and warranties Review of leases, rent rolls, and financial statements Service contracts, condominium HOAs, and other contracts Title work – liens and other encumbrances Speaker: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office of Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP. He has more than 40 years of experience in real estate law practice. He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute. He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law. He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont. He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
7/31/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Earnouts: Taking a Wait and See Approach to Valuation of Closely Held Companies

$85.00

Instructor(s): Frank Ciatto, Daniel G. Straga, James DePaoli

Earnouts: Taking a Wait and See Approach to Valuation of Closely Held Companies The most highly negotiated provision of most transactions is price. Sellers want to maximize the value of the deal, putting the most optimistic spin historical and forward-looking projections. Sellers take a more skeptical view, questioning the sustainability of growth and the accuracy of forecasts. When differences over valuation cannotbe bridged, the parties may use an earnout, which allows them to both take a wait-and-see approach and still close the transaction. Earnouts generally involve a current payment from buyer to seller together with ongoing payments to the seller if the company performs as the seller projected. But there are many drafting and operational traps when using earnouts. This program will provide you with a practical guide to structuring and drafting earnouts to later disputes and litigation. Most highly negotiated and litigated provisions in earnout agreements Post-closing operations – control by buyer, but informational access to seller Defining key metrics – objective, measurable and potential traps Relationship of earnouts to senior debt and other preferential returns Debt issues and how it impacts financial results – and post-closing payments How earnouts are different than escrow and holdbacks SPEAKERS: Frank Ciatto is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he has 20 years’ experience advising clients on mergers and acquisitions, limited liability companies, tax and accounting issues, and corporate finance transactions. He is a leader of his firm’s private equity and hedge fund groups and a member of the Mergers & Acquisitions Subcommittee of the ABA Business Law Section. He is a Certified Public Accountant and earlier in his career worked at what is now PricewaterhouseCoopers in New York. Mr. Ciatto earned his B.A., cum laude, at Georgetown University and his J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center. Daniel G. Straga is an attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he counsels companies on a wide variety of corporate and business matters across a range of industries. He advises clients on mergers and acquisitions, capital raising, venture capital, and governance matters. Mr. Straga earned his J.D. from the George Washington University Law School and his B.A. from the University of Delaware. James DePaoli is an attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where his practice focuses on corporate and commercial matters. He represents clients in the acquisition and disposition of assets and securities, mergers, and other business combinations and reorganizations. Mr. Paoli earned his B.S/B.A., magna cum laude, from Georgetown University and his J.D. from Duke University School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/21/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Easements in Real Estate

$85.00

Instructor(s): John S. Hollyfield

Easements in Real Estate Easements are nonpossessory rights to use a third party’s property. They can be conveyed by deed or contract and may have a significant impact on the underlying property. When valid and enforceable, easements may have a major impact on the use of property, its development and ultimately the value of the underlying property. It isvery important to timely identify easements in diligence, value them, and perhaps obtain their termination or release. If your client depends on an easement, ensuring that they are properly drafted and filed, and are enforceable are essential. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to easements in real estate transactions, including their types, how they are created and released, or enforced in transactions. Types of easements – prescriptive, appurtenant, in gross, mortgage-related, estoppel, necessity and quasi-easements How they are used in real estate transactions – which are best for your client? Due diligence in transactions – identifying and valuing easements Creation of easements – drafting essential terms and filing for maximum enforcement Enforcement – methods and measure of damages Termination and release – effective drafting to eliminate easements Speaker: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP. He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice. He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute. He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law. He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
57
Min.
8/17/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

E-Commerce Tax: Issues When Your Client Sells Goods or Services Online

$85.00

Instructor(s): Michael Lehmann

E-Commerce Tax: Issues When Your Client Sells Goods or Services Online Anytime your client’s business sells goods online, they may be required to calculate, collect and remint sales and use taxes for the buyer’s state. If the business sells nationally, they are potentially liable for collecting taxes in more than 7,000 taxing jurisdictions nationwide, even if they have no physical presence in those jurisdictions and markets. As e-commerce become easier and more cost effective, the tax compliance part becomes far more difficult, especially have the U.S. Supreme Court’s recent seminal decision in South Dakota v. Wayfair. This program will provide you a practical guide to your client’s sale and use tax compliance obligations when they sell goods on the Internet. New world of state and local sales taxes on the Internet after South Dakota v. Wayfair How physical presence is not required to trigger a state’s taxing jurisdiction Activities that subject a remote seller to a state’s taxing jurisdiction “Cookie laws,” the Cloud, and other digital bases for nexus Understanding the financial, civil and potentially criminal risks of non-compliance Best practices for state and local tax compliance in an uncertain environment Speakers: Michael Lehmann is a partner in the New York office of Dechert, LLP, where he specializes in tax issues related to non-profits and in the tax treatment of cross-border transactions. He advises hospitals and other health care providers, research organizations, low-income housing developers, trade associations, private foundations and arts organizations. He advises clients on obtaining and maintaining tax-exempt status, executive compensation, reorganizations and joint ventures, acquisitions, and unrelated business income planning. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
3/11/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Effective Strategies for Identifying and Litigating Domestic Violence

$175.00

Instructor(s): Family Law Section

Effective Strategies for Identifying and Litigating Domestic Violence Looking to improve your knowledge and skills in identifying and litigating domestic violence cases? Look no further than the Effective Strategies for Identifying and Litigating Domestic Violence program offered by the Family Law Section. This comprehensive program features speakers in the field, including Kelley A. Baker, Ph.D., Angela Beatty, Brandon Pasley, and Sharon Byers. Topics covered include parental alienation, intimate partner violence typologies, and the GAL's perspective on alienation and domestic violence matters. Speakers Kelley A. Baker, Ph.D., LPC Licensed Professional Counselor Angela Beatty & Brandon Pasley: Intimate Partner Violence Typologies Angela Beatty is the Chief Programs Officer for YWCA Oklahoma City and Brandon Pasley is the Senior Director of Compliance & Education for YWCA Oklahoma City. Sharon Byers: The GAL's Perspective on Alienation and the Different Domestic Violence Matters Discussed Sharon Byers is the Senior Staff Attorney for the Oklahoma Guardian Ad Litem Institute. Previous to this position, she served as the Executive Director for the Oklahoma GAL Institute for 6 years. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
304
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Electronic Filing in District Court

$50.00

Instructor(s): Frank Holdsclaw

Electronic Filing in District Court This is a presentation of the ongoing Electronic Filing (e-Filing) Project of the Administrative Office of the Courts, Oklahoma Supreme Court. The purpose of the presentation is to advise the audience of the current state of the e-Filing project, specifically for the start of the initial release. SPEAKER: Frank Holdsclaw is the project manager of the e-Filing project and overall program manager for several related projects. He joined the Administrative Office of the Courts, Supreme Court of Oklahoma in 2009. He received his B.S. degree in Computer Science from the University of Oklahoma in 1982, a Certificate in IT Project Management from the Georgia Institute of Technology in 2000, and his J.D. from the University of Tulsa in 1999 with a certificate in Resources, Energy, and Environmental Law. He is admitted to practice in all Oklahoma state courts and the United States District Court, Eastern and Northern Districts of Oklahoma. Before joining the AOC, Mr. Holdsclaw practiced law for six years in Oklahoma primarily in the areas of family law, criminal law, and probate. Prior to practicing law, he was an IT project manager in the oil & gas, healthcare, and defense industries. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
45
Min.
10/4/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Employee Leave Law

$85.00

Instructor(s): Kenneth M. Willner

Employee Leave Law Employers are required to provide leave to employees and often reinstate them to the same job category when they return. The FMLA, ADA and other federal statues establish a variety of eligibility standards and circumstances in which employers must offer leave or incur liability for failure to do so. The complexity of these statutes exposes clients to substantial risk and liability if leave policy is not properly drafted and administered. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the sources of federal employee leave law, covered employees and qualifying circumstances, how leave can and should be incorporated into employer policies and handbooks to avoid liability. · Recent developments impacting employee leave · Who is covered by leave law and what circumstances are entitled to leave? · Duration of leave and what compensation/benefits must employers provide · Job category reinstatement after leave · Incorporating leave into employer policies and employee handbooks · Medical certificate, proof of eligibility, administration of leave policy Speaker: Kenneth M. Willner is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Paul Hastings, LLP, and chair of the office's employment law practice. He represents employers in all aspects of employment law and litigation including wrongful discharge, discrimination, sexual harassment, disability discrimination, class actions, and individual cases in federal and state courts and before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
58
Min.
7/7/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Employment Agreements: Drafting Key Provisions and Avoiding Liability, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Jerrold F. Goldberg

Employment Agreements: Drafting Key Provisions and Avoiding Liability, Part 1 This program will provide you a practical guide to the most important provisions of employment agreements, common sources of dispute and litigation, and traps. The program will cover scope of duties (and how they may change over time), forms of compensation and benefits (including deferred compensation), and objective/measurable performance standards. The program will also discuss planning for the possible release of the employee, limiting liability, and protecting confidential information and trade secrets to which the employee may have had access. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting successful employment agreements. Day 1: Scope of an employee’s duties and modification as facts and circumstances change Objective and measurable performance benchmarks tied to incentive compensation Forms of compensation, deferred compensation, and fringe benefits Protecting trade secrets – non-competition and non-disclosure mechanisms Day 2: Term of employment – fixed or variable terms, extensions, and discharge Anticipating severance and building in dispute mitigation and resolution provisions Severance benefits on voluntary and involuntary separation – and tying them to confidentiality and non-competition Non-disparagement of employer on discharge or voluntary departure Essential mediation and choice of law considerations Speaker: Jerrold F. Goldberg is a partner in the New York City office of Greenburg Traurig, LLP, where co-chairs the firm’s labor and employment practice group and he has more than 35 years’ experience practicing in virtually all aspects of labor and employment. His expertise includes employee leave under federal and state law, traditional labor/union-management issues, employment discrimination, executive employment, severance agreements and wage and hour laws. He represents clients before the EEOC, the FRLB, and federal and state courts. Mr. Goldberg received his B.S. from Cornell University and his J.D. from New York University School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/30/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Employment Agreements: Drafting Key Provisions and Avoiding Liability, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Jerrold F. Goldberg

Employment Agreements: Drafting Key Provisions and Avoiding Liability, Part 2 This program will provide you a practical guide to the most important provisions of employment agreements, common sources of dispute and litigation, and traps. The program will cover scope of duties (and how they may change over time), forms of compensation and benefits (including deferred compensation), and objective/measurable performance standards. The program will also discuss planning for the possible release of the employee, limiting liability, and protecting confidential information and trade secrets to which the employee may have had access. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting successful employment agreements. Day 1: Scope of an employee’s duties and modification as facts and circumstances change Objective and measurable performance benchmarks tied to incentive compensation Forms of compensation, deferred compensation, and fringe benefits Protecting trade secrets – non-competition and non-disclosure mechanisms Day 2: Term of employment – fixed or variable terms, extensions, and discharge Anticipating severance and building in dispute mitigation and resolution provisions Severance benefits on voluntary and involuntary separation – and tying them to confidentiality and non-competition Non-disparagement of employer on discharge or voluntary departure Essential mediation and choice of law considerations Speaker: Jerrold F. Goldberg is a partner in the New York City office of Greenburg Traurig, LLP, where co-chairs the firm’s labor and employment practice group and he has more than 35 years’ experience practicing in virtually all aspects of labor and employment. His expertise includes employee leave under federal and state law, traditional labor/union-management issues, employment discrimination, executive employment, severance agreements and wage and hour laws. He represents clients before the EEOC, the FRLB, and federal and state courts. Mr. Goldberg received his B.S. from Cornell University and his J.D. from New York University School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/31/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Employment Investigations: Figuring It Out & Avoiding Liability

$85.00

Instructor(s): Emily Pidot

Employment Investigations: Figuring It Out & Avoiding Liability Lawyers are often called on to conduct internal company investigations of employment disputes, sometimes in anticipation of litigation. Employers hope to obtain an independent and thorough investigation of sensitive workplace matters to assess liability. For the lawyer, there many challenges: Choosing the right investigator, asking the right questions, preserving evidence, ensuring that privacy rights are not violated, and producing a practically useful report for the employer. There are also substantial issues of preserving the attorney-client privilege. Often, the investigation can be as sensitive as the underlying matter. This program will provide you with a real world guide to planning and conducting an employment investigation and limiting employer liability. Planning an effective employment investigation & knowing your goals Understanding liability risk in investigation, including invasions of privacy Determining interviewees and format/recording of interview What questions to ask/information to obtain from interviewees Litigation holds – what you should put in place Preserving the attorney-client privilege What to include in your final report Speaker: Emily Pidot is Of Counsel in the New York City office of Paul Hastings, LLP. Her practice focuses on defending employers in a broad array of employment matters, including claims of discrimination, harassment, and retaliation; whistleblower matters; executive compensation disputes; and wage-and-hour class and collective actions. She regularly counsels clients on human resources policies and employee relations to prevent litigation, and also has extensive experience providing anti-harassment training to clients’ workforces. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
9/15/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Employment Law Torts

$85.00

Instructor(s): Alex J. Maturi

Employment Law Torts The workplace is deep with potential torts. Hiring can be a delicate balance of adequately investigating the background of an applicant without making legally prohibited searches or inquiries. Workplace supervision in a technologically interconnected age can easily give rise to claims of invasions of privacy. Workplace investigations, often involving conflicts among employees, can implicate claims of basis, discrimination, harassment, intentional infliction of emotional distress, defamation, and retaliation. At every stage of the employment process there are potential torts. This program will provide you with a practical guide to employer tort liability in the workplace. Torts in hiring –balancing act of background checks, drug/cannabis checks, and the standard of foreseeability Privacy based torts – monitoring employee social media and other digital communications/posts Negligent retention of potentially dangerous employees Torts in workplace investigations – intentional infliction of emotional distress, defamation, false light torts Negligent supervision of troubled employees Best practices and defenses for employers to avoid or limit liability SPEAKER: Alex J. Maturi is an attorney in the Chicago office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where he represents employers in all aspects of employment law, including discrimination, harassment, wrongful discharge, and wage and hour matters. He also counsels clients on compliance with state and federal law, and advises employers facing investigations initiated by the EEOC, OFCCP, and various state agencies. During law school, he served as an extern judicial clerk to Judge Robert W. Gettleman of the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois. Mr. Maturi earned his B.A., cum laude, Illinois Wesleyan University and his J.D., cum laude, from Northwestern University School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
11/22/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Environmental Liability in Commercial Real Estate Transactions

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata

Environmental Liabillity in Commercial Real Estate Transactions Environmental liability is one the biggest risks in acquiring and/or developing commercial real estate. When environmental risk is not accurately assessed, allocated and/or hedged, the parties to the deal are exposed to very substantial financial liability and the fundamental economics of the deal are jeopardized. This program will provide you a practical guide to developments in environmental diligence in real estate deals, allocating or hedging the risk, and post-closing concerns. Sources of environmental liability under federal law Assessing risk: Estimating liabilities and incorporating findings into deal documents Developments in affirmative defenses Contractual allocation of liability Uses of environmental insurance Post-closing concerns Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use. He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
11/7/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Equipment Leases: Drafting & UCC Article 2A Issues

$85.00

Instructor(s): Steven O. Weise

Equipment Leases: Drafting & UCC Article 2A Issues Many companies lease rather than buy computers and servers, company cars and other capital equipment. These leases are government by UCC Article 2A, an intricate set of provisions governing their validity, treatment, and enforcement. If the lease is not properly drafted to comply with the UCC, it risks being re-characterized as a sale or a security interest, which give rise to substantially adverse financial and tax consequences. This program will also provide you with a practical guide to reviewing equipment leases, including spotting red flags and avoiding recharacterization. Types of equipment leases – “true” leases, synthetic leases, “lease to own” arrangements, and more Spotting red flags of financeable leases – and how to ensure UCC 2A compliance Rights and obligations of the parties – manufacturer, lessor and lessee – and remedies for breach Circumstances leading to re-characterization of a “true lease” as a sale or financing Adverse financial, tax and practical ramifications of lease re-characterization Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property. He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities. Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
4/19/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Escrow Agreements in Real Estate Transactions

$85.00

Instructor(s): John S. Hollyfield

Escrow Agreements in Real Estate Transactions Escrow agreements are essential documents in every significant real estate transaction. They are mechanisms for allocating risk among the parties to the transaction. Escrow agents are charged with determining whether certain contractual conditions are satisfied, thereby triggering the disbursement of money or property. Escrow arrangements mitigate the risk of non-performance by one of the parties. But escrow agreements are fraught with potential conflicts and traps that may give rise to delays in finally closing a transaction. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting effective escrow agreements, risk allocation, conflict avoidance and working with escrow agents. Essential terms – property held, conditions for release/disbursement, fees Defining an agent’s duties, authority, and liability Practical problems with escrow arrangements – holding all the documents, breaking escrow, death of party Issues in construction contracts, development transactions, and property sales Letter of credit, tax and bankruptcy issues to consider Speakers: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP. He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice. He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute. He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law. He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
4/17/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethical Issues When You Have a Dishonest Client

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

Ethical Issues When You Have a Dishonest Client One of the dangers of practicing law is that, now and again, you get a dishonest client. Your client may be misleading you – and others – about the facts of their case, either through silence or affirmative misstatements. Or they may be telling you one thing and others something else different. You may discover proof of the dishonesty or just suspect it. Client dishonesty raises many ethical issues. What must you do to ensure your client is telling you the truth? What if you discover a client is lying to a court or tribunal? Are you allowed to disclose the dishonesty despite the duty of client confidentiality? Are there degrees of client dishonesty – some acceptable, others not? This program will provide you with a guide to the substantial ethical issues when client dishonesty is discovered or suspected. Tension between the duty of confidentiality and the duty to be honest in communications Determining whether a client is lying – active v. passive, fact v. opinion, affirmative statements v. silence Unknowing attorney representations on basis of client dishonesty Duties of disclosure and to whom – the tribunal, third parties? Mandatory and permissive withdrawals from a case, including “noisy” withdrawals Discovery of dishonesty in closed matters Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.For more than 40 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750-page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee.He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
7/31/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethical Pitfalls Lawyers Should Avoid On Social Media

$95.00

Instructor(s): Claude Ducloux and Jim Calloway

Ethical Pitfalls Lawyers Should Avoid On Social Media So many experts advise lawyers to market via social media. Prospective clients use social media. And, at least at the entry level, social media is free. But unlike many other businesses using social media to market, most of lawyer’s best examples of accomplishments are given by client confidentiality an d attorney client privilege. Sharing something the client considers confidential with thousands of internet users is a problem, and deleting the post does not address all resulting issues. Out two presenters have spent a great deal of time counseling lawyers who found themselves in social media hot water for possible ethics violations. Among the items covered will be: What are three ethical pitfalls attorneys should be mindful of regarding their social media presence? What are three ethical pitfalls attorneys need to be mindful of regarding their client's social media presence? What are the ethical issues with online reviews? Several examples of lawyer mistakes, inadvisable posts and other social media posts gone very wrong will be covered. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
100
Min.
6/16/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics & Artifcial Intelligence: What Lawyers Should Know

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

Ethics and Artificial Intelligence: What Lawyers Should Know The use of artificial intelligence is not some distant prospect. Many of the tools lawyers use today – online research platforms that suggest other areas for research, software packages that help complete forms or propose or assemble language, and discovery tools that sort through documents – are driven by artificial intelligence. These and other AI engineered legal tools raise substantial ethical issues. Are they the unauthorized practice of law? Have lawyers researched their capabilities such that they are competent to use them? How must lawyers supervise their use by non-lawyer staff? This program will provide you with a guide to ethics issues when using software and other technology tools based on AI in law practice. What duties do lawyers have to investigate and understand AI in the tools they use? Does AI constitute the unauthorized practice of law (UPL) in a state? Do software packages that draft language and assemble forms violate ethics rules? What supervisory and training obligations do lawyers have for non-lawyer staff using these tools? Are there ethics concerns of using AI in discovery? Must lawyers warn clients that they use AI? Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/10/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics & Artifcial Intelligence: What Lawyers Should Know

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

Ethics and Artificial Intelligence: What Lawyers Should Know The use of artificial intelligence is not some distant prospect. Many of the tools lawyers use today – online research platforms that suggest other areas for research, software packages that help complete forms or propose or assemble language, and discovery tools that sort through documents – are driven by artificial intelligence. These and other AI engineered legal tools raise substantial ethical issues. Are they the unauthorized practice of law? Have lawyers researched their capabilities such that they are competent to use them? How must lawyers supervise their use by non-lawyer staff? This program will provide you with a guide to ethics issues when using software and other technology tools based on AI in law practice. What duties do lawyers have to investigate and understand AI in the tools they use? Does AI constitute the unauthorized practice of law (UPL) in a state? Do software packages that draft language and assemble forms violate ethics rules? What supervisory and training obligations do lawyers have for non-lawyer staff using these tools? Are there ethics concerns of using AI in discovery? Must lawyers warn clients that they use AI? Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation.Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/8/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics and "Virtual Law Offices"

$85.00

Instructor(s): H. Michael Drumm & Thomas E. Spahn

Ethics and "Virtual Law Offices" Technology allows lawyers far more flexibility to practice law virtually – from home or in shared settings – than ever before. No longer must they maintain freestanding offices, support staff, and libraries. Lawyers can set-up offices in their homes, communicate with clients, adversaries and the courts electronically, outsource overflow work to co-counsel or vendors, and establish web sites that can reach potential clients. These “virtual” practices are increasingly commonplace, but the relative ease with which they are established obscures many significant ethical issues.This program will provide you with a practical guide to significant issues when lawyers and law firms establish “virtual” law practices. Disclosure to clients of the virtual character of a law practice Electronic communications, confidentiality, and ethical risks in virtual practices Ethical issues when lawyers share office space or other resources but practice separately How Web sites and a “virtual” presence implicate multijurisdictional practice issues Outsourcing work to vendors or co-counsel, and ensuring its competently performed Requirements and risks when offering legal advice across state lines Duty to understand law office technology as a duty of competence SPEAKERS: H. Michael Drumm is the founder and member of Drumm Law, LLC in Denver, Colorado, where he has an extensive franchise, trademark and business transactional practice. He works with franchisors across industries nationwide helping them draft, file and renew their franchise Disclosure Documents and franchise agreements. He has a specialty representing craft breweries to help them trademark their brands and protect their intellectual property. He has been repeatedly honored by Franchise Times magazine as a “Legal Eagle” and has been designated by the International Franchise Association as a “Certified Franchise Executive.” Mr. Drumm received his BSBA from the University of Missouri-Columbia and his J.D. from the University of Texas School of Law. Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/23/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics and Changing Law Firm Affiliation

$85.00

Instructor(s): Matthew Corbin

Ethics and Changing Law Firm Affiliation When a lawyer moves from one firm to another, it can be a fairly dramatic event. The ethical issues for the lawyer and for his or her prior firm and new firm are substantial. There are issues of when and how to communicate to clients and whether it’s done by the lawyer or the firm. There are issues of ongoing matters and what to do with client files. In ongoing litigation or transactional matters, do lawyers withdraw pending a client decision about whether to move the matter to the lawyer’s next firm? Is withdrawal even permitted? There are also issues of conflicts of interest and how they are managed – for the lawyer who is changing law firm affiliation and for the firms involved. This program will provide you with a practical guide to ethical issues when lawyers change law firm affiliation. Ethical issues when lawyers change law firm affiliation Propriety and timing of communications with the departing lawyer’s clients – by the lawyer or the firm? Ownership and transfer of client files among law firms Ongoing litigation or transactional matters – is withdrawal permissible? Diligence for the new firm– conflicts, confidentiality, and screening Issues when a solo practitioner joins a multi-lawyer firm Speaker: Matthew Corbin is Senior Vice President and Executive Director in the Professional Services Group of AON Risk Services, where he consults with the company’s law firm clients on professional responsibility and liability issues. Before joining AON, he was a partner with Lathrop & Gage, LLP, where he was a trial and appellate lawyer handling professional liability, commercial, business tort, employment, construction, insurance, and regulatory matters. Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Mary Briscoe of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit. Mr. Corbin earned his B.A. from the University of Kansas and his J.D. from the University of Kansas School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
11/20/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics and Conflicts with Clients, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): William Freivogel

Ethics and Conflicts with Clients, Part 1 Despite best efforts, lawyers may develop ethical conflicts with their clients. Sometimes these conflicts may initially seem like positive developments. The lawyer may seek to buy into a client’s business enterprise or participate in a transaction, be offered a gift by a client, or even develop a romantic relationship with a client. But these and many others come with substantial ethical issues. Sometimes these conflicts may be more immediately problematic, as when a lawyer leaves a law firm and wants to take his or her clients to the new firm, or when a client refuses to pay legal fees, or worse, as when the lawyer has a duty to disclose certain acts of his or her own malpractice. This program will provide you with a real world guide to lawyer conflicts with their clients and how to avoid or resolve them. Day 1: Gifts – can lawyers accept from clients? Business – can lawyers go into business with a client? Departure – can lawyers take their clients to a firm? Former clients – what duties does a lawyer have? Speaker: William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management.He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years.He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/21/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics and Conflicts with Clients, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): William Freivogel

Despite best efforts, lawyers may develop ethical conflicts with their clients. Sometimes these conflicts may initially seem like positive developments. The lawyer may seek to buy into a client’s business enterprise or participate in a transaction, be offered a gift by a client, or even develop a romantic relationship with a client. But these and many others come with substantial ethical issues. Sometimes these conflicts may be more immediately problematic, as when a lawyer leaves a law firm and wants to take his or her clients to the new firm, or when a client refuses to pay legal fees, or worse, as when the lawyer has a duty to disclose certain acts of his or her own malpractice. This program will provide you with a real world guide to lawyer conflicts with their clients and how to avoid or resolve them. Day 1: Gifts – can lawyers accept from clients? Business – can lawyers go into business with a client? Departure – can lawyers take their clients to a firm? Former clients – what duties does a lawyer have? Day 2: Dishonest clients – what must you do? Lawyers as witnesses – how do you handle the conflict and privilege issues? Clients with diminished capacity – from whom do you take instructions? What are the other issues? Settlements – what if a client’s tactics are improper? Malpractice – do you have a duty to disclose? Speaker: William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management. He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years. He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com. Mr. Freivogel is a graduate of the University of Illinois (Champaign), where he received his B.S. and LL.B. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics and Conflicts with Clients, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): William Freivogel

Ethics and Conflicts with Clients, Part 2 Despite best efforts, lawyers may develop ethical conflicts with their clients. Sometimes these conflicts may initially seem like positive developments. The lawyer may seek to buy into a client’s business enterprise or participate in a transaction, be offered a gift by a client, or even develop a romantic relationship with a client. But these and many others come with substantial ethical issues. Sometimes these conflicts may be more immediately problematic, as when a lawyer leaves a law firm and wants to take his or her clients to the new firm, or when a client refuses to pay legal fees, or worse, as when the lawyer has a duty to disclose certain acts of his or her own malpractice. This program will provide you with a real world guide to lawyer conflicts with their clients and how to avoid or resolve them. Day 2: Dishonest clients – what must you do? Lawyers as witnesses – how do you handle the conflict and privilege issues? Clients with diminished capacity – from whom do you take instructions? What are the other issues? Settlements – what if a client’s tactics are improper? Malpractice – do you have a duty to disclose? Speaker: William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management. He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years. He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/22/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics and New Clients: Inadvertent Clients, Intake, and More

$85.00

Instructor(s): Matthew Corbin, Mark A. Webster

Ethics and New Clients: Inadvertent Clients, Intake, and More Getting a client relationship right from the outset – defining scope, setting reasonable expectations – greatly helps set up the relationship for success and helps avoid disputes with clients. There are issues of identifying and clearing conflicts of interest, or getting them waived in writing. There are issues of explaining billing policies to clients, ensuring they understand, and putting it in writing. There are issues of communication – explaining how and when you will communicate with clients about their case, and about decision-making.This program will provide you a practical guide to drafting engagement letters and best practices in new client intake. Engagement letters – best practices in setting scope and expectations Explaining bill rates and practices – tips on avoiding disputes Conflict of interest clearance – current clients, past clients Drafting and obtaining conflict of interest waivers Attorney-client privilege considerations Speakers: Matthew Corbin is Senior Vice President and Executive Director in the Professional Services Group of AON Risk Services, where he consults with the company’s law firm clients on professional responsibility and liability issues. Before joining AON, he was a partner with Lathrop & Gage, LLP, where he was a trial and appellate lawyer handling professional liability, commercial, business tort, employment, construction, insurance, and regulatory matters. Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Mary Briscoe of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit. Mr. Corbin earned his B.A. from the University of Kansas and his J.D. from the University of Kansas School of Law. Mark A. Webster is Vice President and Director in the Professional Services Group of AON Risk Services. He consults with the company’s law firm clients on professional responsibility and liability issues. Before joining AON, he was a partner with Lathrop & Gage, LLP, where he had an extensive real estate transactions practice. Mr. Webster received his B.A. from the University of Kansas and his J.D. from Vanderbilt University Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
4/19/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics for Business Lawyers

$85.00

Instructor(s): William Freivogel, Thomas E. Spahn

Ethics for Business Lawyers Lawyers advising businesses on transactions or negotiating on their behalf often confront a range of important ethical questions. The biggest is, who is your client? Often a company’s owners or managers will not understand the distinction between representing them and representing the company? There are also issues of identifying and clearing conflicts among clients when they are negotiating transaction. And what can a lawyer say or do when negotiating for a client? Also, lawyers are sometimes confronted with issues about what to do when clients are dishonest. This program will provide you with a real world guide to ethical issues when representing clients in business transactions. Ethical issues in business and corporate practice Identifying your client in a variety of transactional contexts – the company v. its managers? Conflicts of interest in representing both sides of a transaction Ethical issues in transactional negotiations and communications with represented parties Representing clients you know to be dishonest and reporting wrong-doing “up and out” Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management. He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years. He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com<http://www.freivogelonconflicts.com/> .Mr. Freivogel is a graduate of the University of Illinois (Champaign), where he received his B.S. and LL.B. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
9/12/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics for Transactional Lawyers

$85.00

Instructor(s): William Freivogel and Thomas E. Spahn

Ethics for Transactional Lawyers Representing a client in a business, commercial or real estate transaction can get ethically complicated very quickly. There is the question of who you represent. In a closely held company, with multiple shareholders or members, this can be problematic if the officer or manager from whom you are taking instructions thinks you represent that person and not the entity. The client may offer you the opportunity to buy into a transaction, which puts your role as lawyer in tension with your role as investor. There are also substantial ethical issues involved in negotiations and whether a party on the other side of the transaction is represented by legal counsel or not. This program will provide you with a real world guide to the ethics of representing clients in business, commercial, and legal transactions. · Representation – who is your client? The company’s board or its owners? Do they know that? · Counter-parties – how do you negotiate on behalf of your client with unrepresented parties? · Business with clients – can you buy into (or be given) a stake in a client’s business or a transaction? · Serving on a client’s board of directors – how do you separate your legal role from your fiduciary obligation? · Negotiations – how do ethics rules limit your flexibility to negotiate? Speakers: William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management. He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years. He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com. Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
11/21/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics in Discovery Practice

$85.00

Instructor(s): Elizabeth Treubert Simon & Thomas. E. Spahn

Ethics in Discovery Practice Discovery can be the most important phase of litigation, directing the course and outcome of the case. How evidence is discovered, how it is used, and how mistakes in its handling are disclosed and remedied all raise very significant ethical issues. These issues – the risk of mishandling – are increased by the vast growth of ESI, electronically stored information. Litigators have certain obligations that their vendors comply with ethics rules. There are also issues surrounding the use of paralegals in discovery practice. Failure to ensure ethics compliance during discovery can have a material adverse impact on the underlying litigation and draw an ethics complaint. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to substantial issues ethical issues that arise in discovery practice and how to avoid ethics complaints. Duty of candor to the tribunal during discovery Ethical issues when you learn that a client is dishonest Inadvertent disclosure privileged documents and their handling Ethics in depositions – conferring with witnesses, using video depositions and more Ethical issues in widespread data mining of discovery documents Issues involving metadata in electronic files – documents, email, text messages Attorney-client privilege and security issues of working with outside e-discovery vendors Ethics and social media discovery SPEAKERS: Elizabeth Treubert Simon is an ethics attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, where she advises on a wide range of ethics and compliance-related matters to support Akin Gump’s offices worldwide. Previously, she practiced law in Washington DC and New York, focusing on business and commercial litigation and providing counsel to clients regarding professional ethics and attorney disciplinary procedures. She is a member of the New York State Bar Association Committee on Professional Discipline and the District of Columbia Legal Ethics Committee. She writes and speaks extensively on attorney ethics issues. She received her B.A. and M.S. from the University of Pennsylvania and her J.D. from Albany Law School. Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
11/1/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics in Negotiations – Boasts, Shading, and Impropriety

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata and Thomas E. Spahn

Lawyers must always be truthful in their representations. Yet they must be zealous in representing clients. The tension between these two principles is perhaps never as great as when the lawyer is negotiating for a client. The lawyer may make statements about the law or fact – or simply refrain from making statements because the lawyer knows certain facts or legal precedent are adverse to a client’s interest. Lawyers may also boast, signaling that a client’s position is stronger than is, in fact, the case. Navigating these gray lines is the difference between ethical representation and impropriety. This program will provide you with a guide to ethical issues in negotiations. · Truthful representations v. zealous representations? · Affirmative statements of fact, value or intent in settlements · Silence about adverse law in negotiations · Silence about facts unknown to an opponent or counter-party · Silence about errors in settlement agreements or transactional documents · Non-litigation work in another state – “temporary” practice Speakers: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use. He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School. Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
58
Min.
6/28/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics in Trust and Estate Practice

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn & Missia H. Vaselaney

Ethics in Trust and Estate Practice Trust and estate practice often sits at the intersection of money, aging clients, family drama, easy accusations of self-dealing and misdeeds, dispute – and anger. This turbulent combination of circumstances can put attorneys in difficult ethical spots. Questions about the competence of aging clients in combination with family drama can easily lead to ethical complaints and eventually litigation. There are also issues of decision-making authority and confidentiality if someone other than the client is paying for the representation. Conflicts of interest, especially where a longtime client may gift something to the attorney, are rife. This program will provide you with a practical guide to substantial ethical issues in trust and estate practice. Working with clients with diminished capacity and protecting against challenges Confidentiality – understanding what information is confidential and when and to whom it can be disclosed Conflicts of interest – joint and common representations, husbands and wives, multiple generations of a family Gifts from clients – what lawyers may accept, what should they decline? Special issues when someone other than the client pays for a representation SPEAKERS: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses. She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities. Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001. Ms. Vaselaney received her B.A. from the University of Dayton and her J.D. from the Cleveland-Marshall College of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
11/13/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics of Beginning and Ending Client Relationships

$85.00

Instructor(s): Elizabeth Treubert Simon

Ethics of Beginning and Ending Client Relationships Substantial ethics issues flow from the moment an attorney-client relationship is formed, whether it is formed intentionally or through inadvertence. Determining when a relationship commences and the scope of the representation has dramatic implications for issues related to confidentiality, conflicts of interest, the attorney-client privilege and more. Ending an engagement is nearly as complicated. When are you allowed to end an engagement? And how must you go about it without prejudicing a client’s interest in a transaction or in litigation? This program will you provide a real-world guide the ethical issues of beginning and ending an attorney client relationship. Determining when and how a relationship starts – including through inadvertence Email and technology issues – how unsolicited communications may trigger ethical obligations Joint representation issues – unsorting the confidentiality and privilege issues End a relationship – when are you allowed to end an engagement? How do you do it ethically? Circumstances when you might be required to end a relationship Speaker: Elizabeth Treubert Simon is an ethics attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, where she advises on a wide range of ethics and compliance-related matters to support Akin Gump’s offices worldwide. Previously, her practice focused on business and commercial litigation and providing counsel to clients regarding professional ethics and attorney disciplinary procedures. She is a member of the New York State Bar Association Committee on Professional Discipline and the District of Columbia Rules of Professional Conduct Rules Review Committee. She is the immediate past chair of the District of Columbia Legal Ethics Committee. She writes and speaks extensively on attorney ethics issues. She received her B.A. and M.S. from the University of Pennsylvania and her J.D. from Albany Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/10/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics of Co-Counsel and Referral Relationships

$85.00

Instructor(s): Brian S. Faughnan

Co-counsel and referral relationships are common in law practice. Lawyers associate with other lawyers on cases to gain specialized knowledge required for competent representation in a case.Litigation counsel may seek local counsel on a case in another jurisdiction. Lawyers also refer out business for a variety of reasons, including overflow work or the work is outside of a lawyer’s core competencies. These any many other co-counsel and referral relationships, however, raise substantial ethical and malpractice issues. This program will provide you with a framework for understanding the ethical issues surrounding co-counsel and referral relationships. Duty to supervise counsel to whom you have referred work · Associating with other lawyers or firms to gain competence in specific areas · Fee splitting in co-counsel or referral relationships · Liability to co-counsel for breaches of fiduciary duty or malpractice · Liability for errors of co-counsel · Duty to inform of malpractice by co-counsel Speakers: Brian S. Faughnan is special counsel in the Memphis office of Thomason Hendrix Harvey Johnson & Mitchell, PLLC, where he represents clients in a wide variety of matters at the trial level and on appeal. He counsels lawyers and law firms on a wide variety of issues surrounding legal ethics and professional responsibility. He is the chair of the Tennessee Bar Association’s Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility, a reporter for the committee’s rules revision project, a member of the Association of Professional Responsibility Lawyers, and a member of the Media Law Resource Center’s Ethics Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
5/30/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics of Identifying Your Client: It's Not Always Easy

$85.00

Instructor(s): Elizabeth Treubert Simon and Thomas E. Spahn

Ethics of Identifying Your Client: It's Not Always Easy The first step in every ethics analysis is answering the question, who is your client? It’s seemingly a very easy question to answer, but it’s not always 20/20 except in hindsight. Representing multiple parties on the same matter, whether in litigation or on a transaction, may mean you have many clients, some or all with conflicts. If you’re a private practitioner and you represent an organization, your client may be the entity, its officers from whom you are taking directions, or possibly both. If you’re an in-house attorney, the analysis – and its implications for the attorney-client privilege – becomes even more complex. This program will provide you with a real world guide to ethics of identifying your client in a variety of settings avoiding conflicts of interest with the client. · Ethics and identifying your client and avoiding conflicts in transactions and litigation · Representing businesses entities, nonprofit associations, and the government – client v. person giving directions · Identifying clients in trust and estate planning – the testator or the person paying your fees? · Special ethical challenges and ethical risks for in-house counsel and attorney-client privilege issues · How to untangle clients and conflicts in joint representations – managing conflicts and information flows · Best practices in documenting client representation to avoid later challenge Speakers: Elizabeth Treubert Simon is an ethics attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, where she advises on a wide range of ethics and compliance-related matters to support Akin Gump’s offices worldwide. Previously, she practiced law in Washington DC and New York, focusing on business and commercial litigation and providing counsel to clients regarding professional ethics and attorney disciplinary procedures. She is a member of the New York State Bar Association Committee on Professional Discipline and the District of Columbia Legal Ethics Committee. She writes and speaks extensively on attorney ethics issues. Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a broad complex commercial, business and securities litigation practice. He also has a substantial practice advising businesses on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 20 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
61
Min.
10/24/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics of Joint Representations: Keeping Secrets & Telling Tales

$85.00

Instructor(s): William Freivogel and Thomas E. Spahn

Ethics of Joint Representations: Keeping Secrets & Telling Tales Representing two or more clients in a business or commercial transaction is full of potential ethical traps. It’s essential that clients understand the potential for conflicts of interest, how confidential information is shared among the joint clients, how negotiating strategies may be altered because of the joint representation, and the real risk to the transaction if clients eventually develop unresolvable disputes among themselves. Counseling clients about information flows and obtaining a written waiver of conflicts from all clients are essential first steps but not the end of the process. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to representing two or more clients in a business or commercial transaction. Understanding information flows and potential conflicts of interest Counseling clients about sharing of confidential information – and its implications Negotiation ethics when representing multiple clients Drafting conflict of interest waivers Attorney-client privilege issues involved in joint representations What to do when jointly represented clients disagree Speakers: William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management. He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years. He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com. Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
11/30/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics of Shared Law Offices, Working Remotely & Virtual Offices

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

Ethics of Shared Law Offices, Working Remotely & Virtual Offices Technology allows lawyers far more flexibility to practice law than ever before. Lawyers can work in shared offices, splitting expenses with other small firms or solo practitioners. They can work remotely, from home or virtually anywhere, with basic computer and networking technology. But all these innovations come with ethics traps. These include issues of communications and confidentiality, supervising outsourced worked, multijurisdictional practice, and managing all the technology used to practice law from home. This program will provide you with a practical guide to ethical issues when working from home or anywhere but a traditional office. Disclosure to clients of virtual nature of law office Duty of competence as a duty to understand technology Electronic communications, confidentiality, and ethical risks in virtual law offices How Web sites and a “virtual” presence implicate multijurisdictional practice issues Outsourcing work to paralegal services, including fee sharing issues Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a broad complex commercial, business and securities litigation practice. He also has a substantial practice advising businesses on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 20 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
5/24/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics of Using AI Today - 2024 Annual Meeting

$50.00

Instructor(s): Jim Calloway & Gina Hendryx

Ethics of Using AI Today Filmed at the 2024 OBA Annual Meeting Jim Calloway Jim Calloway has served as director of the OBA Management Assistance Program for 25 years. He received his J.D. from the OU College of Law. He publishes the award-winning law blog, "Jim Calloway’s Law Practice Tips" and has co-authored three ABA books on law practice management. Calloway, alongside Sharon Nelson, produces the monthly podcast, "The Digital Edge: Lawyers and Technology," covering legal tech issues. Mr. Calloway, an ABA member, served as 2005 ABA TECHSHOW chair and is a member of the ABA Law Practice Division’s Law Practice Magazine editorial board, writing the magazine's "Practice Management Advice" column for five years. He was awarded the Law LP Division’s Robert P. Wilkens Award for Best Column in Division Publications in 2015. He is currently co-chair of the LP Division’s Legal Futures Initiative. In November 2018, he was awarded the William G. Paul Oklahoma Justice Award from Legal Aid Services of Oklahoma, Inc. for his work on access to justice projects. Jim has been inducted as a Fellow of the College of Law Practice Management. Gina Hendryx Gina Hendryx is the OBA General Counsel. A licensed attorney for more than 30 years, Ms. Hendryx received her J.D. from OCU School of Law. As General Counsel she is the chief disciplinary counsel, supervising a staff of 15 and serves as the association’s counsel on other legal matters. Ms. Hendryx works with the Professional Responsibility Commission and serves as a liaison to the OBA Board of Governors, OBA committees, the courts, and other local and national entities concerning lawyer ethics issues. Ms. Hendryx is a frequent lecturer in the areas of professional responsibility and compliance with ethical standards. She has spoken to numerous private, public and governmental sector groups including state and county bar associations, legal services groups, and Judge Advocate General training programs. She writes a regular column for the Oklahoma Bar Journal on current issues in the area of professional accountability. She is also an avid scuba diver with over 1000 logged dives and holds instructor-level ratings with several scuba certification agencies. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
45
Min.
8/5/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics of Working with Experts and Witnesses

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn, Elizabeth Treubert Simon

Ethics of Working with Experts and Witnesses Preparing witnesses – whether fact witnesses or experts – for deposition or trial or conferring with them during breaks in testimony fraught with ethical issues. Expert witnesses are paid for their time, not their testimony. Though they may be hired to support a client’s view of the facts, there are limits to how experts can be coached. There are also real limits to how attorneys can prompt fact witnesses, for instance to “not remember” unfavorable facts. There are also significant ethical issues involving how to handle inadvertently produced privileged documents and when testimony goes in an unexpected adverse direction. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the ethical issues and traps of working with witnesses. Paying witnesses for their time versus their testimony Prompting a witness to “not remember” unfavorable testimony Conferring with witnesses during deposition breaks and the limits of what you advise Dishonest witnesses – what are your obligations to the court and your client? How to handle the inadvertent production of privileged documents Drafting witness affidavits without interviewing the witness Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the Tysons Corners, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, where he advises firm clients on professional responsibility issues and properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. He has served on the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and is a Member of the American Law Institute and a Fellow of the American Bar Foundation. He has written extensively on attorney-client privilege, ethics and other topics, and has spoken at over 1,800 CLE programs throughout the U.S. and in several foreign countries. Through links on his website biography, he has made available to the public his summaries of over 1,600 Virginia and ABA legal ethics opinions, organized by topic; a 300 page summary of his two-volume 1,500 page book on the attorney-client privilege and work product doctrine; over 900 weekly email alerts about privilege and work product cases; and materials for 40 ethics programs on numerous topics, totaling over 9,000 pages of analysis. Mr. Spahn graduated magna cum laude from Yale University and received his J.D. from Yale Law School. Elizabeth Treubert Simon is an ethics attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, where she advises on a wide range of ethics and compliance-related matters to support Akin Gump’s offices worldwide. Previously, her practice focused on business and commercial litigation and providing counsel to clients regarding professional ethics and attorney disciplinary procedures. She is a member of the New York State Bar Association Committee on Professional Discipline and the District of Columbia Rules of Professional Conduct Rules Review Committee. She is the immediate past chair of the District of Columbia Legal Ethics Committee. She writes and speaks extensively on attorney ethics issues. She received her B.A. and M.S. from the University of Pennsylvania and her J.D. from Albany Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/20/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ethics, Disqualification and Sanctions in Litigation

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

Ethics, Disqualification and Sanctions in Litigation Disqualification standards have their roots in conflicts of interests. When an attorney has a conflict that rises to a certain level, he or she is disqualified from representing a certain party in litigation. Though ethics rules substantially overlap with disqualification standards, those standards do not follow traditional conflicts analysis in every detail. Indeed, the relationship between conflicts of interest (and related confidentiality concerns) and disqualification is highly nuanced, varying depending on facts of each case. There are also substantial issues in the context of joint representations, including whether the disqualification of one attorney necessarily disqualifies co-counsel. This program will provide you with a practical guide to attorney ethics rules and their relationship to disqualification in litigation. Attorney ethics, conflicts of interest, and disqualification standards How ethics rules and disqualification standards overlap and vary from each other Ethics standards and tests for obtaining – or defending against disqualification Joint representations and disqualification – if co-counsel is disqualified, are you? Screening for conflicts of interest and the risk of imputation of conflicts/disqualification to other attorneys Ethical sanctions and their relationship to disqualification Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
9/26/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Evidentiary Issues with Text and "Chat" Messages

$85.00

Instructor(s): Stanley E. Woodward Jr.

Evidentiary Issues with Text and "Chat" Messages Text messaging is mainstream. Clients generate virtual reams of data when they message with business partners, vendors, employees, and even public. This is a rich vein of electronically stored information that is potentially discoverable in formal litigation or pre-litigation. Because texting is so convenient, casual and almost reflexive, the caution clients exercise in other forms of communication are often disregarded when texting, including when they text with their lawyers. This program will provide you with a practical guide to obtaining text messages, the risks of discovery in litigation, and related issues. Obtaining text messages – working with mobile carriers Timing – how long are texts kept and in what form? Discovery issues – obtaining texts from parties or other sources Issues related to encrypted messaging services How strategies differ for plaintiffs and defendants Speaker: Stanley E. Woodward Jr. is a partner in the law firm Brand Woodward Law, where he has a broad civil litigation and white-collar criminal defense practice. He also conducts internal corporate investigations. He serves as an adjunct professor of law at Catholic University of America Columbus School of Law, where he teaches pre-trial litigation and employment law. Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Vanessa Ruiz of the District of Columbia Court of Appeals, and Judges Joan Zeldon and Judge Rufus King III of the Superior Court of the District of Columbia. Mr. Woodward earned his B.A., cum laude, and his M.S., magna cum laude, from American University, and his J.D., cum laude, from The Catholic University of America Columbus School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
5/10/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Exit Rights in Business Agreements

$85.00

Instructor(s): Michael Weiner

Exit Rights in Business Agreements A client investment in an operating business, particularly a minority stake, is only as good as its liquidity rights. If a client cannot readily sell his or her ownership stake at fair market value, it has little real value. The key to ensuring liquidity is contractually creating a private market for the ownership stake. This market can come in the form of requiring other stakeholders, including the majority owner, to buy the minority stake at a mutually agreeable price, or creating other mechanisms for selling the stake to third parties. Without these contract rights, a stakeholder has no liquidity and is stuck. This program will provide you with a practical to planning and drafting contractual liquidity rights in closely held companies. Planning and drafting liquidity rights in closely held companies Counseling clients about the limitations and risks of liquidity in closely held companies Framework of alternatives for determining most appropriate liquidity rights “Texas standoff” or “Russian roulette” – opportunities, risks and tradeoffs Drafting “tag-along” and “drag-along” rights – practical uses and drawbacks How to think about valuing closely held ownership stakes Speaker: Michael Weiner is a partner in the Denver office of Dorsey & Whitney, where he is head of the firm’s corporate department. His practice focuses on the representation of emerging growth companies in the areas of corporate formation, mergers and acquisitions, venture capital and angel finance, public offerings, and securities regulation. He counsels boards of directors and management teams in the areas of equity compensation, corporate governance, Sarbanes-Oxley and other regulatory and disclosure matters. He also advises clients on intellectual property licensing and commercial contract matters. Mr. Weiner earned his B.S. in economics from the University of Pennsylvania Wharton School of Business, his B.A. in American history from the University of Pennsylvania College of Arts & Sciences, and J.D. from the University of California, Los Angeles. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/13/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Exploring the Flower Moon: The Osage Murders and Indian Law Today - 2024 Annual Meeting

$50.00

Instructor(s): Chief Geoffrey Standing Bear, Osage Nation

Exploring the Flower Moon: The Osage Murders and Indian Law Today Filmed at the 2024 OBA Annual Meeting Chief Geoffrey Standing Bear, Osage Nation Geoffrey Standing Bear is the Principal Chief of the Osage Nation. He is the great-grandson of Osage Principal Chief Fred Lookout. Chief Standing Bear and his wife Julie have four children and eight grandchildren. Now in his third term as Osage Nation Principal Chief, he continues the work of protecting and enhancing the Osage culture, language and lands. Before his election, Chief Standing Bear practiced law for 34 years. He concentrated on federal Indian law. He served as Assistant Principal Chief of the Osage Tribe from 1990 through 1994 and was a Member of the Osage Nation Congress from 2010 to 2014. While a practicing lawyer, he was involved in the first Indian gaming cases in Oklahoma. He also was General Counsel to the Oklahoma Indian Gaming Association. In 2017, Chief Standing Bear was recognized by Oklahoma Magazine as an Oklahoman of the Year for his leadership of the Osage Nation. He received his B.A. from the University of Oklahoma and his J.D. from the University of Tulsa College of Law. He sees the Osage Nation expanding its land base, maintaining its vibrant traditions, and returning the Osage language to daily use. His belief is that this and much more can be done through the power of the Osage child, and it is, therefore, the duty of all his people to protect and nurture the children of the Nation. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
53
Min.
8/5/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Family Disputes & Trusts: Practical Strategies to Preserve Family Wealth

$85.00

Instructor(s): Michael Kenny, Sean Vallencourt

Family Disputes & Trusts: Practical Strategies to Preserve Family Wealth Family feuds are the most destructive force in trust and estate planning. When a senior generation of a family dies or decides to pull back from leading a family business, long suppressed inter-personal conflicts rise to the surface and have often a substantially adverse impact on the business’s operations and value. These disputes often place planners in the extremely difficult spot of having gain the trust of warring factions, understand their grievances, and use the tools of planning to help them and the company find a value-preserving resolution of their conflicts. This program will provide you with a guide to identifying and resolving family feuds in trusts. Sources of family feuds in trusts and techniques to resolve short of litigation Disputes involving distributions, control of family assets, personal rivalries, lack of communication Techniques for resolution – outside consultants, ongoing family meetings, lifetime gifting, distribution standards How choosing trustees can provoke or alleviate family disputes How to work with warring family factions while protecting yourself as lawyer Speakers: Michael Kenny is counsel in the New York City office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on commercial, probate, construction, and maritime litigation. He has represented clients in domestic and international arbitrations, including proceedings before the American Arbitration Association and the International Centre for Dispute Resolution. His litigation and arbitration experience includes the preparation and trial of warranty claims and ship repair disputes. Sean Vallencourt is a Litigation Associate in Wiggin and Dana’s New York office. He represents businesses and individuals in a diverse array of disputes before federal and state courts, as well as alternative dispute resolution tribunals. Prior to joining Wiggin and Dana, Sean served as a law clerk to two federal district judges: Judge Neil V. Wake (District of Arizona) and Chief Judge Sara Darrow (Central District of Illinois). Prior to clerking, he practiced at Phillips Nizer LLP. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/17/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Family Feuds in Trust and Estate Planning: Counseling Clients About Dispute Avoidance

$85.00

Instructor(s): Steven B. Malech

Family Feuds in Trust and Estate Planning: Counseling Clients About Dispute Avoidance Family feuds are the most destructive force in trust and estate planning. When a senior generation of a family dies or decides to pull back from leading a family business, long suppressed rivalries, disputes and inter-personal conflicts rise to the surface and have often a substantially adverse impact on the business’s operations and value. These disputes often place planners in the extremely difficult spot of having gain the trust of warring factions, understand their grievances, and use the tools of planning to help them and the company find a value-preserving resolution of their conflicts. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to identifying and resolving family feuds in trusts. Sources of family feuds in trusts and techniques to resolve short of litigation· Disputes involving distributions, control of family assets, personal rivalries, lack of communication Techniques for resolution – outside consultants, ongoing family meetings, lifetime gifting, distribution standards How choosing trustees can provoke or dampen family disputes How to work with warring family factions while protecting yourself as lawyer Speaker: Steven B. Malech is partner in the New York City office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where he is chair of the firm’s probate litigation practice group. He represents beneficiaries, fiduciaries and creditors in disputes involving alleged violations of the Prudent Investor Act and its predecessors, alleged breaches of fiduciary duty, disputed accountings, and will contests. He represents clients in cutting edge probate litigation matters involving trusts and estates with assets in the hundreds of millions of dollars. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/20/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Family Law Section - Last Chance CLE 2023

$150.00

Instructor(s): Family Law Section

FAMILY LAW SECTION – LAST CHANCE CLE Filmed on Wednesday, December 13th, 2023 A Total of Six (6) Hours of CLE with Two (2) Hours of Ethics Offered SPEAKERS: - Virginia Henson o What’s Wrong with the Practice and How Do We Fix It? (Ethics) - Monica Dionisio, Christopher Brecht, and Brian Swenson o A Panel Discussion on the Cost of Family Law Litigation - Christian Barnard o Attorney Fees with Some Discussion on Requests for Suit Monies - Linda Van Valkenburg o Children’s Stressors and Coping Mechanisms o Talking to Children and Separation/Divorce (Ethics) o Children’s Preference and Visitation Schedules Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
312
Min.
12/15/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Family Law Section - Last Chance CLE 2024

$150.00

Instructor(s): OBA Family Law Section

Family Law Section - Last Chance CLE 2024 Presented by the OBA Family Law Section Program Planner: Anastasia Krich-Mahoney - Ed Lindsey - Integrative and Distributive Negotiation in Family Law Matters - Ryan Reaves – More Appellate Considerations in Trial Court - Julie Bays - Law and Technology: Recent Developments and Tools to Elevate Your Practice - Lizzie Riter and Emmalene Stringer - Working with Child Support Services - Stacy Acord, Trisha Archer, and Amy Page – Practicing Family Law in Tribal Courts - Virginia Henson – How to Practice Family Law and Not Lose Your Mind (Ethics) Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
420
Min.
12/31/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Fiesta Friday: Basics in Trademarks

$65.00

Instructor(s): Elizabeth Isaac & OBA CLE

Fiesta Friday: Basics in Trademarks Jump into the world of trademarks with a spicy twist in our “Fiesta Friday: Basics in Trademarks” course! Elizabeth Isaac will walk you through the basics using the Taco Tuesday litigation as the guide. Elizabeth Isaac is a registered patent attorney at Ryan Whaley where she leads the firm's Intellectual Property Transaction Group. Prior to joining Ryan Whaley, she served as Director and Shareholder at Dunlap Codding where she founded and oversaw the firm’s Design Group. Elizabeth helps innovators, entrepreneurs, artists, and businesses protect their inventions, brands, designs, and other creative works to leverage their intellectual property portfolios and enhance their business options. She counsels clients regarding a breadth of patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other proprietary rights—with an emphasis on creatively and strategically identifying holistic and dynamic ways to enforce, defend, and improve the value of various technological and creative assets worldwide. Elizabeth’s current community service includes President of the board of directors for the Oklahoma Bar Association Intellectual Property Section and Chair of the American Intellectual Property Law Pro Bono Committee. She is a member of the AIPLA Industrial Design Committee and served as a coordinator and moderator for the AIPLA Design Rights Boot Camp. Elizabeth is a past board member of OCBA Young Lawyers Division; OCU School of Law Alumni Association; and deadCenter Film; is also the past Board Chair and Event Chair of IgniteOKC; past Vice Chair of membership for the Board of Directors of Catalyst of Allied Arts; a 2017 graduate of Linking Oklahoma Young Adult Leaders Class XII; and a Chapter 29 Rotarian of Oklahoma City. Elizabeth was selected to Best Lawyers: Ones to Watch for 2021, 2022, and 2023; has been named a Super Lawyers Rising Star in Oklahoma for 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022, and 2023; was named a 2017 Achievers Under 40 by the Journal Record; and 2016 Oklahoma City’s Forty Under 40 by okc.BIZ. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
90
Min.
6/28/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Filing Your First (Or Next) Expungement - 2023 OBA Annual Meeting

$49.00

Instructor(s): Melissa Brooks

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Bar Association Annual Meeting. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
44
Min.
11/12/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Fines, Fees, and Due Process - An Update for Defendants' Rights Under HB 2259

$25.00

Instructor(s): Ed Wunch

Fines, Fees, and Due Process - An Update for Defendants' Rights Under HB 2259 The legislature significantly amended the court debt collection process in 2023, making it less likely defendants will be incarcerated for poverty. This program will summarize the changes and provide advocacy tools to help attorneys advocate for relief from court debt for their clients. SPEAKER: Ed Wunch, Legal Aid Services of Oklahoma, Inc. Ed Wunch is a Staff Attorney with Legal Aid Services of Oklahoma, Inc. (LASO), serving in that capacity since 2016. Mr. Wunch’s practice covers a number of areas including criminal justice debt, family law, consumer law, and housing. Mr. Wunch serves as an At-Large member of LASO's Leadership Team, participating in ad hoc appeal and impact case decision committees. Mr. Wunch has also served as the OBA Law Day Committee Chair since 2020.Mr. Wunch received his Bachelor of Arts, magna cum laude, from the University of California, Los Angeles in 2010. Mr. Wunch is a 2013 graduate of the University of California, Irvine School of Law Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
61
Min.
10/26/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Foundations in Energy and Natural Resource Law for the Lawyer with No Foundation

$150.00

Instructor(s): Energy and Natural Resources Law Section

Foundations in Energy and Natural Resource Law for the Lawyer with No Foundation ENERGY & NATURAL RESOURCES LAW SECTION of the OKLAHOMA BAR ASSOCIATION This program will cover selected topics in energy & natural resource law to provide a basic introduction and understanding for the general practitioner and lawyer whose practice is not focused on energy & natural resource law. AGENDA Welcome, Initial Remarks By: Elisabeth Brown, Partner at Elias, Books, Brown & Nelson, P.C.; Chairperson of ENRLS Basics of Oil and Gas Ownership and Conveyancing in Oklahoma By: David Hampton, Partner at Hampton and Milligan, PLLC Led by Professor Hampton, a distinguished practitioner and professor in energy law, this presentation apprises non-oil and gas lawyers of the intricate realms of energy and natural resource law and covers fundamental energy law subjects, including legal descriptions, sale and purchase of minerals, assignments of interest, and title and curative matters related to mineral and leasehold ownership. Deal or No Deal: Understanding and Negotiating the Oil and Gas Lease and Other Agreements By: Travis Brown, Partner at Mahaffey & Gore, P.C. Vance Brown, Partner at Elias, Books, Brown & Nelson, P.C. This presentation covers the basics of oil and gas leasing, including the purpose of an oil and gas lease, what interests are covered and what rights are conveyed under the lease, basic terms and essential lease clauses generally included in the oil and gas lease, and key factors to consider when negotiating lease agreements, as well as provide a basic overview of surface damage agreements and division orders. Still Waters Run Deep: An Introduction to Oklahoma Water Law By: Kaylee Davis-Maddy, Partner at Doerner, Saunders, Daniel & Anderson, LLP This presentation will cover the basics of water ownership in Oklahoma, the purpose and jurisdiction of the Oklahoma Water Resources Board, and an introduction to permitting and use of water in Oklahoma. Demystifying the Corporation Commission – Considerations When Your Client Is Force Pooled By: John R. Reeves and Matthew J. Allen, Partners at Fox Rothschild, LLP This presentation covers the basics of what it means if your client receives an application for forced pooling, what actions your client should take during the procedural process at the Oklahoma Corporation Commission (“OCC”) for the pooling proceeding, and what your client should do once the pooling order is entered by the OCC. Concluding Remarks Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
214
Min.
9/7/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

From One Thing to Another: Business Entity Conversions & Domestication

$85.00

Instructor(s): Elizabeth Fialkowski Stieff

From One Thing to Another: Business Entity Conversions & Domestication Choice of entity is not a one-time decision. Business entities may choose to change their legal form for many reasons – changing tax laws, new investors that require a different form of entity, or market or regulatory conditions making a different form of entity the better choice. But whenever an entity is converted from one form to another, significant tax liability and corporate or partnership law issues arise. One important consideration is how to modify the company’s underlying agreements to ensure basic economic arrangements among the owners remain intact. This program will provide a real-world guide to entity conversions. · Conversions among C Corps, S Corps, partnerships and LLCs · Strategies for minimizing tax on conversions · Business and organizational law considerations when converting an entity · Drafting issues in restating underlying company agreements · Practical and tax traps when engaging in an entity conversion Speaker: Elizabeth Fialkowski Stieff is an attorney in the Baltimore, Maryland office of Venable, LLP, where her practice focuses on corporate advisory matters, including mergers, acquisitions, and joint ventures, as well as tax controversies. Prior to joining Venable, she was an associate in corporate and securities practice at a national law firm, where she advised clients on a variety of federal and state tax issues. Before entering private practice, she served as a judicial clerk to Judge L. Paige Marvel of the United States Tax Court. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
7/28/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Fundamentals of Licensing Technology, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Matt McKinney

Fundamentals of Licensing Technology, Part 1 Licenses are complex agreements governing the use of software, technology and other inventions. Most companies depend on technology it licenses to create operate and create value. But these complex instruments are also traps for the unwary, blending how and when the licensed technology can be used, in what territory, and by whom. Licenses also incorporate sprawling indemnity and damages provisions. Carefully drafted, negotiated or reviewed, licenses can be the fount of great value. But their complexity is also fraught with traps. This program will provide you with an intermediate-level guide to drafting and reviewing the most important provisions of licenses, including scope of use, property ownership and adaptation, royalties, warranties and indemnity, and remedies. Day 1: Drafting and reviewing the most important provisions of client licenses Defining the scope of the license – usage, territory, time and updates Royalties – different structures and audits Warranties in licensing – implied and express Protecting the exchange of confidential information – employee issues and trade secrets Day 2: Remedies on breach – financial liability and specific performance Indemnity – scope of obligation, exclusions, mechanics, remedies/triggers Limitation of liability – forms liability and failure of essential purpose Risk management – insurance, escrow, force majeure IP diligence – what to look for and red flags Speaker: Matt McKinney is a partner in the Denver office of Koenig, Oelsner, Taylor, Schoenfeld & Gaddis P.C., where his practice focuses on structuring and negotiating complex commercial and technology transactions and representing companies in intellectual property and technology-related matters. He is experienced with a wide range of contracts regarding the commercialization and protection of intellectual property including software, content, patent and trademark licenses, and software as a service (SaaS) agreements. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
4/11/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Fundamentals of Licensing Technology, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Matt McKinney

Fundamentals of Licensing Technology, Part 2 Licenses are complex agreements governing the use of software, technology and other inventions. Most companies depend on technology it licenses to create operate and create value. But these complex instruments are also traps for the unwary, blending how and when the licensed technology can be used, in what territory, and by whom. Licenses also incorporate sprawling indemnity and damages provisions. Carefully drafted, negotiated or reviewed, licenses can be the fount of great value. But their complexity is also fraught with traps. This program will provide you with an intermediate-level guide to drafting and reviewing the most important provisions of licenses, including scope of use, property ownership and adaptation, royalties, warranties and indemnity, and remedies. Day 1: Drafting and reviewing the most important provisions of client licenses Defining the scope of the license – usage, territory, time and updates Royalties – different structures and audits Warranties in licensing – implied and express Protecting the exchange of confidential information – employee issues and trade secrets Day 2: Remedies on breach – financial liability and specific performance Indemnity – scope of obligation, exclusions, mechanics, remedies/triggers Limitation of liability – forms liability and failure of essential purpose Risk management – insurance, escrow, force majeure IP diligence – what to look for and red flags Speaker: Matt McKinney is a partner in the Denver office of Koenig, Oelsner, Taylor, Schoenfeld & Gaddis P.C., where his practice focuses on structuring and negotiating complex commercial and technology transactions and representing companies in intellectual property and technology-related matters. He is experienced with a wide range of contracts regarding the commercialization and protection of intellectual property including software, content, patent and trademark licenses, and software as a service (SaaS) agreements. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
4/11/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Generation Skipping Transfer Tax: Planning Opportunities and Mistakes

$85.00

Instructor(s): TBD

Generation Skipping Transfer Tax: Planning Opportunities and Mistakes This session provides a deep dive into the intricacies of the generation skipping transfer tax (GSTT), focusing on strategies to maximize tax efficiency while avoiding common planning mistakes. From understanding the core principles of GSTT to leveraging exemptions and trusts, this program offers tools to navigate the complexities of wealth transfer planning. Whether you're advising high-net-worth clients or managing family trusts, this session will provide actionable guidance. An overview of GSTT rules, exemptions, and exclusions. Strategic use of trusts to minimize GSTT liability. Common drafting mistakes and how to avoid them. Recent regulatory developments and their implications. Practical examples of GSTT planning in action. Speakers: TBD Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
4/8/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Generational Wealth: Trust and Estate Planning to Preserve Family Businesses, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Daniel L. Daniels

Generational Wealth: Trust and Estate Planning to Preserve Family Businesses, Part 1 Most successful businesses are owned by one or more families. Because they are family owned, these companies create many special planning challenges. Ownership and control do not shift among non-owner managers. Rather, succession in ownership and management is a momentous and often highly emotional process for members of the family. Frequently, these transitions are caused by the retirement or death of members of a family member. And these transitions, if not carefully planned and delicately handled, can be ruinous, damaging the family and their company. This program will provide you a practical framework of trust and estate planning and succession planning for family businesses. Day 1: Succession planning in family businesses Counseling clients on how to avoid family drama on succession Valuation issues for financial and tax purposes Buy-sell planning with family members or key employees Selling to third parties where intra-family succession is not possible Planning for the incapacity of the founding generation Day 2: Life insurance trust planning – or as a compensating asset to certain heirs Structuring private annuities to transfer a business and provide income to founders Self-cancelling installments notes and intentionally defective irrevocable trusts Use of GRATS and “redemptive freezes” Speaker: Daniel L. Daniels is a partner in the Greenwich, Connecticut office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on representing business owners, corporate executives and other wealthy individuals and their families. A Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, he is listed in “The Best Lawyers in America,” and has been named by “Worth” magazine as one of the Top 100 Lawyers in the United States representing affluent individuals. Mr. Daniels is co-author of a monthly column in “Trusts and Estates” magazine. Mr. Daniels received his A.B., summa cum laude, from Dartmouth College and received his J.D., with honors, from Harvard Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/4/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Generational Wealth: Trust and Estate Planning to Preserve Family Businesses, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Daniel L. Daniels

Generational Wealth: Trust and Estate Planning to Preserve Family Businesses, Part 2 Most successful businesses are owned by one or more families. Because they are family owned, these companies create many special planning challenges. Ownership and control do not shift among non-owner managers. Rather, succession in ownership and management is a momentous and often highly emotional process for members of the family. Frequently, these transitions are caused by the retirement or death of members of a family member. And these transitions, if not carefully planned and delicately handled, can be ruinous, damaging the family and their company. This program will provide you a practical framework of trust and estate planning and succession planning for family businesses. Day 1: Succession planning in family businesses Counseling clients on how to avoid family drama on succession Valuation issues for financial and tax purposes Buy-sell planning with family members or key employees Selling to third parties where intra-family succession is not possible Planning for the incapacity of the founding generation Day 2: Life insurance trust planning – or as a compensating asset to certain heirs Structuring private annuities to transfer a business and provide income to founders Self-cancelling installments notes and intentionally defective irrevocable trusts Use of GRATS and “redemptive freezes” Speaker: Daniel L. Daniels is a partner in the Greenwich, Connecticut office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on representing business owners, corporate executives and other wealthy individuals and their families. A Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, he is listed in “The Best Lawyers in America,” and has been named by “Worth” magazine as one of the Top 100 Lawyers in the United States representing affluent individuals. Mr. Daniels is co-author of a monthly column in “Trusts and Estates” magazine. Mr. Daniels received his A.B., summa cum laude, from Dartmouth College and received his J.D., with honors, from Harvard Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/5/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Generative AI in Law Practice: Opportunities and Ethical Perils

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

Generative AI in Law Practice: Opportunities and Ethical Perils The use of artificial intelligence and machine learning in law practice are not far off prospects, but rather accomplished realities. Many of the tools lawyers use today – online research platforms that suggest other areas for research, software packages that help complete forms or propose or assemble document language, and discovery tools that sort through documents – are driven by artificial intelligence and machine learning. These and other AI engineered legal tools raise substantial ethical issues. Are they the unauthorized practice of law? Have lawyers researched their capabilities such that they are competent to use them? How must lawyers supervise their use by non-lawyer staff? This program will provide you with a practical guide to the substantial ethical issues arising from the use of common law practice tools that use artificial intelligence and machine learning. Ethical issues in the use of artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning in law practice What duties do lawyers have to investigate and understand AI in the tools they use? Does AI constitute the unauthorized practice of law (UPL) in a state? Do form assembly and language drafting software packages violate ethics rules? What supervisory and training obligations do lawyers have for non-lawyer staff using these tools? Are there ethics concerns of using AI in discovery? Must lawyers warn clients that they use AI? Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is of counsel in the Tysons Corners, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, where he advises firm clients on professional responsibility issues and properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections.He has served on the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and is a Member of the American Law Institute and a Fellow of the American Bar Foundation.He has written extensively on attorney-client privilege, ethics and other topics, and has spoken at over 2200 CLE programs throughout the U.S. and in several foreign countries.Through links on his website biography, he has made available to the public his summaries of over 1,600 Virginia and ABA legal ethics opinions, organized by topic; a 300 page summary of his two-volume 1,500 page book on the attorney-client privilege and work product doctrine; over 1100 weekly email alerts about privilege and work product cases; and materials for 40 ethics programs on numerous topics, totaling over 9,000 pages of analysis. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/21/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Getting to Market: Sales and Distribution Agreements

$85.00

Instructor(s): Joel R. Buckberg

Getting to Market: Sales and Distribution Agreements A product is only as successful as its distribution, only as profitable as it reaches the widest market possible. Most suppliers of goods rely on distributors to reach the market. Distributor agreements can come in a multitude of types, including wholesale and retail distribution agreements. These agreements encompass a series of intricately interrelated provisions about the scope of products, the scope of the territory involved, exclusivity, pricing control, support in the form of marketing and training, supply guarantees, and much more. Success for both the supplier and the distributor depends on a thoughtfully planned and drafted agreement. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting the most essential provisions of distributor agreement. Understanding distributor and supplier objectives – and how they can be harmonized · Legal framework of distributor agreements · Products covered and how they are defined and altered over time · Exclusivity – territory and products · Support – training, advertising, promotion · Supply guarantees, timeliness of performance · Pricing – who controls and antitrust considerations Speaker: Joel R. Buckberg is a partner in Nashville office of Baker Donelson, P.C. and vice chair of the firm’s corporate group. He has more than 40 years’ experience in corporate and business transactions. His practice focuses on corporate and asset transactions and operations, particularly in hospitality, franchising and distribution. He also counsels clients on strategic planning, financing, mergers and acquisitions, system policy and practice development, regulatory compliance and contract system drafting. Prior to joining Baker Donelson, he was executive vice president and deputy general counsel of Cendant Corporation. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
58
Min.
8/8/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Going Over: Employment Law Issues When a Key Employee Leaves for a Competitor

$85.00

Instructor(s): Jennifer S. Baldocchi, Jessica Mendelson, Lindsey Jackson

Going Over: Employment Law Issues When a Key Employee Leaves for a Competitor Few things strike heart of business owners more than when a key employee departs and joins a competitor. The departing employee may have sensitive knowledge about products or services, pricing strategies, customer lists, financial or other information essential to the success of the business. If the business has planned for this eventuality, placing restrictions on key employees through a variety of agreements, any damage may be limited. But if the key employee is departing without these agreements in place, the business must rely on strategies for protecting its sensitive information. This program will provide you a real-world guide to protecting your client’s sensitive business information when a key employee departs. · Conducting effective exit interviews of the departing employee · Enforcing contractual provisions against disclosure of sensitive employer information · Resort to statutory protections of trade secrets or “know how” when contractual protections don’t exist · Understanding how employment law torts may apply to specific situations · Planning in anticipation of the eventual loss of a key employee Speakers: Jennifer S. Baldocchi is a partner in Los Angeles office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where she co-chairs the office’s employment law department. Her practice focuses on employee mobility and intellectual property, including trade secrets, covenants not to compete, unfair competition, and fiduciary duties. In her transactional practice, she prepares employee and executive contracts, focusing on the protection of trade secrets and the prevention of improper customer and employee solicitations. She is recognized by Legal 500 US for trade secrets litigation and non-contentious matters. Jessica Mendelson is an attorney in the Palo Alto, California office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where her practice focuses on trade secrets litigation and employee mobility issues. Prior to joining Paul Hastings, Ms. Mendelson practiced trade secret, trademark, and copyright litigation in the intellectual property department of a boutique firm in Los Angeles. Lindsey Jackson is an attorney in the Los Angeles office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where she represents employers in all aspects of employment law and labor relations, including wage-and-hour, discrimination, retaliation, harassment, trade secrets, and employee mobility matters. Ms. Jackson has also represented clients in employment litigation touching upon cybersecurity issues. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
11/17/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Good Faith and Fair Dealing in Business Transactions: Litigation Risks

$85.00

Instructor(s): Shannon M. Bell

Good Faith and Fair Dealing in Business Transactions: Litigation Risks When business transactions go bad – either because they fail on their own terms or they never reach the closing table – there are often recriminations, accusations of bad-faith and threats of litigation. The parties negotiating these transactions are subject to certain standards of conduct which, if violated, give rise to liability. Various theories of liability exist, including breach of the duty of good faith and fair dealing, negligent or fraudulent misrepresentation, and interference with a business expectancy. This program will provide you with real-world guide to the standards of conduct in business transactions and your clients can mitigate risk of liability. · Sources of fiduciary standards in negotiating, drafting and closing business transactions · How fiduciary standards are commonly breached in transactions · Role of business torts, including negligent and fraudulent misrepresentation, interference with a business expectancy · Risks of litigation and practical remedies – damages, rescission, specific performance · Special duties in closely held businesses, including misappropriation of company opportunities Speaker: Shannon M. Bell is a member with Kelly Law Partners, LLC, where she litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues. Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen. She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and officer liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivative actions. She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
58
Min.
8/22/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Governance for Nonprofit and Exempt Organizations

$85.00

Instructor(s): Michael Lehmann

Governance for Nonprofit and Exempt Organizations Non-profit and tax exempt organizations of every size are complex organizations. Boards of directors need to recruit and retain talented management, supervise the investment of endowments in often volatile markets, engage profit-making corporations in joint ventures, and ensure the integrity of systems and policies in environment of increased governmental and public scrutiny. Effective governance of these organizations is essential to advancing the non-profit’s mission. When governance fails, the organization itself and its directors are exposed to potential liability. This program will provide you with a practical guide to major governance issues for non-profits, including major management issues. Current IRS and attorneys general investigation and enforcement priorities Essential provisions of non-profit management agreements Best practices for determining executive compensation Fiduciary duties, potential liability, and indemnification of nonprofit directors and officers Compliance issues, including Form 990 Speaker: Michael Lehmann is a partner in the New York office of Dechert, LLP, where he specializes in tax issues related to non-profits and in the tax treatment of cross-border transactions. He advises hospitals and other health care providers, research organizations, low-income housing developers, trade associations, private foundations and arts organizations. He advises clients on obtaining and maintaining tax-exempt status, executive compensation, reorganizations and joint ventures, acquisitions, and unrelated business income planning. Mr. Lehmann received his A.B., magna cum laude, from Brown University, his J.D. from Columbia Law School, and his LL.M. from New York University School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
3/2/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Guarantees in Real Estate Transactions

$85.00

Instructor(s): John S. Hollyfield

Guarantees in Real Estate Transactions Guarantees undergird most real estate transactions. Lenders, investors and others are often unwilling or unable to finance or otherwise support a real estate transaction without certain substantial guarantees. These guarantees may concern repayment of loan proceeds or performance of other services – construction, maintenance and waste prevention, environmental indemnity, etc. The scope of guarantees is highly negotiated, particularly whether the guarantee is recourse or non-recourse and the scope of carve-outs from the guarantees. This program will provide you with a practical guide to negotiating and drafting guarantees in real estate transactions. Types of guarantees – payment, performance, collection, completion Essential elements of a guarantee – consideration, scope, carve-outs, waivers Guarantees for property maintenance/no waste, environmental indemnity and other non-financial concerns Carve-outs – full v. partial, fraud, misappropriation, misapplication, failure to maintain, insurance, and more Guarantees of construction loans Speaker: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP. He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice. He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute. He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law. He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont. He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/20/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Hayley Paiges Epic Battle Over Social Media Accounts

$85.00

Instructor(s): Lenné Espenschied

Hayley Paiges Epic Battle Over Social Media Accounts When Hayley Paige Gutman signed an employment agreement to design a line of bridal wear for JLM Couture, did she inadvertently convey her rights in her “personal” social media accounts? As this embarrassing dispute over social media rights raged between the parties on social media, the 2nd Circuit addressed some important legal issues. We’ll examine the blurred line between “person” and “employee” and consider the specific contractual language that spawned the lawsuit. We’ll make clear, practical recommendations to clarify which social media rights are assigned, and which are not. SPEAKER: Lenné Espenschied Lawyer, Author, National Speaker and Professor Lenné Eidson Espenschied has earned her status as one of the two most popular contract drafting speakers in the U.S. by continually striving for excellence and providing innovative, practical skills-based training for transactional lawyers. She practiced law in Atlanta, Georgia for 25 years, focusing on corporate and transactional representation of technology-based businesses. She is the author of two books published by the American Bar Association: Contract Drafting: Powerful Prose in Transactional Practice (ABA Fundamentals, 3rd Ed. 2019) and The Grammar and Writing Handbook for Lawyers (ABA Fundamentals, 2011). After graduating from the University of Georgia School of Law magna cum laude, Ms. Espenschied began her legal practice at the firm now known as Eversheds Sutherland; she also served as Senior Counsel in the legal department of Bank of America before eventually opening her own law office. As a law professor, Ms. Espenschied taught commercial law, contracts, and contract drafting. Her passion is helping lawyers acquire the skills they need to be successful in transactional practice. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
5/31/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Health Care Issues in Estate Planning

$85.00

Instructor(s): Michael Sneeringer, Missia H. Vaselaney

Health Care Issues in Estate Planning Trust and estate planning for health care involves counseling clients about what are often the most difficult decisions in their life or lives of loved ones. There are issues of making life-and-death health care decisions many years in advance of when those decisions will be needed. There are equally delicate decisions about the appointment of trustees or conservators. Planning for long-term care – and how to fund that care – is often the biggest challenge for most clients. If clients are not carefully counseled about their choices and their decisions not carefully reflected in trust and estate documents, their most important goals will be unfulfilled. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the most important health care issues in trust and estate planning. Counseling clients about planning for health care decision-making Tension between health care providers & trustees: Areas of competence, conflict, and cooperation Drafting advance health care directives & revocable trusts Defining objective health care “triggers” in documentation Key issues in appointing trustees, guardians & conservators Availability & financing of home health care & institutional care Speakers: Michael Sneeringer a partner in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute. Mr. Sneeringer received his B.A. from Washington & Jefferson College, his J.D., cum laude, St. Thomas University School of Law, and his LL.M. from the University of Miami School of Law. Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses. She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities. Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001. Ms. Vaselaney received her B.A. from the University of Dayton and her J.D. from the Cleveland-Marshall College of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/18/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Healthcare Issues in Trust and Estate Planning, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Missia H. Vaselaney & Michael Sneeringer

Healthcare Issues in Trust and Estate Planning, Part 1 Health care considerations are increasingly critical in trust and estate planning, as clients navigate complex medical decisions, long-term care needs, and end-of-life planning. This two-part CLE program provides attorneys with essential tools to address health care issues in their clients' estate plans, from drafting key documents to understanding the intersection of health care laws and fiduciary duties. Gain practical insights to ensure your clients' medical and financial goals are met while staying compliant with the latest legal developments. Part 1: Explore the role of advanced health care directives in estate planning. Learn strategies for drafting durable powers of attorney for health care. Understand the legal responsibilities of health care agents and fiduciaries. Address the challenges of communicating end-of-life wishes with families and providers. Part 2: Navigate the legal and financial aspects of long-term care planning. Examine the impact of Medicaid and Medicare on estate planning strategies. Learn how to incorporate health care-related assets, such as HSAs, into estate plans. Address complex scenarios involving special needs trusts and elder care. Speakers: Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses. She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities. Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001. Michael Sneeringer an attorney in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

Webcast
Format
60
Min.
6/24/25
Presented
DETAILS

Healthcare Issues in Trust and Estate Planning, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Missia H. Vaselaney & Michael Sneeringer

Healthcare Issues in Trust and Estate Planning, Part 2 Health care considerations are increasingly critical in trust and estate planning, as clients navigate complex medical decisions, long-term care needs, and end-of-life planning. This two-part CLE program provides attorneys with essential tools to address health care issues in their clients' estate plans, from drafting key documents to understanding the intersection of health care laws and fiduciary duties. Gain practical insights to ensure your clients' medical and financial goals are met while staying compliant with the latest legal developments. Part 1: Explore the role of advanced health care directives in estate planning. Learn strategies for drafting durable powers of attorney for health care. Understand the legal responsibilities of health care agents and fiduciaries. Address the challenges of communicating end-of-life wishes with families and providers. Part 2: Navigate the legal and financial aspects of long-term care planning. Examine the impact of Medicaid and Medicare on estate planning strategies. Learn how to incorporate health care-related assets, such as HSAs, into estate plans. Address complex scenarios involving special needs trusts and elder care. Speakers: Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses. She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities. Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001. Michael Sneeringer an attorney in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

Webcast
Format
60
Min.
6/25/25
Presented
DETAILS

Honoring Sovereignty: An Indian Law Update

$175.00

Instructor(s): OBA Indian Law Section

Oklahoma Bar Association Indian Law Section CLE December 21, 2023, 9 a.m. to 4:20 p.m. Oklahoma Bar Center, Oklahoma City and Online Topic Panelists Welcome from OCU Law Dean David Holt The Hon. David Holt U.S. Supreme Court Update A discussion focused on the Supreme Court’s notable Indian law decisions in the last year and cases to watch on this year’s docket. Prof. Marc Roark, University of Tulsa College of Law, Professor and Associate Dean of Faculty Development Tribal Court Transitions A primer on how to transition from a tribal court created by the Code of Federal Regulations, i.e. a “CFR Court,” to an independent tribal court, featuring necessary legal infrastructure and practical tips. Hon. Eldridge Onco, Chief Justice, Kiowa Tribal Court; Hon. Heather Mitchell, Chief Judge, Kiowa Tribal Court; Hershel M. Gorham, Esq., General Counsel, Cheyenne & Arapaho Tribes Break Smoothing the Path from Fee to Trust A detailed overview on how to make an application to Interior for taking land into trust, whether for gaming, non-gaming or “mandatory” acquisitions. Valery Giebel, Esq., senior Indian law attorney, U.S. Department of the Interior Office of the Solicitor, Tulsa Field Office Lunch Farm Bill Updates for Indian Country Learn how updates to the 2018 Farm Bill 2023 will impact Indian Country’s farming, ranching, hemp, forestry and nutrition programs to achieve food sovereignty and security. Carly D. Griffith Hotvedt, Esq. Associate Director of the Indigenous Food and Agriculture Initiative ("IFIA"), University of Arkansas Law School Kelli Case Senior Staff Attorney, IFIA Kristiana Coutu Director of Policy, Research and Governance, IFIA Restoring the Indian Treaty Power Professor Pearl will discuss the likely unconstitutional nature of the 1871 prohibition on the President’s ability to enter into treaties with Indian tribes, touching on relevant case law on separation of powers, potential legal challenges and how the ability to negotiate treaties would solve many disputes between Oklahoma tribes and the State. Prof. M. Alexander Pearl, University of Oklahoma College of Law Break Eliminating Implicit Bias in the Legal Profession This interactive session will explore how attorneys can meet their duty under the Rules of Professional Conduct to respect the legal system and those who serve it by recognizing and mitigating implicit bias in their relationships and interactions with clients, job applicants and as prosecutors, defense counsel and judges. Dr. Natasha M. Mickel, PhD., Assistant Professor, Assistant Director of Faculty Development, University of Oklahoma HSC. Stephanie Hudson, Esq., director, Oklahoma Indian Legal Services; President, Oklahoma Bar Association Indian Law Section Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
375
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

How Ethics Rules Apply to Lawyers Outside of Law Practice

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

How Ethics Rules Apply to Lawyers Outside of Law Practice Ethics rules are intended primarily to regulate lawyer acts when practicing law. But the rules do not always stop there. Lawyers can be held responsible and disciplined under ethics rules for things they do when acting outside of their practices. Lawyers may be disciplined under ethics rules for criminal conduct, including misdemeanors, entirely unrelated to their lawyerly conduct. They may be also be disciplined for any acts that involve dishonesty, misrepresentation, or any actions prejudicial to the judicial system. This program will provide you with a guide to circumstances in which ethics rules apply to lawyers when they act outside of law practice. Dishonesty and misrepresentation when a lawyer is acting as a non-lawyer Lawyers as business people – how counter-parties can allege ethical misconduct Self-representation – when lawyers represent themselves in litigation, who can they communicate with? Violations of law, including misdemeanors, as ethics violations Restrictions on lawyers’ ability to market themselves in non-lawyer roles Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a broad complex commercial, business and securities litigation practice. He also has a substantial practice advising businesses on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 20 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750-page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/6/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

How to Hold Business Interests in a Trust

$85.00

Instructor(s): Michael Sneeringer, Missia Vaselaney

How to Hold Business Interests in a Trust There are tax and other benefits to holding a closely-held company or other business interests in a trust. But there are also substantial risks. Trusts are typically required to diversify their holdings. But when a company is held in a trust there is almost a highly concentrated, and thus risky, position. Similarly, holding real estate or nontraditional assets also involves issues of liquidity and proper fiduciary and income tax administration. This program will provide you with a real world guide placing business interests in a trust. Dilemmas of operating companies in trusts – concentrated assets, speed, decision-making Concentrated assets and the fiduciary duty to diversify Counseling clients about the right trust for different asset classes Preserving S Corp status or other tax benefits in trust Business succession planning for family businesses Managing minority stakes in operating companies or assets Financial and tax administration traps Speakers: Michael Sneeringer a partner in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute. Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses. She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities. Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
5/16/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Incentive Compensation in Businesses, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Norman Lencz

Incentive Compensation in Businesses, Part 1 Companies of every type including incentivize compensation features in employee compensation packages. The range of incentive compensation tools and techniques available to these companies depends on the type of entity involved. Corporate entities have stock options, restricted stock and other forms of profit or capital appreciation rights. LLCs are even more flexible and can award a variety of forms of profit or capital rights. These alternatives, together with voting and vesting restrictions, provide companies alternatives for virtually every circumstance. But each alternative comes with tradeoffs – practical, tax and financial. This program will provide you with a real world guide to the incentive compensation alternatives in business entities. Day 1: · Framework of incentive compensation alternatives for corporate v. pass-through entity · Advantages and drawbacks of stock options, restricted stock, and profit participation rights · How IRC Section 83 impacts corporate stock options, the award of restricted stock and other rights · Use of vesting to impact the tax consequences of incentive compensation · Special incentive compensation issues in S Corps Day 2: · Use of profit interests and capital interest in LLCs, partnerships · Exchanging incentive compensation for services · Incentive compensation in single member LLCs · Impact of IRC Section 409A and deferred compensation · Employment tax considerations Speaker: Norman Lencz is a partner in the Baltimore, Maryland office of Venable, LLP, where his practice focuses on a broad range of federal, state, local and international tax matters. He advises clients on tax issues relating to corporations, partnerships, LLCs, joint ventures and real estate transactions. He also has extensive experience with compensation planning in closely held businesses. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
8/30/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Incentive Compensation in Businesses, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Norman Lencz

Incentive Compensation in Businesses, Part 2 Companies of every type including incentivize compensation features in employee compensation packages. The range of incentive compensation tools and techniques available to these companies depends on the type of entity involved. Corporate entities have stock options, restricted stock and other forms of profit or capital appreciation rights. LLCs are even more flexible and can award a variety of forms of profit or capital rights. These alternatives, together with voting and vesting restrictions, provide companies alternatives for virtually every circumstance. But each alternative comes with tradeoffs – practical, tax and financial. This program will provide you with a real world guide to the incentive compensation alternatives in business entities. Day 1: · Framework of incentive compensation alternatives for corporate v. pass-through entity · Advantages and drawbacks of stock options, restricted stock, and profit participation rights · How IRC Section 83 impacts corporate stock options, the award of restricted stock and other rights · Use of vesting to impact the tax consequences of incentive compensation · Special incentive compensation issues in S Corps Day 2: · Use of profit interests and capital interest in LLCs, partnerships · Exchanging incentive compensation for services · Incentive compensation in single member LLCs · Impact of IRC Section 409A and deferred compensation · Employment tax considerations Speaker: Norman Lencz is a partner in the Baltimore, Maryland office of Venable, LLP, where his practice focuses on a broad range of federal, state, local and international tax matters. He advises clients on tax issues relating to corporations, partnerships, LLCs, joint ventures and real estate transactions. He also has extensive experience with compensation planning in closely held businesses. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
8/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Incentive Trusts: The Promise & Limits of “Do What I Want & I’ll Reward You

$85.00

Instructor(s): John A. Warnick

Incentive Trusts: The Promise & Limits of “Do What I Want & I’ll Reward You” Incentive trusts are a mechanism by which the settlor tries to “incentivize” or seek to control the behavior of beneficiaries. Settlors may want to encourage children or grandchildren to achieve certain educational milestones, maintain a job, get married or have children, or remain free of substance abuse or other risky behaviors. But there are serious limits – limits of what the law will allow a settlor to demand of a beneficiary or a trustee to enforce. There are also practical limits, including how to objectively judge a beneficiary’s behavior when making distributions. Incentive trusts are decidedly a mixed bag. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to drafting incentive trusts, counseling clients about their effectiveness and limits, and understanding what the law will (or won’t) allow. Uses and limitations – practical and legal – of incentive trusts Types of incentive trusts – and rates of success or failure in achieving settlor goals Structuring incentives so they can be objectively measured and administered by trustees Drafting distribution provisions Counseling clients about downsides of incentive trusts and alternatives Speaker: John A. Warnick is an attorney and wealth counselor in Denver, Colorado, with a national estate and trust planning practice. He is widely recognized for his counseling of high net worth families on purposeful giving, the process of not only transferring wealth but creating a lasting legacy. He is also the managing collaborator of the Purposeful Planning Institute and a wealth consultant with Family Wealth and Transition Solutions. Mr. Warnick is a Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel and formerly practiced law with Holme, Roberts & Owen, LLP in Denver. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
9/8/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Incentive Trusts: The Promise & Limits of “Do What I Want & I’ll Reward You”

$85.00

Instructor(s): John A. Warnick

Incentive Trusts: The Promise & Limits of “Do What I Want & I’ll Reward You” Incentive trusts are a mechanism by which the settlor tries to “incentivize” or seek to control the behavior of beneficiaries. Settlors may want to encourage children or grandchildren to achieve certain educational milestones, maintain a job, get married or have children, or remain free of substance abuse or other risky behaviors. But there are serious limits – limits of what the law will allow a settlor to demand of a beneficiary or a trustee to enforce. There are also practical limits, including how to objectively judge a beneficiary’s behavior when making distributions. Incentive trusts are decidedly a mixed bag. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to drafting incentive trusts, counseling clients about their effectiveness and limits, and understanding what the law will (or won’t) allow. Uses and limitations – practical and legal – of incentive trusts Types of incentive trusts – and rates of success or failure in achieving settlor goals Structuring incentives so they can be objectively measured and administered by trustees Drafting distribution provisions Counseling clients about downsides of incentive trusts and alternatives Speaker: John A. Warnick is an attorney and wealth counselor in Denver, Colorado, with a national estate and trust planning practice. He is widely recognized for his counseling of high net worth families on purposeful giving, the process of not only transferring wealth but creating a lasting legacy. He is also the managing collaborator of the Purposeful Planning Institute and a wealth consultant with Family Wealth and Transition Solutions. Mr. Warnick is a Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel and formerly practiced law with Holme, Roberts & Owen, LLP in Denver. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
9/8/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Income and Fiduciary Tax Issues for Trust and Estate Planners, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Jeremiah W. Doyle, IV

Income and Fiduciary Tax Issues for Trust and Estate Planners, Part 1 Understanding fiduciary income taxation – the taxation of grantor and non-grantor trusts, complex and simple trusts – is essential to trust planning. It impacts the type of trust chosen, how it’s structured and administered. Recently changes to federal tax law have added to the complexity of fiduciary income taxation. The tax treatment of trust income and accounting for distributions and expenses varies depending on the type of trust involved and how “Distributable Net Income” is allocated.This program will provide you with a real-world guide to the essential rules, timeframes, planning techniques and traps of the taxation of trusts. Day 1: Fiduciary income taxation framework and rules for estate and trust planners How fiduciary and income tax planning differ from each other Planning for fiduciary taxation v. planning for individual and corporate tax purposes Types of trusts – simple, complex, grantor – and differing tax rules for each Treatment of “Distributable Net Income” Understanding “Trust Accounting Income,” and impact of Prudent Investor Rule Day 2: Practical income allocation for simple, complex and grantor trusts Specific allocation rules for DNI – Tier System, Separate Share Rule, 65 Day Rule, specific bequests Charitable giving – tax treatment and practical impact Treatment of depreciation, administrative expenses, and allocation to income Trust terminations – capital loss carryover and excess deductions SPEAKER: Jeremiah W. Doyle, IV is senior vice president in the Boston office of BNY Mellon Wealth Management, where he provides integrated wealth management advice to high net worth individuals on holding, managing and transferring wealth in a tax-efficient manner. He is the editor and co-author of “Preparing Fiduciary Income Tax Returns,” a contributing author of Preparing Estate Tax Returns,and a contributing author of “Understanding and Using Trusts,” all published by Massachusetts Continuing Legal Education. Mr. Doyle received his B.S. from Providence College, his J.D. form Hamline University Law School, and his LL.M. in banking from Boston University Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/9/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Income and Fiduciary Tax Issues for Trust and Estate Planners, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Jeremiah W. Doyle, IV

Income and Fiduciary Tax Issues for Trust and Estate Planners, Part 2 Understanding fiduciary income taxation – the taxation of grantor and non-grantor trusts, complex and simple trusts – is essential to trust planning. It impacts the type of trust chosen, how it’s structured and administered. Recently changes to federal tax law have added to the complexity of fiduciary income taxation. The tax treatment of trust income and accounting for distributions and expenses varies depending on the type of trust involved and how “Distributable Net Income” is allocated.This program will provide you with a real-world guide to the essential rules, timeframes, planning techniques and traps of the taxation of trusts. Day 1: Fiduciary income taxation framework and rules for estate and trust planners How fiduciary and income tax planning differ from each other Planning for fiduciary taxation v. planning for individual and corporate tax purposes Types of trusts – simple, complex, grantor – and differing tax rules for each Treatment of “Distributable Net Income” Understanding “Trust Accounting Income,” and impact of Prudent Investor Rule Day 2: Practical income allocation for simple, complex and grantor trusts Specific allocation rules for DNI – Tier System, Separate Share Rule, 65 Day Rule, specific bequests Charitable giving – tax treatment and practical impact Treatment of depreciation, administrative expenses, and allocation to income Trust terminations – capital loss carryover and excess deductions Speaker: Jeremiah W. Doyle, IV is senior vice president in the Boston office of BNY Mellon Wealth Management, where he provides integrated wealth management advice to high net worth individuals on holding, managing and transferring wealth in a tax-efficient manner. He is the editor and co-author of “Preparing Fiduciary Income Tax Returns,” a contributing author of Preparing Estate Tax Returns,and a contributing author of “Understanding and Using Trusts,” all published by Massachusetts Continuing Legal Education. Mr. Doyle received his B.S. from Providence College, his J.D. form Hamline University Law School, and his LL.M. in banking from Boston University Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/10/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Indemnification & Hold Harmless Agreements in Real Estate Transactions

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata

Indemnification & Hold Harmless Agreements in Real Estate Transactions Indemnification and hold harmless agreements are part of virtually every real estate transition. These agreements protect parties against financial loss or other liability arising from the occurrence of certain events. Indemnification is often backed by insurance policies. The interaction between indemnification provisions – scope, triggering events, assertion of claims and payment – and funding sources is typically very complex. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to indemnification and insurance in real estate development, ownership, and leasing. Forms of indemnification in real estate Scope of indemnity, triggering events or discoveries, ensuring payment of claims Utilizing insurance policies to guarantee and fund indemnification claims Types and roles of various forms of insurance – casualty, business/rent interruption, CGL Important differences among named insureds and additional insureds Drafting interaction of co-insurance, valuation, and agreed value endorsements Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use. He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
3/7/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Indemnity Provisions in Business & Commercial Transactions

$85.00

Instructor(s): Joel R. Buckberg & William J. Kelly

Indemnity Provisions in Business & Commercial Transactions Indemnity provisions are a cornerstone of business transactions, and understanding their nuances is essential for protecting your clients. This session will explore how to draft, negotiate, and analyze indemnity clauses in business and commercial agreements. Learn how to identify potential risks and ensure that indemnity provisions align with your client’s goals. The legal foundation of indemnity provisions and their purpose. Key considerations when drafting indemnity clauses. Common negotiation challenges and strategies to overcome them. Risk allocation and practical steps to minimize liability. Real-world examples of indemnity disputes and lessons learned. SPEAKERS Joel R. Buckberg William J. Kelly Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
4/9/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Indigeneity Today: An Indian Law Framework

$175.00

Instructor(s): OBA Indian Law Section

2024 Indian Law Section CLE Indigeneity Today: An Indian Law Framework (6 Hours of CLE Credit) Natural Resources Law Speakers: Ken Bellmard & Patrick Kane Description: This session will delve into the complexities of natural resource management, with a focus on current challenges and emerging issues and trends. Topics will include water rights, regulatory frameworks, and the impact of energy policy on environmental law concerns in Indian Country. Speakers from various sectors will provide insights into the legal and environmental considerations that shape disputed issues involving natural resources. The focus will include the Osage Minerals Council suit regarding wind farms and the conflict regarding the construction of a hydroelectric power plant on the Kiamichi River in Southeast Oklahoma. Tribal AG Office Perspectives Speakers: Clayton Fulton (Muscogee Nation), Alauna Crawford (Chickasaw Nation) Description: This session will provide a comprehensive overview of the roles and responsibilities of Tribal Attorney General offices. Speakers Clayton Fulton and Faith Lasiter will share their experiences and perspectives on the unique legal challenges faced by tribal governments. Topics will include jurisdictional issues, Tribal Attorney General office initiatives, enforcement of tribal laws, and the interplay between tribal, federal, and state legal systems. Political = Indian Status Speaker: Professor Lindsay Robertson Description: In this session, Professor Lindsay Robertson will explore the concept of "Indian" as a political status rather than a racial distinction, meaning that being "Indian" refers to membership in a federally recognized tribe, which is a political entity with sovereign rights, not simply a racial category based on ancestry. Professor Robertson will discuss the legal precedent established in Morton v. Mancari and the recent challenges in ICWA and other contexts. Priorities for Federal/Tribal Prosecution Speakers: Arvo Mikkanen, Jonathan Rohrer Description: This session will address the priorities and challenges in federal and tribal prosecution. Arvo Mikkanen and Jonathan Rohrer will discuss their experiences and insights into prosecuting cases involving tribal lands and citizens, focusing on the coordination between federal and tribal justice systems. The session will also highlight key areas of concern, such as violent crime, jurisdictional issues, and the protection of tribal sovereignty within the legal framework. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
330
Min.
11/12/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

IT Sourcing Agreements: Reviewing and Drafting Cloud Agreements

$85.00

Instructor(s): Peter J. Kinsella

IT Sourcing Agreements: Reviewing and Drafting Cloud Agreements Virtually every organization outsources it information technology (IT) functions to third-party vendors. Electronic files of every time – data and documents, video and audio – are stored on servers owned and maintained by third parties and located at off-site locations. Telecom services are also commonly outsourced. The idea behind outsourcing these increasingly complex systems is that costs might be controlled and the difficulty of maintaining them becomes someone else’s task. But getting to that point lies beyond reviewing and negotiating highly complex IT outsource agreements involving performance and reliability, data security and privacy breaches, and warranty and indemnity. This program will provide you with a practical guide to negotiating and drafting IT agreements with third-party vendors. Performance standards for IT vendors, reliability, and Service Level Agreements Essential warranty and indemnity provisions – and spotting red flags Understanding how “The Cloud” works for contractual purposes Important data security, privacy and related liability concerns Drafting the underlying equipment lease and/or software license Reviewing fee structures in IT outsourcing agreements Speaker: Peter J. Kinsella is a partner in the Denver office of Perkins Coie, LLP, where he has an extensive technology law practice focusing on advising start-up, emerging and large companies on technology-related commercial and intellectual property transaction matters. Prior to joining his firm, he worked for ten years in various legal capacities with Qwest Communications International, Inc. and Honeywell, Inc. Mr. Kinsella has extensive experience structuring and negotiating data sharing agreements, complex procurement agreements, product distribution agreements, OEM agreements, marketing and advertising agreements, corporate sponsorship agreements, and various types of patent, trademark and copyright licenses. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
9/19/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Joint Ventures Agreements in Business, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Peter J. Kinsella

Joint Ventures Agreements in Business, Part 1 Businesses frequently pool their resources – capital, expertise, marketing, distribution – in joint ventures, leveraging their individual strengths by partnering with companies with complementary strengths. There are many types of JVs – contractual strategic alliances, entity-based ventures, and other hybrid forms – each with its tradeoffs. JV agreements involve contributions by the parties, allocating management control, access to information, ownership of jointly developed property, dispute resolution, and transfers of interests. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning and drafting joint ventures. Day 1 Framework of considerations – formality, capital, tax issues, management control, exits Types of joint ventures – contractual strategic alliances v. shared entities v. hybrids Choice of entity – incorporated entities v. LPs and general partnerships v. LLCs Management, access to information, deadlocks and resolution Day 2 Contributions – capital, marketing and distribution expertise, intangible assets Economics – allocation of profits and losses, and distribution policies Transfers of JV interests – rights of first offer/refusal, restrictions on transfers, dissolution Ownership of jointly developed property – development of intellectual Speakers: Peter J. Kinsella is a partner in the Denver office of Perkins Coie, LLP, where he has an extensive technology law practice focusing on advising start-up, emerging and large companies on technology-related commercial and intellectual property transaction matters. Prior to joining his firm, he worked for ten years in various legal capacities with Qwest Communications International, Inc. and Honeywell, Inc. Mr. Kinsella has extensive experience structuring and negotiating data sharing agreements, complex procurement agreements, product distribution agreements, OEM agreements, marketing and advertising agreements, corporate sponsorship agreements, and various types of patent, trademark and copyright licenses. Mr. Kinsella received his B.S. from North Dakota State University and his J.D. from the University of Minnesota Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
8/14/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Joint Ventures Agreements in Business, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Peter J. Kinsella

Joint Ventures Agreements in Business, Part 1 Businesses frequently pool their resources – capital, expertise, marketing, distribution – in joint ventures, leveraging their individual strengths by partnering with companies with complementary strengths. There are many types of JVs – contractual strategic alliances, entity-based ventures, and other hybrid forms – each with its tradeoffs. JV agreements involve contributions by the parties, allocating management control, access to information, ownership of jointly developed property, dispute resolution, and transfers of interests. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning and drafting joint ventures. Day 1 Framework of considerations – formality, capital, tax issues, management control, exits Types of joint ventures – contractual strategic alliances v. shared entities v. hybrids Choice of entity – incorporated entities v. LPs and general partnerships v. LLCs Management, access to information, deadlocks and resolution Day 2 Contributions – capital, marketing and distribution expertise, intangible assets Economics – allocation of profits and losses, and distribution policies Transfers of JV interests – rights of first offer/refusal, restrictions on transfers, dissolution Ownership of jointly developed property – development of intellectual Speakers: Peter J. Kinsella is a partner in the Denver office of Perkins Coie, LLP, where he has an extensive technology law practice focusing on advising start-up, emerging and large companies on technology-related commercial and intellectual property transaction matters. Prior to joining his firm, he worked for ten years in various legal capacities with Qwest Communications International, Inc. and Honeywell, Inc. Mr. Kinsella has extensive experience structuring and negotiating data sharing agreements, complex procurement agreements, product distribution agreements, OEM agreements, marketing and advertising agreements, corporate sponsorship agreements, and various types of patent, trademark and copyright licenses. Mr. Kinsella received his B.S. from North Dakota State University and his J.D. from the University of Minnesota Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
8/16/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Joint Ventures in Real Estate, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): John S. Hollyfield & Richard R. Goldberg

Joint Ventures in Real Estate, Part 1 Real estate joint venturesleverage the capital and expertise of partners to develop and operate or sell projects of every size.These joint ventures can take different forms – contractual or entity-based – and often involve a complex mix of equity and debt, preferential returns, and various types of fees. Thirdparties, including contractors, may have profit participation rights. Real estate joint ventures are highly complex exercises in finance and risk management. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to types of real estate joint ventures, major capital structuring issues, and drafting the major provisions of the underlying documents. Day 1: Entity selection for joint ventures Structing competing interests of investors, developers, and lenders Capital structure – getting the right mix of equity, mezzanine financing& long-term debt Initial and subsequent capital contributions of partners Day 2: Management and information rights Guarantees issue in joint ventures Structuring ordinary and liquidating distributions Valuation and sales/exchanges of partnership interests SPEAKERS: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP. He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice. He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute. He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law. He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont. He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law. Richard R. Goldberg is a retired partner, resident in the Philadelphia office of Ballard Spahr, LLP, where he established an extensive real estate practice, including development, financing, leasing, and acquisition. Earlier in his career, he served as vice president and associate general counsel of The Rouse Company for 23 years. He is past president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, past chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute, and past chair of the International Council of Shopping Centers Law Conference. Mr. Goldberg is currently a Fellow of the American College of Mortgage Attorneys and is a member of the American Law Institute. Mr. Goldberg received his B.A. from Pennsylvania State University and his LL.B. from the University of Maryland School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
11/14/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Joint Ventures in Real Estate, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): John S. Hollyfield & Richard R. Goldberg

Joint Ventures in Real Estate, Part 2 Real estate joint venturesleverage the capital and expertise of partners to develop and operate or sell projects of every size.These joint ventures can take different forms – contractual or entity-based – and often involve a complex mix of equity and debt, preferential returns, and various types of fees. Thirdparties, including contractors, may have profit participation rights. Real estate joint ventures are highly complex exercises in finance and risk management. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to types of real estate joint ventures, major capital structuring issues, and drafting the major provisions of the underlying documents. Day 1: Entity selection for joint ventures Structing competing interests of investors, developers, and lenders Capital structure – getting the right mix of equity, mezzanine financing& long-term debt Initial and subsequent capital contributions of partners Day 2: Management and information rights Guarantees issue in joint ventures Structuring ordinary and liquidating distributions Valuation and sales/exchanges of partnership interests Speakers: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP. He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice. He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute. He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law. He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont. He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law. Richard R. Goldberg is a retired partner, resident in the Philadelphia office of Ballard Spahr, LLP, where he established an extensive real estate practice, including development, financing, leasing, and acquisition. Earlier in his career, he served as vice president and associate general counsel of The Rouse Company for 23 years. He is past president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, past chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute, and past chair of the International Council of Shopping Centers Law Conference. Mr. Goldberg is currently a Fellow of the American College of Mortgage Attorneys and is a member of the American Law Institute. Mr. Goldberg received his B.A. from Pennsylvania State University and his LL.B. from the University of Maryland School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
11/15/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Keep Your Hands Out of the Client's Cookie Jar: Avoiding Trust Accounting Violations

$50.00

Instructor(s): Sean Carter

Keep Your Hands Out of the Client's Cookie Jar: Avoiding Trust Accounting Violations One of the fundamental principles of legal ethics can be summed up as: "Keep your hands off the money." And while this is a gross oversimplification of the legal ethics rules, it is true that this breach of fiduciary trust is among the gravest transgressions that a lawyer can make. Moreover, as it are often amongst the most heavily-punished violations, it often start a cascading effect of rule-breaking as lawyers desperately attempt to avoid detection. As a result, it never hurts to review this all-important ethical limitation on lawyer conduct. In this laugh-out-loud funny webinar, legal humorist Sean Carter will go through the ins and outs of avoiding trust account violations, specifically as it applies to: Stealing (and "borrowing") client funds Retaining funds that rightfully belong to others Using undue influence to inherit client wealth Diverting fees from one's law partners Premature withdrawal of earned fees SPEAKER: Sean Carter is a Harvard Law grad, who spent a decade practicing securities law before leaving the practice of law to pursue a career as the country's foremost Humorist at Law.Since then, Mr. Carter has crisscrossed the country delivering comedic professional educational seminars for more than 350 legal organizations in three dozen states. His presentation topics run the gamut from legal ethics to stress management to diversity. Yet, all of his presentations have one thing in common -- humor and plenty of it.In fact, in 2003, Mr. Carter was dubbed "America's Funniest Lawyer" by The Radio and Television Interview Report.Finally, Sean lives in Mesa, Arizona with his wife and four sons. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

Webcast
Format
60
Min.
5/28/25
Presented
DETAILS

Land Ownership in Oklahoma: Updates to 60 O.S. 121

$75.00

Instructor(s): Bradley Clark

Land Ownership in Oklahoma: Updates to 60 O.S. 121 Come hear from Bradley Clark, Deputy General Counsel Office of the Attorney General, discussing the changes to 60 O.S. 121 brought on by Senate Bill 212. Topics covered will include the origin of Oklahoma’s laws on foreign ownership of land, case law and the Attorney General’s opinions on these laws, recent statutory amendments that will affect most land transactions in the future, and exemptions to the legislative changes. AGENDA - Bradley Clark, Deputy General Counsel, Office of the Attorney General Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
114
Min.
2/23/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Lawyer Ethics & Credit Cards

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

Lawyer Ethics & Credit Cards Use of credit cards by law firms and lawyers is commonplace. Law firms may accept credit cards as means of payment for fees and expenses. This concession to the larger reality of the economy, however, raises many ethical issues. Can lawyers pass on credit card processing fees (which can be substantial) to clients? What happens if a client’s credit card company does a chargeback of fees? How does a lawyer maintain confidentiality when he or she has a dispute with a credit card company, or the client has a dispute with the credit card company? These and many issues arise when lawyers accept credit cards from clients. This program will provide you with a guide to ethical issues when credit cards are accepted and used in law practice. · Passing on credit card processing fees to clients · Truth-in-Lending issues and tax penalties · Ethical issues when credit card companies chargeback funds paid to a lawyer or from a trust account · Confidentiality when a client has a dispute with his or her credit card company · Use of credit cards to fund a retainer and related trust fund accounting issues · Creditor claims against trust fund accounts · Leftover client funds and proper trust fund accounting Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
58
Min.
7/18/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Lawyer Ethics and Disputes with Clients

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn, Elizabeth Treubert Simon

Lawyer Ethics and Disputes with Clients Ethical tensions are perhaps never as great as when a lawyer is in dispute with a client. The dispute may arise over fees, communication, perceived conflicts of interest, or something else. In these and other circumstances, the lawyer’s duties of loyalty, zealous representation and confidentiality are all brought into direct conflict with the lawyer’s interest in self-defense. In these extremely delicate circumstances, the lawyer must determine what information may disclosed in his or her self-defense, its impact on the attorney-client privilege, and what steps he or she can take to de-escalate the conflict. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to the ethical issues for a lawyer when he or she is in conflict with a client. Disputes involving lawyers’ fees, communications, unfavorable result of representation, conflicts of interest, malpractice claims Confidentiality and self-defense – what disclosure of confidences is permissible? Waivers and engagement letters to prevent dispute – or mitigate their damage Permissible and mandatory withdrawals from a representation Special attorney-client privilege issues in these disputes Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Elizabeth Treubert Simon is an ethics attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, where she advises on a wide range of ethics and compliance-related matters to support Akin Gump’s offices worldwide. Previously, her practice focused on business and commercial litigation and providing counsel to clients regarding professional ethics and attorney disciplinary procedures. She is a member of the New York State Bar Association Committee on Professional Discipline and the District of Columbia Rules of Professional Conduct Rules Review Committee. She is the immediate past chair of the District of Columbia Legal Ethics Committee. She writes and speaks extensively on attorney ethics issues. She received her B.A. and M.S. from the University of Pennsylvania and her J.D. from Albany Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
8/6/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Lawyer Ethics and Email

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

Lawyer Ethics and Email Email has become essential to law practice. Communications with clients and colleagues is practically impossible – and absolutely inefficient – without email. But the ubiquity of email may obscure many important ethical issues that arise when it is used in law practice, including issues related to confidentiality, metadata, and the attorney-client privilege. These and other substantial ethical questions will be discussed in this practical guide to the ethical issues when lawyers use email in their practices. Beginning an attorney relationship via email – intentionally and inadvertently Security and confidentiality when email is exchanged in the Cloud Inadvertently sent email and metadata embedded in email Discarding/deleting email and working with outside vendors Ex parte communications with represented adversaries Attorney-client privilege issues Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750-page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
5/23/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Lawyer Ethics and the Internet

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

Lawyer Ethics and the Internet The Internet is the uniform information appliance for communications, research, and marketing, for consumers and for lawyers. You can easily research witnesses, parties, judges, and jurors with a simple Google search. Add in social media searches – blogs, Facebook, Twitter and many other platforms – and you can develop a rich demographic profile of all of these individuals. With a few keystrokes, you can pull down more information than ever before. You can also communicate freely, unmediated and unrestricted, with virtually anyone. All of these functions are valuable in litigation and transactional practice but also give rise to substantial ethics issues – not everything that the Web enables is proper. This program will provide you with a real world guide to ethics issues when lawyer engage in research and communication using the Internet. · Communicating with parties, opposing attorneys, and witnesses via email, social media, and texting · Researching jurors, parties, witnesses and judges via social media · Blogging or sending newsletters/law updates to clients · Trends in texting, confidentiality, and discoverability · Law firm marketing via the web Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
59
Min.
8/15/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Lawyer Ethics in a Digital World

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

Lawyer Ethics in a Digital World Lawyer use of technology, in both their professional and personal lives, is inescapable, and frequently those two worlds blend and give rise to substantial ethical issues. It’s difficult to disconnect from constant digital communications. Lawyers talk to, email, text and otherwise communicate with clients on smartphones, tablets, and social media. Frequently these and laptops are connected to public or at best semi-secure networks, despite the fact they are used to carry sensitive and often confidential information. The ease of technology obscures its complexity – a complexity lawyers are required, as duty of competence, to understand before they use it. This program will provide you with a roadmap through the maze of ethical issues that occur when lawyers use technology in their lives and practices. Lawyers and social media – obtaining information on clients, adversaries, jurors and others Ethics when you’re never unplugged from technology Traps for law firms when using the cloud Ethics and working remotely Lawyer ethics when texting clients, witnesses, and others Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/21/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Lawyer Ethics in Real Estate Practice

$85.00

Instructor(s): William Freivogel, Thomas E. Spahn

Lawyer Ethics in Real Estate Practice The real estate industry is fiercely competitive as developers and contractors, investors and lenders, brokers and others – often with the aid of legal counsel seek advantage. This can easily present real estate lawyers with ethical dilemmas. Conflicts of interest are rife. There are issues of communicating and negotiating with unrepresented parties. There are also issues of taking an equity stake in a real estate venture in lieu of fees. Sometimes, too, there is the discovery that a client is engaged in wrongdoing. These and many other ethical issues arise in real estate practice. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to common ethics issues in real estate practice. Joint representations of a business entity and its owners in a real estate transaction Representation of a client with adverse interests in unrelated transactions Exchange of legal services for transaction equity Communications with unrepresented parties – and with represented parties Inadvertent disclosure of confidential Transaction terms Special issues when client wrongdoing is discovered Speakers: William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management. He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years. He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com . Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
4/3/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Lawyer Ethics of Using Paralegals

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

Lawyer Ethics of Using Paralegals Paralegals are often essential for lawyers to successfully practice law. Paralegals conduct basic legal research, help review and prepare documents, and sometimes screen clients. Still, they are not lawyers and not directly subject to the ethics rules applicable to lawyers. But the lawyers who supervise their work are responsible for their actions and liable for any improper conduct. Lawyers are responsible for ensuring that their paralegals’ work conforms to ethics rules. If a paralegal’s actions breach client confidentiality, compromise the attorney-client privilege, or are otherwise improper, the supervising lawyer is ethically responsible for that misconduct. This program will provide you with a practical guide to how ethics rules make supervising lawyers responsible for the actions of their paralegals. Conflicts of interest and the attribution of paralegal knowledge about client matters Determining when paralegal research and document preparation becomes the unauthorized practice of law How paralegals must be instructed about client confidentiality – and lawyer consequences on breach Attorney-client privilege implications when clients communicate with paralegals – and risk of inadvertent disclosure Issues when paralegals participate in discovery Fee sharing with paralegals Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the Tysons Corners, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, where he advises firm clients on professional responsibility issues and properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. He has served on the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility, and is a Member of the American Law Institute and a Fellow of the American Bar Foundation. He has written extensively on attorney-client privilege, ethics and other topics, and has spoken at over 1,800 CLE programs throughout the U.S. and in several foreign countries. Through links on his website biography, he has made available to the public his summaries of over 1,600 Virginia and ABA legal ethics opinions, organized by topic; a 300 page summary of his two-volume 1,500 page book on the attorney-client privilege and work product doctrine; over 900 weekly email alerts about privilege and work product cases; and materials for 40 ethics programs on numerous topics, totaling over 9,000 pages of analysis. Mr. Spahn graduated magna cum laude from Yale University and received his J.D. from Yale Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/26/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Lawyer Ethics When Clients Won't Pay Your Fees

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn & Matthew Corbin

Lawyer Ethics When Clients Won't Pay Your Fees Attorneys and clients are in a confidential relationship, one that demands the lawyer’s absolute loyalty and zealous representation of client interests. But what if the client refuses to pay his or her lawyer? At that point, the broad and categorical demands of the ethics rules run up against the practical business of running a law practice. This clash of interests raises a range of substantial ethical issues. How can the lawyer compel payment yet continuing representing a client? Must he or she withdraw from the representation? Can the lawyer sue the client or place a lien on client property? Is the lawyer allowed to breach certain confidences in obtaining payment? This program will provide you with a guide to the ethical issues that arise when a client refuses to pay for a lawyer’s legal services, practical methods to ethically obtain payment, and best practices to avoid these disputes. Ethics when clients refuse to pay their lawyers’ fees How to manage the direct conflict with a client without breaching confidences Determining whether continuing a representation is permissible or required When and how a withdrawal from a representation is permitted in the cases of non-payment of fees Ethical issues when a lawyer places a lien on client property or sues the client Issues when no-payment relates to one of multiple representations of a client Understanding related attorney-client privilege issues Best practices in engagement letters and billing practices to protect lawyers Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a broad complex commercial, business and securities litigation practice. He also has a substantial practice advising businesses on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 20 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. Matthew Corbin is Vice President and Director in the Professional Services Group of AON Risk Services, where he consults with the company’s law firm clients on professional responsibility and liability issues. Before joining AON, he was a partner with Lathrop & Gage, LLP, where he was a trial and appellate lawyer handling professional liability, commercial, business tort, employment, construction, insurance, and regulatory matters. Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Mary Briscoe of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
4/4/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Lawyer Ethics When Storing Files in the Cloud

$85.00

Instructor(s): Matthew Corbin and Mark A. Webster

Lawyer Ethics When Storing Files in the Cloud Most files are now stored in the “cloud,” a global network of servers that store files for organizations of every size, including law firms. Many applications, including word processing, email and billing software packages that are used daily by lawyers and law firms, are also stored and used in the cloud. This dramatic shift in the way files are created, modified, stored, and shared has substantial implications for law firms. The first is a duty of competence requirement that lawyers understand how the technology they employ works and how it might impact client communications and confidentiality, among many other issues. This program will provide you with a practical guide to ethical issues when lawyers and law firm store and create files in the cloud. Technology competence as an ethical duty of competence Ethical benchmarks and diligence for ensuring file and communication confidentiality in the cloud Mobile access – issues when the cloud is used via smartphone or tablet What if your client uses the cloud but you do not? Attorney-client privilege issues when using the cloud to communicate Internal policies – ensuring law firm security supplements cloud security Speakers: Matthew Corbin is Senior Vice President and Executive Director in the Professional Services Group of AON Risk Services, where he consults with the company’s law firm clients on professional responsibility and liability issues. Before joining AON, he was a partner with Lathrop & Gage, LLP, where he was a trial and appellate lawyer handling professional liability, commercial, business tort, employment, construction, insurance, and regulatory matters. Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Mary Briscoe of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit. Mark A. Webster is Vice President and Director in the Professional Services Group of AON Risk Services. He consults with the company’s law firm clients on professional responsibility and liability issues.? Before joining AON, he was a partner with Lathrop & Gage, LLP, where he had an extensive real estate transactions practice. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
11/14/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Letters of Intent in Business Transactions

$85.00

Instructor(s): Allen Sparkman

Letters of Intent in Business Transactions Letters of intent frame the material terms of business and commercial transactions. They outline with considerable detail the substantive terms of the underlying agreement – price, reps and warranties, closing conditions, etc. They also provide a process by which a definitive underlying agreement will be finalized. But they are not, generally, intended to be definitive agreements themselves; not enforceable, only a substantial starting point. There is, however, a certain point at which the detail in these letters becomes so extensive that they become enforceable. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the most important substantive and process aspects of letters of intent, their uses and traps, including unexpected enforceability. Drafting effective letters of intent in transactions Purposes of letters, timing, relationship to diligence, exclusivity Substantive terms v. process terms Indemnity, hold back and limitation of liability provisions Termination of a letter and survival of certain provisions Understanding the point at which letters of intent may become enforceable SPEAKER: Allen Sparkman is a partner in the Houston and Denver offices of Sparkman Foote, LLP. He has practiced law for over forty years in the areas of estate, tax, business, insurance, asset protection, and charitable giving. He has written and lectured extensively on choice-of-entity, charitable giving and estate planning topics. He is the Colorado reporter for the books "State Limited Partnership Laws" and "State Limited Liability Company Laws," both published by Aspen Law & Business. He has also served as president of the Rocky Mountain Estate Planning Council. Mr. Sparkman received his A.B. with honors from Princeton University and his J.D. with high honors from the University of Texas School of Law Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/13/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Letters of Intent in Real Estate Transactions

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata

Letters of Intent in Real Estate Transactions Letters of intent in real estate transactions – buying/selling property and leasing – are essential in helping the parties frame areas of agreement, identify areas for further negotiation, and establish a timeline for completing the deal. These letters can also be cost-effective in determining whether the parties can reach agreement on major terms before definitive agreements are drafted. But there are substantial drawbacks. One party may use the letter to shop the transaction to third parties, using the offer as a stalking horse. In some instances, too, the letter itself may be so detailed that it becomes enforceable. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting letters of intent in commercial real estate acquisition and sales, and leasing transactions. Defining timeframes for negotiations/operative agreements & expiration of letter Core economic terms – purchase price and holdbacks, lease payments, escalator clauses Deposits – hard money v. soft money – and escrow instructions Identifying the property subject to acquisition or lease Other major terms – use, exclusivity, environmental issues, etc. Confidentiality and non-marketing provisions Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
59
Min.
12/12/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Limited Scope Services and Other Alternative Fee Arrangements - 2024 Annual Meeting

$50.00

Instructor(s): Trevor Riddle

Limited Scope Services and Other Alternative Fee Arrangements Filmed at the 2024 OBA Annual Meeting Trevor Riddle Trevor Riddle is the founder of Triad Legal PLLC in Tulsa, Oklahoma. The firm helps clients navigate the stress and uncertainty of the American legal system, primarily in state and federal criminal courts. The owner of a small firm and former shareholder in another, Trevor is well acquainted with the issues and obstacles faced by solo and small firm attorneys. He has devoted significant time to finding technology-based solutions to these unique challenges. Through technology, Trevor has found opportunities to reduce law firm expenses and increase revenue while delivering outstanding client service. Mr. Riddle is licensed in Oklahoma and Kansas. He conducts regular research on legal technology issues and has written and presented on numerous legal technology topics. He is an active member of the Oklahoma and Kansas bar associations, the Tulsa County Bar Association, and the ABA’s Law Practice Division and Solo, Small Firm and General Practice Division. Since 2018, his peers have selected him as one of the Best Lawyers in America. In 2022 and 2023, Best Lawyers in America recognized him as a Lawyer of the Year. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
49
Min.
8/5/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Liquidation: Legal Issues When a Client Decides to Close a Business

$85.00

Instructor(s): Daniel G. Straga

Liquidation: Legal Issues When a Client Decides to Close a Business Planning for an LLC’s eventual liquidation can be as important as formation. Well planned and efficient liquidations help LLC members preserve value. Messy liquidations are costly and rapidly diminish value. Whether triggered by a provision in a buy/sell agreement or on the basis of a statutory provision, liquidations are a process of marshaling assets, providing a variety of notices, satisfying debts and other liabilities, and eventually liquidating distributions to LLC members. When planned and managed effectively, the process can preserve substantial value for clients. This program will provide you with a practical guide to liquidations of LLCs. Statutory bases for voluntary LLC dissolution and how they are triggered by members Judicial/non-voluntary bases for LLC dissolution Planning for eventual dissolution of an LLC in buy/sell agreements Process of dissolution, winding up and termination – and practical consequences of each step Drafting statements of dissolution Summary of tax consequences of distributions of various type of property Speaker: Daniel G. Straga is counsel in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he counsels companies on a wide variety of corporate and business matters across a range of industries. He advises clients on mergers and acquisitions, capital raising, venture capital, and governance matters. Mr. Straga earned his and his B.A. from the University of Delaware and his J.D. from the George Washington University Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Litigation Ethics: Disqualification and Sanctions

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

Litigation Ethics: Disqualification and Sanctions Disqualification standards have their roots in conflicts of interests. When an attorney has a conflict that rises to a certain level, he or she is disqualified from representing a certain party in litigation. Though ethics rules substantially overlap with disqualification standards, those standards do not follow traditional conflicts analysis in every detail. Indeed, the relationship between conflicts of interest (and related confidentiality concerns) and disqualification is highly nuanced, varying depending on facts of each case. There are also substantial issues in the context of joint representations, including whether the disqualification of one attorney necessarily disqualifies co-counsel. This program will provide you with a practical guide to attorney ethics rules and their relationship to disqualification in litigation. Attorney ethics, conflicts of interest, and disqualification standards How ethics rules and disqualification standards overlap and vary from each other Ethics standards and tests for obtaining – or defending against disqualification Joint representations and disqualification – if co-counsel is disqualified, are you? Screening for conflicts of interest and the risk of imputation of conflicts/disqualification to other attorneys Ethical sanctions and their relationship to disqualification Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is of counsel in the Tysons Corners, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, where he advises firm clients on professional responsibility issues and properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. He has served on the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and is a Member of the American Law Institute and a Fellow of the American Bar Foundation. He has written extensively on attorney-client privilege, ethics and other topics, and has spoken at over 2200 CLE programs throughout the U.S. and in several foreign countries. Through links on his website biography, he has made available to the public his summaries of over 1,600 Virginia and ABA legal ethics opinions, organized by topic; a 300 page summary of his two-volume 1,500 page book on the attorney-client privilege and work product doctrine; over 1100 weekly email alerts about privilege and work product cases; and materials for 40 ethics programs on numerous topics, totaling over 9,000 pages of analysis. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/15/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

LIVE REPLAY: Ethics of Beginning and Ending Client Relationships

$85.00

Instructor(s): Elizabeth Treubert Simon

LIVE REPLAY: Ethics of Beginning and Ending Client Relationships Substantial ethics issues flow from the moment an attorney-client relationship is formed, whether it is formed intentionally or through inadvertence. Determining when a relationship commences and the scope of the representation has dramatic implications for issues related to confidentiality, conflicts of interest, the attorney-client privilege and more. Ending an engagement is nearly as complicated. When are you allowed to end an engagement? And how must you go about it without prejudicing a client’s interest in a transaction or in litigation? This program will you provide a real-world guide the ethical issues of beginning and ending an attorney client relationship. Determining when and how a relationship starts – including through inadvertence Email and technology issues – how unsolicited communications may trigger ethical obligations Joint representation issues – unsorting the confidentiality and privilege issues End a relationship – when are you allowed to end an engagement? How do you do it ethically? Circumstances when you might be required to end a relationship Speaker: Elizabeth Treubert Simon is an ethics attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, where she advises on a wide range of ethics and compliance-related matters to support Akin Gump’s offices worldwide. Previously, her practice focused on business and commercial litigation and providing counsel to clients regarding professional ethics and attorney disciplinary procedures. She is a member of the New York State Bar Association Committee on Professional Discipline and the District of Columbia Rules of Professional Conduct Rules Review Committee. She is the immediate past chair of the District of Columbia Legal Ethics Committee. She writes and speaks extensively on attorney ethics issues. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

Webcast
Format
60
Min.
12/30/25
Presented
DETAILS

LIVE REPLAY: Lawyer Ethics and Email

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

LIVE REPLAY: Lawyer Ethics and Email Email has become essential to law practice. Communications with clients and colleagues is practically impossible – and absolutely inefficient – without email. But the ubiquity of email may obscure many important ethical issues that arise when it is used in law practice, including issues related to confidentiality, metadata, and the attorney-client privilege. These and other substantial ethical questions will be discussed in this practical guide to the ethical issues when lawyers use email in their practices. Beginning an attorney relationship via email – intentionally and inadvertently Security and confidentiality when email is exchanged in the Cloud Inadvertently sent email and metadata embedded in email Discarding/deleting email and working with outside vendors Ex parte communications with represented adversaries Attorney-client privilege issues Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750-page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

Webcast
Format
60
Min.
2/27/27
Presented
DETAILS

LIVE REPLAY: Service Level Agreements in Technology Contracting

$85.00

Instructor(s): Peter J. Kinsella

Service Level Agreements in Technology Contracting In a world where every client depends on IT functions – web site hosting, e-commerce, telecom, storing files remotely in the Cloud, or on locally leased servers, e-mail and much more – and when most of these functions are outsourced or provided by vendors, Service Level Agreements (SLAs) are of paramount importance. SLAs set benchmarks for these services – what uptime is expected and for how long, what happens when something goes down, how is service measured and reported? The operation of every business and every law firm rests on the answer to these questions. This program will provide you a practical guide to reviewing, drafting and negotiating SLAs for client IT functions. Purpose of SLAs – ensuring clients get benefit of bargain, incentivizing providers Types of services – locally installed v. the Cloud Service availability – uptime, guarantees, exclusions Service performance – minimum v. expected service, resolution time v. resolution goals Special considerations when drafting for the Cloud Common failures, damages, and remedies Speaker: Peter J. Kinsella is a partner in the Denver office of Perkins Coie, LLP, where he has an extensive technology law practice focusing on advising start-up, emerging and large companies on technology-related commercial and intellectual property transaction matters. Prior to joining his firm, he worked for ten years in various legal capacities with Qwest Communications International, Inc. and Honeywell, Inc. Mr. Kinsella has extensive experience structuring and negotiating data sharing agreements, complex procurement agreements, product distribution agreements, OEM agreements, marketing and advertising agreements, corporate sponsorship agreements, and various types of patent, trademark and copyright licenses. Mr. Kinsella received his B.S. from North Dakota State University and his J.D. from the University of Minnesota Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

Webcast
Format
60
Min.
7/15/25
Presented
DETAILS

LLC, Partnership and Pass-Through Mergers, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Paul Kaplun

LLC, Partnership and Pass-Through Mergers, Part 1 As LLCs and other pass-through entities have become the default choices of entity in most business, commercial, and real estate transactions, many mergers or asset sales now involve two or more pass-through entities. The familiar principles that apply to corporate mergers or asset sales do not translate to pass-through transactions. Rather, combinations of LLCs, limited partnerships, partnerships, and even S corporations are governed by a nonintuitive jumble of rules that treat the transaction one way for business law purposes and quite another for tax purposes. Indeed, for income tax purposes, transactions following a variety of patterns are “deemed” to consist of a series of property contributions and distributions and taxed accordingly. Planning for both aspects is a very complex challenge. This program provides you with a practical guide to planning both the business law and tax law aspects of merging pass-through entities. Day 1 • Framework of nontax and tax law for combining pass-through entities, partnerships, LLCs, limited partnerships, and S corporations• How transactions are treated for state law purposes vs. tax law purposes• Tradeoffs between assets vs. membership interests/S corporation stock deals• Nontax benefits of “entity” deals—contract assignments, licensing and registration transfers• Successor liability issues in “asset” deals and how to mitigate risk• Special considerations involving S corporation mergers—triggering hidden taxes, losing S corporation eligibility, structuring restrictions• Benefits of treating stock transactions as asset sales under IRC 338(h)(10) Day 2 • Structural alternatives for combining LLCs and partnerships• Special tax issues for mergers involving LLCs and partnerships, including entity- and member-level treatment• Treatment of distribution, voting, and other rights when membership interests/S corporation stock are transferred• Due diligence considerations of merging pass-through entities• State and local sales tax issues on transfer of assets in the merger• Incentive compensation issues Speaker: Paul Kaplan is a partner in the Washington, D.C., office of Venable LLP, where he has an extensive corporate and business planning practice and provides advisory services to emerging growth companies and entrepreneurs in a variety of industries. He is a former Adjunct Professor of Law at Georgetown University Law Center, where he taught business planning. Before entering private practice, he was a Certified Public Accountant with a national accounting firm, specializing in corporate and individual income tax planning and compliance. Norman Lencz is a partner in the Baltimore office of Venable LLP, where his practice focuses on a broad range of federal, state, local, and international tax matters. He advises clients on tax issues relating to corporations, partnerships, LLCs, joint ventures, and real estate transactions. He also has extensive experience with compensation planning in closely held businesses. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
3/26/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

LLC, Partnership and Pass-Through Mergers, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Paul Kaplun

LLC, Partnership and Pass-Through Mergers, Part 2 As LLCs and other pass-through entities have become the default choices of entity in most business, commercial, and real estate transactions, many mergers or asset sales now involve two or more pass-through entities. The familiar principles that apply to corporate mergers or asset sales do not translate to pass-through transactions. Rather, combinations of LLCs, limited partnerships, partnerships, and even S corporations are governed by a nonintuitive jumble of rules that treat the transaction one way for business law purposes and quite another for tax purposes. Indeed, for income tax purposes, transactions following a variety of patterns are “deemed” to consist of a series of property contributions and distributions and taxed accordingly. Planning for both aspects is a very complex challenge. This program provides you with a practical guide to planning both the business law and tax law aspects of merging pass-through entities. Day 1 • Framework of nontax and tax law for combining pass-through entities, partnerships, LLCs, limited partnerships, and S corporations• How transactions are treated for state law purposes vs. tax law purposes• Tradeoffs between assets vs. membership interests/S corporation stock deals• Nontax benefits of “entity” deals—contract assignments, licensing and registration transfers• Successor liability issues in “asset” deals and how to mitigate risk• Special considerations involving S corporation mergers—triggering hidden taxes, losing S corporation eligibility, structuring restrictions• Benefits of treating stock transactions as asset sales under IRC 338(h)(10) Day 2 • Structural alternatives for combining LLCs and partnerships• Special tax issues for mergers involving LLCs and partnerships, including entity- and member-level treatment• Treatment of distribution, voting, and other rights when membership interests/S corporation stock are transferred• Due diligence considerations of merging pass-through entities• State and local sales tax issues on transfer of assets in the merger• Incentive compensation issues Speaker: Paul Kaplan is a partner in the Washington, D.C., office of Venable LLP, where he has an extensive corporate and business planning practice and provides advisory services to emerging growth companies and entrepreneurs in a variety of industries. He is a former Adjunct Professor of Law at Georgetown University Law Center, where he taught business planning. Before entering private practice, he was a Certified Public Accountant with a national accounting firm, specializing in corporate and individual income tax planning and compliance. Norman Lencz is a partner in the Baltimore office of Venable LLP, where his practice focuses on a broad range of federal, state, local, and international tax matters. He advises clients on tax issues relating to corporations, partnerships, LLCs, joint ventures, and real estate transactions. He also has extensive experience with compensation planning in closely held businesses. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
3/27/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

LLC/Partnerships Interests: Collateral, Pledges, and Security Interests

$85.00

Instructor(s): Steven O. Weise

LLC/Partnerships Interests: Collateral, Pledges, and Security Interests LLC members, partners and S Corp shareholders frequently pledge their ownership stakes as collateral to fund their businesses or for personal purposes. Taking and perfecting a security interest in an ownership stake involves a complex set of choices and processes under UCC Article 9 and Article 8, federal securities law and organizational law, each implying risk and limitations on the secured party. This program will provide you with a practical guide to taking and perfecting a security interest in a partnership, LLC or S Corp ownership stake, the practical remedies and choices available to secured parties on foreclosure, how to circumvent certain restrictions, and the impact of non-UCC law on taking a security interest. How to take a security interest in partnership, LLC or S Corp ownership stake Relationship of Article 9 and Article 8, defining security interests in securities and investment properties Methods and mistakes in perfecting the security interest Restrictions on assignment and methods to circumvent Rights of secured parties, including the right buy, and foreclose strategies and traps Securities law and non-UCC legal issues Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property. He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities. Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee. Mr. Weise received his B.A. from Yale University and his J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
8/21/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

MAC Clauses in Business Transactions

$85.00

Instructor(s): Steven O. Weise

MAC Clauses in Business Transactions Material Adverse Change (MAC) clauses are common in most businesstransactions. These clauses allocate among the parties the risk of a MAC occurring between the execution of transactional documents and closing the underlying transaction. Sellers want certainty that a sale or other transaction will close and argue that the MAC clause should be very narrowly drafted. Buyers want maximum flexibility and will argue that anything that makes the transaction unattractive should constitute a MAC. Between those two opposing views are a host of narrow and technical but important details that need to be negotiated, details which will determine whether the transaction is successfully closed, efficiently and cost-effectively terminated, or devolves into dispute and litigation. This program will provide you with a practical guide using and drafting MAC clauses in transactions. Drafting “Material Adverse Change” provisions and carve-outs Forms of MACs – closing conditions or representations? Practical process of “proving” a MAC occurred, including burden of proof What happens to the transaction if a MAC occurred? Spotting red flags when drafting MAC clauses and best practices to reduce the risk Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property. He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities. Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/26/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Medical and Dental Office Leases

$85.00

Instructor(s): John S. Hollyfield

Medical and Dental Office Leases Leased Medical office space is now larger than industrial and nearly as large as retail leasing. These encompass primary medical and dental care practice, specialized surgical hospitals, long-term acute care facilities, community clinics, and health and wellness facilities. All of these come with special leasing issues, including the creation and disposal of medical or hazardous waste, the installation of specialized equipment, additional regulatory compliance requirements associated with health care, and even patient privacy issues. This program will provide you with a practical guide to special issues in drafting for medical and dental office space. Types of medical properties and how leasing issues differ for each Medical offices in space not specifically designed for medical services Generation and disposal and medical and hazardous waste Accessibility issues and compliance with medical care regulations Landlord right of entry/patient privacy issues Installation of special medical/dental equipment and waiver of liens Special electricity needs and continuity of service Speakers: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP. He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice. He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute. He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law. He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont. He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
9/11/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Modern Times in Indian Country - 2024 Annual Meeting

$50.00

Instructor(s): Victoria Holland

Modern Times in Indian Country Filmed at the 2024 OBA Annual Meeting Victoria Holland Victoria Holland primarily focuses on Tribal law. Prior to attending law school at the University of Oklahoma, Ms. Holland worked for her Tribe, the United Keetoowah Band of Cherokee Indians. It was there that she discovered her passion for helping Tribes and their citizens. Her practice includes working on Tribal and non-Tribal business development, prosecutions on behalf of Tribal governments, contract review and negotiation, code drafting, and some litigation matters. Ms. Holland is admitted to practice in the Eastern and Western Federal District Courts of Oklahoma, Oklahoma Courts, and various Tribal courts. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
50
Min.
8/5/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Navigating the New Landscape: Loper’s Impact on Chevron Deference and the Future of Administrative Law

$75.00 **

Instructor(s): Kieran D. Maye, Jr.

Navigating the New Landscape: Loper’s Impact on Chevron Deference and the Future of Administrative Law Dicounted price for GALPS members: $65 (automatically applied at checkout) This continuing legal education course offers an analysis of the Loper decision and it’s impacts on the Chevron deference doctrine. Chevron has long been a cornerstone in administrative law, guiding how courts defer to administrative agencies' interpretations of statutes they administer. However, the Supreme Court's recent ruling has altered this landscape, introducing new challenges and opportunities for legal practitioners. SPEAKER: Kieran D. Maye, Jr. Kieran D. Maye, Jr. is the founding member of the Maye Law Firm in Edmond Oklahoma. Mr. Maye has authored many articles published in the Oklahoma Bar Association Journal, the Oklahoma City University Law Review and the Oklahoma County Bar Association Briefcase. His writings usually discuss recent rulings or issues before the United States Supreme Court and the Rules of Evidence. Since 2003, Mr. Maye has been an Adjunct Professor of Law at Oklahoma City University College of Law where he has taught Professional Responsibility, Evidence, Texas Civil Procedure, Federal Jurisdiction, Commercial Paper, and Current Topics in Constitutional Law. Since 2008, Mr. Maye has been a featured presenter at the Oklahoma Judicial Conference. This meeting is an assembly of the entire Oklahoma Judiciary. Mr. Maye’s annual presentation summarizes the significant cases decided by the United States Supreme Court during the prior term and looks at the cases to be decided by the Supreme Court during the next term. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
67
Min.
10/14/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Never Enough: Parking Issues in Commercial Leases

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata

Never Enough: Parking Issues in Commercial Leases The right of tenants – and their employees and customers – to park can be one of the most important elements of office and retail leases. Physical space is often sparse and expensive, making parking spots even more dear. Tenants want absolute rights to parking and to ensure attendant services – e.g., snow removal, maintenance, etc. – while landlords want maximum flexibility, including the right to reclaim spots. This program will provide you with a practical guide to spotting parking issues in commercial leases, and negotiating effective rights for your clients. Demised spaces v. rights to park Types of rights to park – general rights v. exclusive rights Issues for lots v. parking garages Duties to patrol employee use of parking spots Economic issues for landlords and tenants, including CAM Parking as zoning issue – ratio of office/retail space to parking spots Reclamation of parking spots by landlord for later development Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use. He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
8/30/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Non-Disclosure Agreements: Key Provisions, Tradeoffs, and Enforceability

$85.00

Instructor(s): Shannon M. Bell

Non-Disclosure Agreements: Key Provisions, Tradeoffs, and Enforceability Many business transactions, employment agreements, and litigation settlement agreements rest on the bedrock of the parties agreeing to keep confidential the terms of the underlying agreement. These agreements, sometimes considered extended exercises in boilerplate, are more properly a complex array of terms defining what’s confidential, what’s not, what constitutes a breach, and how long confidentiality must be maintained. As importantly, these agreements are not self-executing. How a contractual breach is redressed – damages and injunctive relief – must also be carefully considered to enhance practical enforceability. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements in a range of settings to enhance effectiveness and enforceability. Framework of law governing enforceability Defining the scope of confidential information – and what’s not confidential Key terms – persons covered, duration of confidentiality, forms of breach, damages Practical enforceability – what can be done at the drafting stage? Common traps that lead to unenforceability Speakers: Shannon M. Bell is a partner with Kelly & Walker, LLC, where she litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues. Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen. She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and officer liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivative actions. She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
5/1/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Offices Leases: Current Trends & Most Highly Negotiated Provisions

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata

Offices Leases: Current Trends & Most Highly Negotiated Provisions Leases for office space have their own logic, economics, and traps. Next to customary issues of the allocation and payment of operating expenses, there are issues of building services, including access to high-speed data and telecommunication networks. Many tenants are also motivated by energy efficiency and the environmental sustainability of their space. If the space is occupied by medical or dental practice, the landlord needs to be concerned about waste disposal and other environmental issues. Throughout an office lease there are traps for the unwary. This program will provide you a detailed guide to reviewing and drafting office leases, including building services, operating expenses, and expanding or contracting space. Economics of office leases – and protecting landlord margins Building services – telecom and data bandwidth issues Operating expenses – taxes, insurance, fees and penalties Special issues for medical and dental practices Make-ups and give-backs – strategies for tenants and practical responses of landlords Assignment and subletting – consent of landlord, other issues Liability issues – insurance and indemnity, waiver of subrogation, waiver of right to sue Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use. He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/12/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Ownership of Ideas on the Job

$85.00

Instructor(s): Elen Wetzel & Angela Morrison

Ownership of Ideas on the Job Ownership of “ideas” – tangible inventions, “know-how” or processes, or other tangible or intangible property – is often an area of substantial dispute between the creator/inventor and his or her employer. Though it seems axiomatic the creator owns invention, if the invention – often very valuable property – is created on the job or using employer resources, the employer has a substantial claim to ownership. Indeed, the employee may have been hired for the purpose of creating intellectual property essential to the employer’s success. Putting in place policies and procedures to ensure employers have clear title to this type of property is essential to avoid protracted, costly, and potentially ruinous litigation. This program will provide you with a practical guide to ownership of intellectual property created on the job. Ownership of ideas, information, know-how and other property created on the job by employees Impact of scope of an employee’s duties on ownership of property created on the job Role of adequate compensation in protecting employer property How some property created on the job is an employee’s – not the employer’s – even if in scope of duties Essential agreements, policies, and practices to preserve employer property What to do if asserts ownership to property created on the job Speakers: Elen Wetzel is partner in the Seattle office of Dorsey & Whitney, LLP, where her practice focuses on patent preparation and prosecution, opinions, and counseling of clients across a variety of industries including energy, manufacturing, transportation, electronics, and e-commerce. As part of her practice, she regularly conducts invention disclosure meetings and prepares patent applications and formal correspondence with the patent office for a variety of clients. Prior to private practice, she served in an in-house role at a larger aerospace manufacturer. By training, she is an aerospace engineer. Angela Morrison is a partner in the Denver office of Dorsey & Whitney, LLP, where she helps clients gain, manage, and leverage intellectual property assets in the United States and internationally. She regularly assists clients in the biotechnology, pharmaceutical, chemical, and agricultural industries. Her background is in cellular and molecular biology, including graduate work that focused on post-transcriptional modification of RNA and its effect on gene expression. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
3/21/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Panel on Professionalism and Civility - 2023 OBA Annual Meeting

$49.00

Instructor(s): Judge Anthony Bonner, Judge Sheila D. Stinson, and John W. Coyle III

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Bar Association Annual Meeting. PANEL MEMBERS: Judge Anthony Bonner, District Judge, Oklahoma County Judge Sheila D. Stinson, District Judge, Oklahoma County John W. Coyle III, Coyle Law Firm Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
53
Min.
11/12/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Percentage Rent Leases in Commercial Real Estate

$85.00

Instructor(s): John S. Hollyfield, Richard R. Goldberg

Percentage Rent Leases in Commercial Real Estate Percentage rent is used in retail leases where the landlord has bargaining power to demand a share of the tenant’s economic gains. Demand for retail space may be high or a landlord’s specific location may be particularly attractive such that the tenant is willing to pay not only a fixed amount of rent but a share of its gross revenue. These types of leases require a sophisticated understanding of the underlying economics of tenant’s business. These leases also require very careful drafting. How is gross revenue defined? Is there a minimum amount or a maximum amount? How are these numbers verified? And what are all the related protections for the landlord or the tenant? This program will provide you with a practical guide to negotiating and drafting percentage leases. Circumstances where percentage rent is commonly seen Economics of percentage rent – landlord and tenant perspectives Defining key terms – “gross sales,” exclusions, percent of rent Determining thresholds – minimum rent, sliding scales Financial reporting and audit rights Important related provisions – non-competition, continuous use, payment terms Speakers: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP. He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice. He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute. He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law. He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont. He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law. Richard R. Goldberg is a retired partner, resident in the Philadelphia office of Ballard Spahr, LLP, where he established an extensive real estate practice, including development, financing, leasing, and acquisition. Earlier in his career, he served as vice president and associate general counsel of The Rouse Company for 23 years. He is past president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, past chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute, and past chair of the International Council of Shopping Centers Law Conference. Mr. Goldberg is currently a Fellow of the American College of Mortgage Attorneys and is a member of the American Law Institute. Mr. Goldberg received his B.A. from Pennsylvania State University and his LL.B. from the University of Maryland School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
7/12/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Piercing the Entity Veil: Individual Liability for Business Acts

$85.00

Instructor(s): Allen Sparkman

Piercing the Entity Veil: Individual Liability for Business Acts One of the bedrock principles of business law is limited liability. The individual owners of an entity – shareholders of a corporation or members of a limited liability company – cannot be held personally liable for the debts or liabilities of the entity. But the doctrine is not absolute. There are many common law fact patterns that allow courts to pierce the entity veil – co-mingling of funds, using an entity as an alter ego, among others – and reach an individual person’s assets. There are also several sources of statutory authority allowing veil piercing. This program will provide you with a practical guide to common law, equitable, and statutory theories of piercing entity veils. Statutory and equitable principles to pierce the entity veil Fact pattern justifying piercing limited liability to reach an owner’s personal assets Statutory sources permitting breaching the entity veil Application of veil piercing to non-corporate entities Liability for improper distributions Piercing for withheld income and employment taxes, and sales/use taxes Speakers: Allen Sparkman is a partner in the Houston and Denver offices of Sparkman Foote, LLP. He has practiced law for over forty years in the areas of estate, tax, business, insurance, asset protection, and charitable giving. He has written and lectured extensively on choice-of-entity, charitable giving and estate planning topics. He is the Colorado reporter for the books "State Limited Partnership Laws" and "State Limited Liability Company Laws," both published by Aspen Law & Business. He has also served as president of the Rocky Mountain Estate Planning Council. Mr. Sparkman received his A.B. with honors from Princeton University and his J.D. with high honors from the University of Texas School of Law Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/12/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Planning Strategies for Domestic Self-Settled Trusts

$85.00

Instructor(s): Jonathan E. Gopman

Planning Strategies for Domestic Self-Settled Trusts In recent years, many states have begun to allow self-settled spendthrift trusts. These new trusts allow the settlor to obtain the benefits of offshore asset protection trusts without the complexity, cost, and byzantine application of foreign law. A settlor can shield assets from his or her creditors or tort claimants, remove those assets from his or her gross estate, and obtain other tax and non-tax benefits.Though more accessible than offshore trusts, domestic asset protection trusts still come with risk. This program will provide you with a practical guide to using self-settled spendthrift trusts and drafting their instruments. What are domestic asset protection trusts? When are they best used and what are the risks? What states allow these trusts and subject to what limits? How do domestic trusts and offshore trust compare? What are the tax benefits and risks of thee trusts? Speakers: Jonathan E. Gopman is a partner with Akerman, LLP in Naples, Florida and chair of the firm’s trust and estate group. His practice focuses on sophisticated wealth accumulation and preservation planning strategies for entrepreneurs. He is a Fellow of the American College of Tax Counsel and co-author of the revised version of the BNA Tax Management Portfolio “Estate Tax Payments and Liabilities.” He is also a commentator on asset protection planning matters for Leimberg Information Services, Inc., a member of the legal advisory board of Commonwealth Trust Company in Wilmington, Delaware, and a member of the Society of Trust and Estate Practitioners. Mr. Gopman received his B.A. from the University of South Florida, his J.D. from Florida State University College of Law, and his LL.M. from the University of Miami. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/13/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Planning with Single Member LLCs, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Paul Kaplun & Elizabeth Fialkowski Stieff

Planning with Single Member LLCs, Part 1 Single Member LLCs are among the most flexible vehicles in business and real estate transactions. Creatures of state law, they are “nothing” for federal income tax purposes. They can be used to minimize tax and liability with maximum organizational flexibility. They may be used in conjunction with S Corps and general partnerships in business and real estate transactions. But there are also substantial limits and traps. Among the traps is that their limited liability can be pierced more easily through equitable doctrines to personal liability. There are also many potential tax traps. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to organizing and using Single Member LLCs in transactions. Day 1: Classification of LLCs for income tax purposes – what does “nothing” mean? Formation and organizational issues – how they differ from multi-member LLCs Relationship to S Corps – as owners, as subsidiaries, as Single Member LLCs themselves Single Member LLCs as charities or as property of charities – and gifting issues Merger and acquisition issues involving Single Member LLCs Series LLCs as an alternative to commonly owned Single Member LLCs Day 2: Changes in tax classification of Single Member LLCs Single Member LLCs and general partnerships – which may own which? Piercing the veil of a Single Member LLC Compensation issues and traps Use of charging orders against Single Member LLC distributions Use of SMLCCs in real estate transactions, including Like-Kind Exchanges State tax and excise tax overview SPEAKERS: Paul Kaplun is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP where he has an extensive corporate and business planning practice, and provides advisory services to emerging growth companies and entrepreneurs in a variety of industries. He formerly served as an Adjunct Professor of Law at Georgetown University Law Center, where he taught business planning. Before entering private practice, he was a Certified Public Accountant with a national accounting firm, specializing in corporate and individual income tax planning and compliance. Mr. Kaplun received his B.S.B.A., magna cum laude, from Georgetown University and J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center. Elizabeth Fialkowski Stieff is an attorney in the Baltimore, Maryland office of Venable, LLP, where her practice focuses on corporate advisory matters, including mergers, acquisitions, and joint ventures, as well as tax controversies. Prior to joining Venable, she was an associate in corporate and securities practice at a national law firm, where she advised clients on a variety of federal and state tax issues. Before entering private practice, she served as a judicial clerk to Judge L. Paige Marvel of the United States Tax Court. Ms. Stieff earned her B.A. from John Hopkins University and her J.D. and LL.M. from Georgetown University Law Center. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/2/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Planning with Single Member LLCs, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Paul Kaplun & Elizabeth Fialkowski Stieff

Planning with Single Member LLCs, Part 2 Single Member LLCs are among the most flexible vehicles in business and real estate transactions. Creatures of state law, they are “nothing” for federal income tax purposes. They can be used to minimize tax and liability with maximum organizational flexibility. They may be used in conjunction with S Corps and general partnerships in business and real estate transactions. But there are also substantial limits and traps. Among the traps is that their limited liability can be pierced more easily through equitable doctrines to personal liability. There are also many potential tax traps. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to organizing and using Single Member LLCs in transactions. Day 1: Classification of LLCs for income tax purposes – what does “nothing” mean? Formation and organizational issues – how they differ from multi-member LLCs Relationship to S Corps – as owners, as subsidiaries, as Single Member LLCs themselves Single Member LLCs as charities or as property of charities – and gifting issues Merger and acquisition issues involving Single Member LLCs Series LLCs as an alternative to commonly owned Single Member LLCs Day 2: Changes in tax classification of Single Member LLCs Single Member LLCs and general partnerships – which may own which? Piercing the veil of a Single Member LLC Compensation issues and traps Use of charging orders against Single Member LLC distributions Use of SMLCCs in real estate transactions, including Like-Kind Exchanges State tax and excise tax overview SPEAKERS: Paul Kaplun is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP where he has an extensive corporate and business planning practice, and provides advisory services to emerging growth companies and entrepreneurs in a variety of industries. He formerly served as an Adjunct Professor of Law at Georgetown University Law Center, where he taught business planning. Before entering private practice, he was a Certified Public Accountant with a national accounting firm, specializing in corporate and individual income tax planning and compliance. Mr. Kaplun received his B.S.B.A., magna cum laude, from Georgetown University and J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center. Elizabeth Fialkowski Stieff is an attorney in the Baltimore, Maryland office of Venable, LLP, where her practice focuses on corporate advisory matters, including mergers, acquisitions, and joint ventures, as well as tax controversies. Prior to joining Venable, she was an associate in corporate and securities practice at a national law firm, where she advised clients on a variety of federal and state tax issues. Before entering private practice, she served as a judicial clerk to Judge L. Paige Marvel of the United States Tax Court. Ms. Stieff earned her B.A. from John Hopkins University and her J.D. and LL.M. from Georgetown University Law Center. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/3/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Practical Lessons in Diversity, Equity & Inclusion in Law Practice

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata

Practical Lessons in Diversity, Equity & Inclusion in Law Practice This program will provide you with a practical guide to diversity, inclusion, and equity in law firms and in clients. The program will discuss the value of diversity and inclusion, including how it fosters collegiality, greater client value, and organizational and personal growth. The panel will look at real world case studies of what types of diversity training work and help law firms – and also review those types of training that do not work. The program cover best practices not only for law firms but also for advising clients on developing diversity, inclusion, and equity training and practices. Types of diversity – internal, external, organizational, and worldview Racial and ethnic, generational and age, gender, socio-economic diversity Training to raise awareness of unconscious bias v. promoting allyship and inclusivity What types of diversity training work – and what types do not work? Best practices in helping law firms and their clients grow in diversity, inclusion and equity Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use. He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/23/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Private Placement Agreements, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): S. Lee Terry

Private Placement Agreements, Part 1 Dive into the complexities of private placement agreements in this two-part series designed to provide a comprehensive understanding of their structure, legal requirements, and practical applications. This program covers the essential elements of drafting, negotiating, and ensuring compliance with securities regulations, with a focus on current trends and common pitfalls. Attendees will gain valuable strategies for advising clients, mitigating risks, and structuring agreements tailored to unique business needs. Whether you're new to securities law or a seasoned practitioner, this series offers insights to strengthen your practice. Part 1: An overview of private placement agreements: critical elements and their importance. Regulatory compliance essentials under federal and state securities laws. Best practices for identifying and advising on exemptions from registration under Regulation D. The role of offering memorandums and disclosure obligations in private placements. Part 2: Key negotiation strategies for private placement agreements, focusing on investor protections. Common pitfalls in private placement transactions and strategies to address them. Enforcement risks, including SEC scrutiny and how to avoid compliance missteps. Real-world case studies of successful and problematic private placement agreements. Speakers: S. Lee Terry is a partner in the Denver office of Davis, Graham & Stubbs, LLP, where he has a broad corporate and securities practice. He advises clients on mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, partnership agreements, licensing and other technology related contracts. He has an active practice advising private companies, ranging from capital raising and major transactions to dispute resolution and investigations. He also has an extensive securities law practice, including various types of capital raising transactions. Earlier in his career, he worked in the Office of General Counsel of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
3/3/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Private Placement Agreements, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): S. Lee Terry

Private Placement Agreements, Part 2 Dive into the complexities of private placement agreements in this two-part series designed to provide a comprehensive understanding of their structure, legal requirements, and practical applications. This program covers the essential elements of drafting, negotiating, and ensuring compliance with securities regulations, with a focus on current trends and common pitfalls. Attendees will gain valuable strategies for advising clients, mitigating risks, and structuring agreements tailored to unique business needs. Whether you're new to securities law or a seasoned practitioner, this series offers insights to strengthen your practice. Part 1: An overview of private placement agreements: critical elements and their importance. Regulatory compliance essentials under federal and state securities laws. Best practices for identifying and advising on exemptions from registration under Regulation D. The role of offering memorandums and disclosure obligations in private placements. Part 2: Key negotiation strategies for private placement agreements, focusing on investor protections. Common pitfalls in private placement transactions and strategies to address them. Enforcement risks, including SEC scrutiny and how to avoid compliance missteps. Real-world case studies of successful and problematic private placement agreements. Speakers: S. Lee Terry is a partner in the Denver office of Davis, Graham & Stubbs, LLP, where he has a broad corporate and securities practice. He advises clients on mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, partnership agreements, licensing and other technology related contracts. He has an active practice advising private companies, ranging from capital raising and major transactions to dispute resolution and investigations. He also has an extensive securities law practice, including various types of capital raising transactions. Earlier in his career, he worked in the Office of General Counsel of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
3/4/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Private Placements: Raising Capital from Investors, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): S. Lee Terry

Private Placements: Raising Capital from Investors, Part 2 Closely held companies raise capital through private placements, an offering of stock or other securities to private investors. Offerings of every size must comply with a dense set of federal securities regulation that require the offering of securities to be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission or qualify for an exemption from registration, mostly commonly Regulation D. Failure to understand the regulatory framework and draft private placement documents exposes the offering company to substantial financial liability. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning private placements, drafting the operative agreements, and understanding the regulatory framework governing them. Day 1: How private placements are used as a practical matter in capital raises Understanding the securities law and regulatory framework of private placements Reliance on Reg. D safe harbor to avoid registration – amounts raised, accredited investor, timeframes, non-solicitation Understanding exempt securities v. exempt offerings Day 2: Practical guidance on drafting subscription agreements Understanding disclosures in offering documents and liability for issuer of securities Special issues for small private placements Crowdfunding as a capital raising tool Speaker: S. Lee Terry is a partner in the Denver office of Davis, Graham & Stubbs, LLP, where he has a broad corporate and securities practice. He advises clients on mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, partnership agreements, licensing and other technology related contracts. He has an active practice advising private companies, ranging from capital raising and major transactions to dispute resolution and investigations. He also has an extensive securities law practice, including various types of capital raising transactions. Earlier in his career, he worked in the Office of General Counsel of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/25/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Professionalism for the Ethical Lawyer

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

Professionalism for the Ethical Lawyer Ethics rules, the principles of professionalism, and sanctionable conduct are interrelated. Lawyers have a duty to zealously represent their clients, but they do not have a duty to engage in offensive conduct that may be desired by clients. Lawyers have duties of confidentiality and honesty, but those duties do not always require pressing every advantage, such as when the lawyer knows that opposing counsel has made a material drafting error in a transactional document. In these and many other scenarios, ethics rules, professionalism, and potentially sanctionable conduct subtly interact. This program will provide you with a practical guide to professionalism for the ethical lawyer. Interrelationship of ethics rules, professionalism, and sanctions Zealous representation v. needlessly embarrassing an adversary or third-party Reacting to an adversary’s drafting errors in transactional documents Ethics, professionalism, and inadvertent transmission of communications Duty to supervise and train subordinate lawyers and staff, including to ensure courtesy to clients, opposing counsel, and courts Offering candid advice to clients and withdrawal when they demand offensive conduct Avoiding discrimination and bigotry Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the Tysons Corners, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, where he advises firm clients on professional responsibility issues and properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. He has served on the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility, and is a Member of the American Law Institute and a Fellow of the American Bar Foundation. He has written extensively on attorney-client privilege, ethics and other topics, and has spoken at over 1,800 CLE programs throughout the U.S. and in several foreign countries. Through links on his website biography, he has made available to the public his summaries of over 1,600 Virginia and ABA legal ethics opinions, organized by topic; a 300 page summary of his two-volume 1,500 page book on the attorney-client privilege and work product doctrine; over 900 weekly email alerts about privilege and work product cases; and materials for 40 ethics programs on numerous topics, totaling over 9,000 pages of analysis. Mr. Spahn graduated magna cum laude from Yale University and received his J.D. from Yale Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/14/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Protecting Your Clients' Trade Secrets: Masterclass, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): James Pooley

Protecting Your Clients' Trade Secrets: Masterclass, Part 1 This program equips attorneys with the tools to advise clients on safeguarding their trade secrets in an increasingly digital and connected world. The session will cover strategies for protecting sensitive information from departing employees, addressing vulnerabilities in networked systems, and managing risks posed by artificial intelligence. Key topics include drafting enforceable non-compete and confidentiality agreements, implementing robust cybersecurity measures, and understanding AI's role in trade secret misappropriation. By the end of the program, attorneys will have practical strategies to help clients secure their proprietary information against both traditional and emerging threats. Day 1 Drafting and enforcing non-compete, non-disclosure, and confidentiality agreements to safeguard sensitive information. Addressing vulnerabilities in networked systems to prevent unauthorized access and data theft. Understanding the risks posed by artificial intelligence in identifying and exploiting trade secrets. Day 2 Legal remedies for trade secret misappropriation under state, federal, and international laws. Best practices for monitoring and securing proprietary information in the workplace. Guidance on employee training programs to ensure compliance with trade secret policies. Proactive strategies for handling trade secret disputes and minimizing litigation risks. Speaker: James Pooley is Special Counsel in the Menlo Park, California office of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe, LLP, where represents clients as lead counsel and strategic adviser in high stakes patent and trademark disputes. He has broad litigation experience, has served in executive business capacities, and as an international diplomat focused on intellectual property. He was a driving force behind the adoption of the Digital Trade Secrets Act, including when he was invited to testify before the U.S. Senate Judiciary Committee about the then-proposed law. He has served as Deputy Director General of the World Intellectual Property Law Association, president of the American Intellectual Property Law Association, and chair of the National Inventors Hall of Fame. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/22/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Protecting Your Clients' Trade Secrets: Masterclass, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): James Pooley

Protecting Your Clients' Trade Secrets: Masterclass, Part 2 This program equips attorneys with the tools to advise clients on safeguarding their trade secrets in an increasingly digital and connected world. The session will cover strategies for protecting sensitive information from departing employees, addressing vulnerabilities in networked systems, and managing risks posed by artificial intelligence. Key topics include drafting enforceable non-compete and confidentiality agreements, implementing robust cybersecurity measures, and understanding AI's role in trade secret misappropriation. By the end of the program, attorneys will have practical strategies to help clients secure their proprietary information against both traditional and emerging threats. Day 1 Drafting and enforcing non-compete, non-disclosure, and confidentiality agreements to safeguard sensitive information. Addressing vulnerabilities in networked systems to prevent unauthorized access and data theft. Understanding the risks posed by artificial intelligence in identifying and exploiting trade secrets. Day 2 Legal remedies for trade secret misappropriation under state, federal, and international laws. Best practices for monitoring and securing proprietary information in the workplace. Guidance on employee training programs to ensure compliance with trade secret policies. Proactive strategies for handling trade secret disputes and minimizing litigation risks. Speaker: James Pooley is Special Counsel in the Menlo Park, California office of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe, LLP, where represents clients as lead counsel and strategic adviser in high stakes patent and trademark disputes. He has broad litigation experience, has served in executive business capacities, and as an international diplomat focused on intellectual property. He was a driving force behind the adoption of the Digital Trade Secrets Act, including when he was invited to testify before the U.S. Senate Judiciary Committee about the then-proposed law. He has served as Deputy Director General of the World Intellectual Property Law Association, president of the American Intellectual Property Law Association, and chair of the National Inventors Hall of Fame. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/23/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Real Estate Finance: "Back to the Old Normal" Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata

Real Estate Finance: "Back to the Old Normal" Part 1 This program will provide you with a guide to real estate finance. It will cover the practical aspects of structuring debt, equity, and mezzanine finance. Major issues and traps in negotiating first mortgages, including personal guarantees and carve-outs, will be discussed in detail. The program will also cover credit enhancement, leasehold finance, and how financing alternatives have changed in a stronger market. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to major issues in negotiating and drafting real estate finance agreements. Day 1: Major issues of negotiating first mortgages Loan application and bank commitments Role of personal guarantees and negotiating non-recourse carve-outs with lenders Defeasance and prepayment premiums Day 2: Structuring equity in real estate deals Mezzanine financing and drafting issues Leasehold finance Credit enhancement instruments Single purpose entities for finance purposes Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use. He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/15/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Real Estate Finance: "Back to the Old Normal" Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata

Real Estate Finance: "Back to the Old Normal" Part 2 This program will provide you with a guide to real estate finance. It will cover the practical aspects of structuring debt, equity, and mezzanine finance. Major issues and traps in negotiating first mortgages, including personal guarantees and carve-outs, will be discussed in detail. The program will also cover credit enhancement, leasehold finance, and how financing alternatives have changed in a stronger market. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to major issues in negotiating and drafting real estate finance agreements. Day 1: Major issues of negotiating first mortgages Loan application and bank commitments Role of personal guarantees and negotiating non-recourse carve-outs with lenders Defeasance and prepayment premiums Day 2: Structuring equity in real estate deals Mezzanine financing and drafting issues Leasehold finance Credit enhancement instruments Single purpose entities for finance purposes Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use. He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/16/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Real Estate Operating Agreements, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Paul Kaplun

Real Estate Operating Agreements, Part 1 LLC operating agreements may be the most commonly document drafted, reviewed and negotiated by transactional counsel. These documents define the governance, information and liquidation rights of members, allocate economic rewards, sometimes establish restrictions on members or their interests, and can assign or alleviate liability. The tax provisions, too, are highly complex, defining allocations of tax attributes and rights to cash and property distributions. Fiduciary duties may also be modified in a way that is not possible in other types of entities. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting the most important provisions of LLC operating agreements. Day 1: Drafting the most important provisions of LLC operating agreements Planning for different types of capital contributions – capital v. services, current contributions v. future capital calls Management provisions depending on whether the LLC is member-managed v. manger-managed LLCs Fiduciary duties of members, modifications, and the “LLC opportunity doctrine” Restrictions on transfers of capital and profits interests Relationship between tax allocation and property distribution provisions, including IRC Section 704(b) accounting Day 2: Drafting allocation provisions for maximum tax benefit and to secure the safe harbor How “payments to member” (not distributions) are treated for financial v. tax purposes Drafting ordinary distributions, minimum tax distributions, waterfall distributions, liquidating distributions Rights of first refusal, rights of first offer, buy-sell provisions – understanding the alphabet soup of exit alternatives Liquidations of the entity and sale of an individual member’s interests Speaker: Paul Kaplun is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP where he has an extensive corporate and business planning practice, and provides advisory services to emerging growth companies and entrepreneurs in a variety of industries. He formerly served as an Adjunct Professor of Law at Georgetown University Law Center, where he taught business planning. Before entering private practice, he was a Certified Public Accountant with a national accounting firm, specializing in corporate and individual income tax planning and compliance. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/18/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Real Estate Operating Agreements, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Paul Kaplun

Real Estate Operating Agreements, Part 2 LLC operating agreements may be the most commonly document drafted, reviewed and negotiated by transactional counsel. These documents define the governance, information and liquidation rights of members, allocate economic rewards, sometimes establish restrictions on members or their interests, and can assign or alleviate liability. The tax provisions, too, are highly complex, defining allocations of tax attributes and rights to cash and property distributions. Fiduciary duties may also be modified in a way that is not possible in other types of entities. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting the most important provisions of LLC operating agreements. Day 1: Drafting the most important provisions of LLC operating agreements Planning for different types of capital contributions – capital v. services, current contributions v. future capital calls Management provisions depending on whether the LLC is member-managed v. manger-managed LLCs Fiduciary duties of members, modifications, and the “LLC opportunity doctrine” Restrictions on transfers of capital and profits interests Relationship between tax allocation and property distribution provisions, including IRC Section 704(b) accounting Day 2: Drafting allocation provisions for maximum tax benefit and to secure the safe harbor How “payments to member” (not distributions) are treated for financial v. tax purposes Drafting ordinary distributions, minimum tax distributions, waterfall distributions, liquidating distributions Rights of first refusal, rights of first offer, buy-sell provisions – understanding the alphabet soup of exit alternatives Liquidations of the entity and sale of an individual member’s interests Speaker: Paul Kaplun is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP where he has an extensive corporate and business planning practice, and provides advisory services to emerging growth companies and entrepreneurs in a variety of industries. He formerly served as an Adjunct Professor of Law at Georgetown University Law Center, where he taught business planning. Before entering private practice, he was a Certified Public Accountant with a national accounting firm, specializing in corporate and individual income tax planning and compliance. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/19/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Refis in Commercial Real Estate: Strategies For When a Client's Mortgage is Due, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata & John S. Hollyfield

Refis in Commercial Real Estate: Strategies For When a Client's Mortgage is Due, Part 1 When a commercial real estate loan comes due, there are typically three alternatives for clients: refinance the loan, sell the property underlying the mortgage, or restructure the property’s capital structure, perhaps by adding more equity. There are complex tradeoffs with each alternative. Renegotiating a loan extension is time-consuming, even when credit is available. Selling the property, especially in a strong market, may trigger adverse tax consequences. Most murky of all is restructuring the capital structure of project. Is the owner willing to add more equity to the project? This program will provide you with a practical guide to the issues of working with clients when their commercial real estate loans come due. Alternatives when a commercial real estate mortgage comes due Exploration of refinance options in an environment of volatile interest rates Role of preferred equity, mezzanine loans, and second mortgages Alternative of selling into a strong market Counseling clients about refinance in a time of certainty Speakers: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use. He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School. John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

Webcast
Format
60
Min.
6/4/25
Presented
DETAILS

Refis in Commercial Real Estate: Strategies For When a Client's Mortgage is Due, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata & John S. Hollyfield

Refis in Commercial Real Estate: Strategies For When a Client's Mortgage is Due, Part 2 When a commercial real estate loan comes due, there are typically three alternatives for clients: refinance the loan, sell the property underlying the mortgage, or restructure the property’s capital structure, perhaps by adding more equity. There are complex tradeoffs with each alternative. Renegotiating a loan extension is time-consuming, even when credit is available. Selling the property, especially in a strong market, may trigger adverse tax consequences. Most murky of all is restructuring the capital structure of project. Is the owner willing to add more equity to the project? This program will provide you with a practical guide to the issues of working with clients when their commercial real estate loans come due. Alternatives when a commercial real estate mortgage comes due Exploration of refinance options in an environment of volatile interest rates Role of preferred equity, mezzanine loans, and second mortgages Alternative of selling into a strong market Counseling clients about refinance in a time of certainty Speakers: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use. He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School. John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP.He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice.He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute.He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law.He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont.He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

Webcast
Format
60
Min.
6/5/25
Presented
DETAILS

Releasing Employees & Drafting Separation Agreements

$85.00

Instructor(s): Jarrod F. Goldberg

Releasing Employees & Drafting Separation Agreements When an employee leaves a company voluntarily or involuntarily employers often fear the worst. Departing employees may have had access to very important and confidential information of the employer – client/customer lists, vendor information, pricing information. How can it protected? Employees may allege they are due additional salary, bonuses or commissions. Might they sue? There may have been issues involving suspected or alleged harassment or discrimination. What’s the risk of liability? Employees might be disgruntled. Can anything be done to prevent disparagement of the company? Drafting separation agreements are complex and as important as employment agreements. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting employee separation agreements. Salary and benefit issues, severance payments, and payments tied to future performance Identifying points of potential liability in both voluntary and involuntary separations Drafting enforceable waivers of liability – scope, length and payment issues Post-separation commission issues for sales employees Preserving the confidentiality of important business information post-separation Non-disparagement, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions Mediation and other dispute resolution provisions SPEAKER: Jerrold F. Goldberg is a partner in the New York City office of Greenburg Traurig, LLP, where he has more than 35 years’ experience practicing in virtually all aspects of labor and employment. His expertise includes employee leave under federal and state law, traditional labor/union-management issues, employment discrimination, executive employment, severance agreements and wage and hour laws. He represents clients before the EEOC, the FRLB, and federal and state courts. Mr. Goldberg received his B.S. from Cornell University and his J.D. from New York University School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/22/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Reps and Warranties in Business Transactions

$85.00

Instructor(s): C. Ben Huber

Reps and Warranties in Business Transactions Representations and warranties are a marquee feature of virtually every significant transaction. Parties often conduct extensive due diligence but want specific assurances about important facts about which only the company would have the best information. These facts – e.g., the absence of liabilities or the presence of certain authorizations – can be few or great in number, and they vary according to the facts of the transaction. They are essential to most transactions. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to the differences between reps and warranties, the types and their remedies, and drafting. Differences between reps and warranties, and their remedies Relationship between diligence and reps and warranties – and what the law says about how one impacts the other Reps and warranties concerning tangible and intangible property – title, taxes, transfer restrictions Provisions covering revenue projections, financial statements, and customer lists Understanding the limits of reps and warranties – what you can ask for, what you can get Speaker: C. Ben Huber is a partner in the Denver office of Greenburg Traurig, LLP, where he has a broad transactional practice encompassing mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and reorganizations, corporate finance, capital markets, venture funds, commercial transactions and general corporate law. He also has substantial experience as counsel to high tech, biotech and software companies in the development, protection and licensing of intellectual property. His clients include start-up companies, family- and other closely-held businesses, middle market business, Fortune 500 companies, venture funds and institutional investors. Mr. Huber earned his B.A. from the University of Colorado and his J.D. at the University of Colorado Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
9/5/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Responding to Demand Letters: Tone and Substance

$85.00

Instructor(s): William J. Kelly, III

Responding to Demand Letters: Tone and Substance Responding to a demand letter is as tricky as issuing a demanding letter. There are issues of getting the substance right and getting the tone right. How time do you spend researching the law and laying out your case? How much do you disclose about your favorable facts? Is your goal settlement and, if so, how does that impact the tone of your letter? Do you know enough about the letter writer and his or her client to gauge their likely reaction to your response? And when do you respond – right away, by any deadline given, or do you wait? These and many other questions will be addressed in this practical discussion of the tradeoffs of responding to demand letters. Goals – do you want settlement or to make it go away – or are you preparing for litigation? Law – how much do you research and push back? Tone – are you assertive, making counter-demands, or conciliatory? Facts – How much of what you know do you lay out? Timing – responding right away, by a deadline in the demand, or later? Speaker: William J. Kelly, III is a founding member of Kelly Law Partners LLC and has nearly 30 years’ experience in the areas of employment and commercial litigation. In the area of employment law, he litigates trade secret, non-compete, infringement and discrimination claims in federal and state courts nationwide and has advised Fortune 50 companies on workplace policies and practices. In the area of commercial litigation, his experience includes class action litigation, breach of contract and indemnity, mass-claim complex insurance litigation, construction litigation and trade secrets. Earlier in career, he founded 15 Minutes Music, an independent music production company. Mr. Kelly earned his B.A. from Tulane University and his J.D. from St. Louis University School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/10/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Restructuring Real Estate Deals Gone Bad, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata

Restructuring Real Estate Deals Gone Bad, Part 1 When a real estate project goes bad for whatever reason – sales are slow or at prices below projections, leasing is slow, or there are extensive cost-overruns or regulatory delays – developers, investors, lenders, and others are left scrambling to restructure the project and salvage any value or at least limit losses. This often involves restructuring or possibly refinancing a loan. It may also involve additional equity. Another option is selling the project, if possible. These processes can be complicated by the nature of the investors and lenders involved. This program will provide you with a practical guide to restructuring troubled real estate projects. Day 1: Practical strategies for unwinding real estate deals outside of bankruptcy or litigation Negotiating, structuring and drafting the restructuring of failed real estate projects Underlying economics and tradeoffs of real estate restructuring Types of sellers and their impact on restructuring – individual owner, institutional, joint venture, private equity Complications and limitations involving syndicated loans, CMBS loans, and REMICs Navigating seller issues – personal guaranties, ongoing management fees, upside participation, reputation Day 2: Restructuring alternatives, including straight purchases, “Loan to Own,” rescue capital/preferred stock/securities Drafting forbearance and loan modification agreements Receivership of distressed properties and planning to emerge from receivership “Loan to own” strategies and limitations Tax issues, including cancellation of indebtedness and restructuring recourse indebtedness Potential loss of valuable tax attributes and tax planning opportunities Speakers: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.He speaks extensively on real estate topics nationally. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
6/21/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Restructuring Real Estate Deals Gone Bad, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata

Restructuring Real Estate Deals Gone Bad, Part 2 When a real estate project goes bad for whatever reason – sales are slow or at prices below projections, leasing is slow, or there are extensive cost-overruns or regulatory delays – developers, investors, lenders, and others are left scrambling to restructure the project and salvage any value or at least limit losses. This often involves restructuring or possibly refinancing a loan. It may also involve additional equity. Another option is selling the project, if possible. These processes can be complicated by the nature of the investors and lenders involved. This program will provide you with a practical guide to restructuring troubled real estate projects. Day 1: Practical strategies for unwinding real estate deals outside of bankruptcy or litigation Negotiating, structuring and drafting the restructuring of failed real estate projects Underlying economics and tradeoffs of real estate restructuring Types of sellers and their impact on restructuring – individual owner, institutional, joint venture, private equity Complications and limitations involving syndicated loans, CMBS loans, and REMICs Navigating seller issues – personal guaranties, ongoing management fees, upside participation, reputation Day 2: Restructuring alternatives, including straight purchases, “Loan to Own,” rescue capital/preferred stock/securities Drafting forbearance and loan modification agreements Receivership of distressed properties and planning to emerge from receivership “Loan to own” strategies and limitations Tax issues, including cancellation of indebtedness and restructuring recourse indebtedness Potential loss of valuable tax attributes and tax planning opportunities Speakers: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice.He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology.He speaks extensively on real estate topics nationally. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
6/22/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Retail Leases: Restructurings, Subleases, and Insolvency

$85.00

Instructor(s): David C. Camp

Retail Leases: Restructurings, Subleases, and Insolvency Commercial leases are complex financial documents. There are issues of tenant improvement allowances, how that money is spent by tenants to improve the property, and how the landlord recovers that allowance, in the form of rent, over the term of the lease. There are issues of “CAM,” common area maintenance expenses, that are allocated among tenants. There are issues of rent escalators provisions through the term of the lease. There may also be the fundamental issue of whether the lease is triple or double-net or gross, and what that means from lease to lease. All of these essential economic factors play a very important role in drafting commercial leases. This program will provide you with a practical guide to understanding the economics of commercial leases and the drafting issues they raise. Math of Leases: Essential Calculations to Understand Before Drafting Leases How certain financial metrics or calculations can cause substantial drafting errors Underlying economics of commercial lease provisions Rental start dates, lease years, and annual “elevator” clauses Measurement of usable space, load considerations, and re-measurement Intricacies of determining Common Area Maintenance expenses and proportionate shares Determining gross sales for percentage rent purposes Speaker: David C. Camp is a partner in the Denver office of Senn Visciano Canges, PC, where he represents clients in all aspects of real estate transactions. He has extensive experience in leasing, development, construction, financing and ownership issues. He also has substantial experience in commercial finance matters, most frequently corporate and real estate financing, including mezzanine loans, construction loans, and traditional loan matters. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
9/12/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Rights of First Offer, First Refusal in Real Estate

$85.00

Instructor(s): John S. Hollyfield

Rights of First Offer, First Refusal in Real Estate Rights of first refusal and rights of first offer are frequently used in commercial real estate transactions, establishing rights to acquire property from a seller before it hits the market. The practical effect of these tools is often to exert downward pressure on the price of the property and hamper development of a third-party market. Rights of first refusal can help hasten a deal among buyers and sellers or landlords and tenants, thereby reducing costs, or they can be a costly waste of time. There are many subtle differences between rights of first refusal and rights of first offer, each with subtle tradeoffs for counter-parties that must be considered in context of a particular transaction. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting rights of first refusal and rights of first offer in real estate. How rights of first refusal and rights of first offer work in real estate transactions Real-world costs, tradeoffs and risks of each type of right – and drafting tips and traps Best circumstances in which these mechanisms are used in property acquisitions, sales, and leasing How rights of refusal depress prices &limiting third party interest in the property – and how to mitigate Practical strategies for buyers and sellers, landlords and tenants when negotiating these rights SPEAKER: John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP. He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice. He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute. He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law. He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont. He received his B.B.A. from the University of Texas and his LL.B. from the University of Texas School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/9/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Roadmap of Venture Capital and Angel Funding, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Howard Bobrow, Anthony Licata

Roadmap of Venture Capital and Angel Funding, Part 1 Rapidly growing companies often raise capital in “angel” or venture capital transactions. Investors provide capital in exchange for carefully structured equity rights and frequently some form of governance rights. Investors also often provide the company with industry expertise, contacts, and access that may be as valuable as financial capital. These funding transactions can take a startup or more mature company to higher levels of growth. But they are complex transactions that can involve a dozen or more interrelated documents. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the stages and documentation of an angel or venture capital transaction. Day 1: Current state of angel and venture capital markets & trends in deal terms Review of the suite of documents involved in most funding deals Methods of valuation and their impact on successive stages of investment Reviewing or drafting terms sheets – pitfalls and opportunities Angel investing – equity v. debt, common terms, impact on later venture capital funding Day 2: Review of most highly negotiated terms in funding deals Investor protections – information & veto rights, liquidity event rights Liquidation preferences, anti-dilution rights, and dividends Striking the right balance between founders/managers and investors on the board Options pools for founders, managers and employees Speakers: Howard Bobrow is a partner in the Cleveland, Ohio office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he chairs the firm’s venture capital practice. He counsels private equity and venture capital firms, other institutional investors and angel investors on all aspects of acquisitions, dispositions, capital formation and private placements. He regularly represents and advises funds on their organization and formation, the fundraising process, governance matters, investments and compliance with pertinent regulations. Mr. Bobrow earned his B.S. from Miami University and his J.D. from Case Western Reserve University School of Law. Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use. He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
7/9/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Roadmap of Venture Capital and Angel Funding, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Howard Bobrow, Anthony Licata

Roadmap of Venture Capital and Angel Funding, Part 2 Rapidly growing companies often raise capital in “angel” or venture capital transactions. Investors provide capital in exchange for carefully structured equity rights and frequently some form of governance rights. Investors also often provide the company with industry expertise, contacts, and access that may be as valuable as financial capital. These funding transactions can take a startup or more mature company to higher levels of growth. But they are complex transactions that can involve a dozen or more interrelated documents. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the stages and documentation of an angel or venture capital transaction. Day 1: Current state of angel and venture capital markets & trends in deal terms Review of the suite of documents involved in most funding deals Methods of valuation and their impact on successive stages of investment Reviewing or drafting terms sheets – pitfalls and opportunities Angel investing – equity v. debt, common terms, impact on later venture capital funding Day 2: Review of most highly negotiated terms in funding deals Investor protections – information & veto rights, liquidity event rights Liquidation preferences, anti-dilution rights, and dividends Striking the right balance between founders/managers and investors on the board Options pools for founders, managers and employees Speakers: Howard Bobrow is a partner in the Cleveland, Ohio office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he chairs the firm’s venture capital practice. He counsels private equity and venture capital firms, other institutional investors and angel investors on all aspects of acquisitions, dispositions, capital formation and private placements. He regularly represents and advises funds on their organization and formation, the fundraising process, governance matters, investments and compliance with pertinent regulations. Mr. Bobrow earned his B.S. from Miami University and his J.D. from Case Western Reserve University School of Law. Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use. He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
7/10/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Sales Agreements in Business Law: UCC Issues, Traps & Drafting Tips

$85.00

Instructor(s): Christopher Tompkins

Sales Agreements in Business Law: UCC Issues, Traps & Drafting Tips The sale of goods is one of the most common forms of commercial transactions. The sales contracts governing these transactions can be quite complex and they must all comply with the Uniform Commercial Code Article 2. The UCC governs contract formation, express and implied warranties, and outlines forms of breach of contract and types of remedies. Compliance with the code enhances enforceability of the contract and expedites remedies upon breach. However, when its many requirements are overlooked, contracts for sale of goods may be invalid and the underlying transaction void. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting and reviewing contracts for the sale of goods under UCC Article 2. “Battle of forms,” methods of acceptance or rejection, and electronic contracting Delivery, acceptance or rejection of goods by buyer Breaches for failure to deliver, non-conforming product, repudiation, failure to pay Types and measure of damages for breach of contract by seller or buyer Express and implied warranties – fitness for purpose, merchantability, title infringement Disclaimer of warranties and other techniques to limit scope of liability Speaker: Christopher Tompkins is a partner in the Chicago office of Jenner & Block, LLP, where he counsels clients in such areas as breach of contract, the Uniform Commercial Code, equipment leasing, business torts, and intellectual property. He has handled all phases of litigation in state and federal court and before arbitration tribunals, including pre-litigation investigation, motion practice, discovery, working with expert witnesses, trial and appeal.Previously, he served as a legislative intern for the National Council of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws where he worked on legislation related to commercial law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/17/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Sales of Closely Held Companies: Sales and Negotiating Strategies, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Daniel G. Straga

Sales of Closely Held Companies: Sales and Negotiating Strategies, Part 1 There is rarely a liquid market for the sale or exchange of ownership interests in closely-held companies. Buy/sell agreements fix that problem by creating a market among the owners of a company, providing a mechanism for owners to liquidate their interests in a reliable manner. The owners may agree to buy and sell interests among themselves on the occurrence of certain events and using certain valuation metrics, or they may agree that the company itself will redeem an owner’s interest. Without these agreements, there is often no alternative for an owner to cash out, short of liquidating the company. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the different types of buy/sell agreements, drafting the essential provisions of each, and common negotiating and drafting tips. Day 1: Types of buy/sell agreements – cross-purchase among owners, entity redemption, and hybrid approaches Most highly negotiated provisions of buy/sell agreements Triggering events – voluntary sale, retirement, death, bankruptcy of shareholder or member Valuation of interests – appraisals, formula clauses,comps, and dispute resolution Rights of first offer v. rights of first refusal, and sales to third parties Day 2: Funding buy/sell arrangements – payouts/earnouts over time, commercial borrowing, key-man insurance, other funding sources Special issues involving S Corps and unincorporated entities Drag-along and tag-along rights in buy/sell agreements Major tax issues in buy/sell agreements for buyer, seller and the entity Speaker: Daniel G. Straga is counsel in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he counsels companies on a wide variety of corporate and business matters across a range of industries. He advises clients on mergers and acquisitions, capital raising, venture capital, and governance matters. He also have extensive experience in private equity and cross-border transactions. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

Webcast
Format
60
Min.
6/16/25
Presented
DETAILS

Sales of Closely Held Companies: Sales and Negotiating Strategies, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Daniel G. Straga

Sales of Closely Held Companies: Sales and Negotiating Strategies, Part 2 There is rarely a liquid market for the sale or exchange of ownership interests in closely-held companies. Buy/sell agreements fix that problem by creating a market among the owners of a company, providing a mechanism for owners to liquidate their interests in a reliable manner. The owners may agree to buy and sell interests among themselves on the occurrence of certain events and using certain valuation metrics, or they may agree that the company itself will redeem an owner’s interest. Without these agreements, there is often no alternative for an owner to cash out, short of liquidating the company. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the different types of buy/sell agreements, drafting the essential provisions of each, and common negotiating and drafting tips. Day 1: Types of buy/sell agreements – cross-purchase among owners, entity redemption, and hybrid approaches Most highly negotiated provisions of buy/sell agreements Triggering events – voluntary sale, retirement, death, bankruptcy of shareholder or member Valuation of interests – appraisals, formula clauses,comps, and dispute resolution Rights of first offer v. rights of first refusal, and sales to third parties Day 2: Funding buy/sell arrangements – payouts/earnouts over time, commercial borrowing, key-man insurance, other funding sources Special issues involving S Corps and unincorporated entities Drag-along and tag-along rights in buy/sell agreements Major tax issues in buy/sell agreements for buyer, seller and the entity Speaker: Daniel G. Straga is counsel in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he counsels companies on a wide variety of corporate and business matters across a range of industries. He advises clients on mergers and acquisitions, capital raising, venture capital, and governance matters. He also have extensive experience in private equity and cross-border transactions. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

Webcast
Format
60
Min.
6/17/25
Presented
DETAILS

Secured Transactions Practice: Security Agreements to Foreclosures, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Steven O. Weise

Secured Transactions Practice: Security Agreements to Foreclosures, Part 1 Secured transactions are the most common form of commercial transaction and help finance businesses of every size. They are governed by the complex provisions of UCC Article 9. Getting every detail in financing statements, security agreements, and perfection of credits is essential. Agreements can be costly and time consuming to draft, and full of risk. Failure to comply with UCC Article 9 in drafting security agreements, perfecting a creditor’s interest, or foreclosing a lien can easily cause the value of the underlying transaction to be lost. This program will provide you with a real-world guide UCC Article 9 practice. Day 1: Lifecycle of UCC Article 9 secured transactions Drafting cost-effective and enforceable security agreements What to do when something about the debtor changes – e.g., name, location, ownership Accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, intellectual property Anti-assignment provisions regarding collateral Enhancing enforceability of security agreements and reduce risks in foreclosure Day 2: Framework for the foreclosure of personal property under UCC Article 9 Foreclosing on equipment, inventory, intellectual property, and accounts receivable Duties of junior creditors to senior creditors on foreclosure Rights to proceeds of foreclosure sales and reducing foreclosure costs Rights of guarantors Debtor remedies in the event of a secured party default Cost-efficient alternatives to foreclosures and circumstances when these alternatives are available Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property. He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities. Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee. Mr. Weise received his B.A. from Yale University and his J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
7/24/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Secured Transactions Practice: Security Agreements to Foreclosures, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Steven O. Weise

Secured Transactions Practice: Security Agreements to Foreclosures, Part 2 Secured transactions are the most common form of commercial transaction and help finance businesses of every size. They are governed by the complex provisions of UCC Article 9. Getting every detail in financing statements, security agreements, and perfection of credits is essential. Agreements can be costly and time consuming to draft, and full of risk. Failure to comply with UCC Article 9 in drafting security agreements, perfecting a creditor’s interest, or foreclosing a lien can easily cause the value of the underlying transaction to be lost. This program will provide you with a real-world guide UCC Article 9 practice. Day 1: Lifecycle of UCC Article 9 secured transactions Drafting cost-effective and enforceable security agreements What to do when something about the debtor changes – e.g., name, location, ownership Accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, intellectual property Anti-assignment provisions regarding collateral Enhancing enforceability of security agreements and reduce risks in foreclosure Day 2: Framework for the foreclosure of personal property under UCC Article 9 Foreclosing on equipment, inventory, intellectual property, and accounts receivable Duties of junior creditors to senior creditors on foreclosure Rights to proceeds of foreclosure sales and reducing foreclosure costs Rights of guarantors Debtor remedies in the event of a secured party default Cost-efficient alternatives to foreclosures and circumstances when these alternatives are available Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property. He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities. Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee. Mr. Weise received his B.A. from Yale University and his J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
7/25/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Selection and Preparation of Expert Witnesses in Litigation

$85.00

Instructor(s): Shannon M. Bell

Selection and Preparation of Expert Witnesses in Litigation Experts play a vitally important role in civil litigation, whether they act as consulting experts or also as testifying experts. The complexity of modern litigation has substantially increased the pressure on attorneys to carefully evaluate the suitability of experts for a particular case and prepare them for testimony. Approaching, evaluating and preparing witnesses, however, is as much an art as science or database search. Furthermore, once an expert is selected, there are substantial risks surrounding discovery and preserving the attorney-client privilege. This program will provide you with a practical guide to selecting and preparing experts in civil litigation. How to find the right expert witness and common traps Evaluating the suitability of experts for your case Consulting v. testifying experts Approaching and retaining experts Preparing witnesses for testimony in a specific case Practical tips on the best/worst uses of particular types of expertise in litigation Discovery issues and preserving the attorney-client privilege SPEAKER: Shannon M. Bell is a member with Kelly & Walker, LLC, where she litigates a wide variety of complex business disputes, construction disputes, fiduciary claims, employment issues, and landlord/tenant issues. Her construction experience extends from contract negotiations to defense of construction claims of owners, HOAs, contractors and tradesmen. She also represents clients in claims of shareholder and officer liability, piercing the corporate veil, and derivative actions. She writes and speaks on commercial litigation, employment, discovery and bankruptcy topics. Ms. Bell earned her B.S. from the University of Iowa and her J.D. from the University of Denver. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/11/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Selling to Consumers: Sales, Finance, Warranty & Collection Law, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Steven O. Weise

Selling to Consumers: Sales, Finance, Warranty & Collection Law, Part 1 There is no larger market than sales of goods to consumers. Though the opportunities for your clients are vast, selling to consumers is unlike selling to other businesses. Sales to consumers are governed by overlapping layers of regulations covering how those sales are financed, what warranties are implied by law versus expressly made by the seller, and – when need arises – debt collection of defaulted accounts. Failure to understand and comply with these layers of complexity can lead to consumer complaints and regulatory action, litigation and substantial liability. This program will provide you a framework for understanding the law of consumer sales, including financing those sales, express and implied warranties imposed by law, and debt collection from consumers. Day 1 Essential law governing sales to consumers – sales law, finance, warranties Sales law – how consumer sales differ from commercial sales Consumer finance – securing the sales with collateral and anticipating defaults Role of the Uniform Consumer Credit Code and Reg Z Role of the new federal Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Day 2 Understanding the role of implied and express warranties in consumer sales under federal law Limiting a seller’s exposure to warranties and otherwise managing risk Overview Fair Debt Collection Practices Act and the Consumer Credit Protection Act Permissible debt collection practices in consumer sales and potential liability Communications with debtors and third parties and required disclosures Best practices to avoid liability for businesses, lawyers, and law firms Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property. He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities. Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee. Mr. Weise received his B.A. from Yale University and his J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
9/25/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Selling to Consumers: Sales, Finance, Warranty & Collection Law, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Steven O. Weise

Selling to Consumers: Sales, Finance, Warranty & Collection Law, Part 2 There is no larger market than sales of goods to consumers. Though the opportunities for your clients are vast, selling to consumers is unlike selling to other businesses. Sales to consumers are governed by overlapping layers of regulations covering how those sales are financed, what warranties are implied by law versus expressly made by the seller, and – when need arises – debt collection of defaulted accounts. Failure to understand and comply with these layers of complexity can lead to consumer complaints and regulatory action, litigation and substantial liability. This program will provide you a framework for understanding the law of consumer sales, including financing those sales, express and implied warranties imposed by law, and debt collection from consumers. Day 1 Essential law governing sales to consumers – sales law, finance, warranties Sales law – how consumer sales differ from commercial sales Consumer finance – securing the sales with collateral and anticipating defaults Role of the Uniform Consumer Credit Code and Reg Z Role of the new federal Consumer Financial Protection Bureau Day 2 Understanding the role of implied and express warranties in consumer sales under federal law Limiting a seller’s exposure to warranties and otherwise managing risk Overview Fair Debt Collection Practices Act and the Consumer Credit Protection Act Permissible debt collection practices in consumer sales and potential liability Communications with debtors and third parties and required disclosures Best practices to avoid liability for businesses, lawyers, and law firms Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property. He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities. Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee. Mr. Weise received his B.A. from Yale University and his J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
9/27/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Service Level Agreements in Technology Contracting

$85.00

Instructor(s): Peter J. Kinsella

Service Level Agreements in Technology Contracting In a world where every client depends on IT functions – web site hosting, e-commerce, telecom, storing files remotely in the Cloud, or on locally leased servers, e-mail and much more – and when most of these functions are outsourced or provided by vendors, Service Level Agreements (SLAs) are of paramount importance. SLAs set benchmarks for these services – what uptime is expected and for how long, what happens when something goes down, how is service measured and reported? The operation of every business and every law firm rests on the answer to these questions. This program will provide you a practical guide to reviewing, drafting and negotiating SLAs for client IT functions. Purpose of SLAs – ensuring clients get benefit of bargain, incentivizing providers Types of services – locally installed v. the Cloud Service availability – uptime, guarantees, exclusions Service performance – minimum v. expected service, resolution time v. resolution goals Special considerations when drafting for the Cloud Common failures, damages, and remedies Speaker: Peter J. Kinsella is a partner in the Denver office of Perkins Coie, LLP, where he has an extensive technology law practice focusing on advising start-up, emerging and large companies on technology-related commercial and intellectual property transaction matters. Prior to joining his firm, he worked for ten years in various legal capacities with Qwest Communications International, Inc. and Honeywell, Inc. Mr. Kinsella has extensive experience structuring and negotiating data sharing agreements, complex procurement agreements, product distribution agreements, OEM agreements, marketing and advertising agreements, corporate sponsorship agreements, and various types of patent, trademark and copyright licenses. Mr. Kinsella received his B.S. from North Dakota State University and his J.D. from the University of Minnesota Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
3/1/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Settlements in Civil Litigation: Strategic Planning and Drafting

$85.00

Instructor(s): Steven B. Malech

Settlements in Civil Litigation: Strategic Planning and Drafting A settlement in litigation is only as good as the settlement agreement. The case may have stopped short of trial or stopped in the middle of trial as the parties realized that settlement was the best course of action, but preserving the informal agreement to settle places immense pressure on getting the underlying agreement right – not only settling the present dispute but preserving the settlement as things change over time. Understanding the law governing these agreements and carefully drafting their essential provisions – mutual releases, scope, financial terms, non-disclosure, non-disparagement– are essential to preserving the value of the settlement. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the essential provisions, traps and opportunities of litigation settlement agreements. Framework of law governing settlement agreements Essential provisions of settlement agreements, including traps for the unwary Defining scope of settlement and mutual releases – either to prevent resumption of litigation or leave related litigation untouched Role of non-disclosure and non-disparagement provisions, violations and remedies. Enhancing the enforceability and decreasing the costs of settlement agreements Speaker: Steven B. Malech is partner in the New York City office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where he is chair of the firm’s probate litigation practice group. He is represents beneficiaries, fiduciaries and creditors in disputes involving alleged violations of the Prudent Investor Act and its predecessors, alleged breaches of fiduciary duty, disputed accountings, and will contests. He represents clients in cutting edge probate litigation matters involving trusts and estates with assets in the hundreds of millions of dollars. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
6/19/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Shared Spaces: Ethics of Remote and Virtual Offices

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

Shared Spaces: Ethics of Remote and Virtual Offices Technology allows lawyers far more flexibility to practice law than ever before. Lawyers can work in shared offices, splitting expenses with other small firms or solo practitioners. They can work remotely, from home or virtually anywhere, with basic computer and networking technology. But all these innovations come with ethics traps. These include issues of communications and confidentiality, supervising outsourced worked, multijurisdictional practice, and managing all the technology used to practice law from home. This program will provide you with a practical guide to ethical issues when working from home or anywhere but a traditional office. Disclosure to clients of virtual nature of law office Duty of competence as a duty to understand technology Electronic communications, confidentiality, and ethical risks in virtual law offices How Web sites and a “virtual” presence implicate multijurisdictional practice issues Outsourcing work to paralegal services, including fee sharing issues Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a broad complex commercial, business and securities litigation practice. He also has a substantial practice advising businesses on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 20 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

Webcast
Format
60
Min.
5/30/25
Presented
DETAILS

Small Firm Ethics: Tech, Paralegals, Remote & More

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn & H. MIchael Drumm

Small Firm Ethics: Tech, Paralegals, Remote & More Solo and small firm practitioners wear many hats. They practice law but also run the office and manage all of its information technology – file storage, email, and Web sites. They may supervise paralegals or contract attorneys. They also need to be attentive to developing new clients. Each of these and other roles comes with ethical issues and traps. Email, file storage, and law firm web sites implicate issues of competence, confidentiality, and potentially the attorney-client privilege. Supervising paralegals or junior attorneys implicates supervisory ethics and conflicts of interest. Client development also implicates a range of ethics issues. It’s a lot to manage for a firm of any size, but particularly for smaller firms.This program will provide you with a practical guide to major ethics issues for solo and small firm practitioners. Ethical issues for small law firms and solo practitioners Technology – storing client files in “the Cloud,” email traps, and remote networks Pooled Resources – shared office/meeting space, shared support staff, shared technology Client Development – web sites and lawyer biographies, email/newsletters, social media, advertising and more Paralegals – training and billing, confidentiality and the attorney-client privilege Co-Counsel – ethical responsibilities when practicing with other lawyers Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is of counsel in the Tysons Corners, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, where he advises firm clients on professional responsibility issues and properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. He has served on the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and is a Member of the American Law Institute and a Fellow of the American Bar Foundation. He has written extensively on attorney-client privilege, ethics and other topics, and has spoken at over 2000 CLE programs throughout the U.S. and in several foreign countries. Through links on his website biography, he has made available to the public his summaries of over 1,600 Virginia and ABA legal ethics opinions, organized by topic; a 300 page summary of his two-volume 1,500 page book on the attorney-client privilege and work product doctrine; over 900 weekly email alerts about privilege and work product cases; and materials for 40 ethics programs on numerous topics, totaling over 9,000 pages of analysis. H. Michael Drumm is the founder and member of Drumm Law, LLC in Denver, Colorado, where he has an extensive franchise, trademark and business transactional practice. He works with franchisors across industries nationwide helping them draft, file and renew their franchise Disclosure Documents and franchise agreements. He has a specialty representing craft breweries to help them trademark their brands and protect their intellectual property. He has been repeatedly honored by Franchise Times magazine as a “Legal Eagle” and has been designated by the International Franchise Association as a “Certified Franchise Executive.” Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

Webcast
Format
60
Min.
6/30/25
Presented
DETAILS

Smartphones, Tablets, and Other Devices in the Workplace

$85.00

Instructor(s): Laura Zabele and Brian Featherstun

Most employees carry with them powerful devices – smartphone and tablets – that they use for mixed personal and professional use. These devices can enhance or hinder productivity. Their powerful communications capabilities enable a range of activity which potentially exposes employers to liability. Employers struggle with crafting policies that allow employees autonomy to use their devices and even channel them to productive work use, but limit their exposure to liability, including allegations that employers are invading the privacy of employees. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting policies for using smart devices on the job. · Monitoring workplace usage and potential violations/liability for invasions of privacy · Wage and hour issues – when does the workday begin and end when employees are never disconnected? · EEO violations, discrimination and harassment risks when devices are used for mixed professional/personal use · Obtaining digital evidence from employee devices – what’s allowed, what’s not? · Best practices in preserving employer trade secret issues Speakers: Laura Zabele is an attorney in the Los Angeles office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where her practice focuses on all aspects of labor and employment law. She represents employers before state and federal courts and administrative agencies throughout the U.S., including single-plaintiff and class and collective actions involving discrimination, harassment, retaliation, and wage and hour issues. She also counsels employers on employment issues such as reductions in force, preparing handbook policies, and drafting employment and separation agreements. Brian Featherstun is an attorney in the San Francisco office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where his practice focuses on complex litigation and employment matters. In addition to his litigation work, he routinely advises employers on best practices to mitigate exposure or avoid litigation altogether in areas including employment discrimination, retaliation, harassment, and wage and hour issues. He has successfully handled first and second chair responsibility for trials, hearings, depositions, and administrative proceedings. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
51
Min.
6/23/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Sophisticated Choice of Entity, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Paul Kaplun, Christopher Davidson

Sophisticated Choice of Entity, Part 1 Choosing the right entity for a closely held business is not only a choice in time but planning for long stretches of time and the likelihood of substantial change. Among those changes are changes in tax law, changes in the capital structure and ownership ranks of the company, and changes in business strategy. These and a multitude of other considerations often involve a sophisticated tradeoff of benefits and costs, balancing certainty with flexibility, in full knowledge that change is certain. This program will provide you with a practical guide to sophisticated choice of entity considerations for closely held businesses. Day 1: Impact of industry norms, investor expectations, and regulatory requirements Management and information rights, and the ability to restrict Fiduciary duties/liability of owners and managers, and the ability to modify these duties Economic rights – choosing among capital rights, income rights, tracking rights Day 2: Anticipating liquidity events – sale of the company, liquidation of the company, new investors/members Planning for distributions of property Owner and employee fringe benefit considerations Impact of recent tax law changes, employment taxes, and SALT considerations Speakers: Paul Kaplun is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP where he has an extensive corporate and business planning practice, and provides advisory services to emerging growth companies and entrepreneurs in a variety of industries. He formerly served as an Adjunct Professor of Law at Georgetown University Law Center, where he taught business planning. Before entering private practice, he was a Certified Public Accountant with a national accounting firm, specializing in corporate and individual income tax planning and compliance. Mr. Kaplun received his B.S.B.A., magna cum laude, from Georgetown University and J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center. Christopher Davidson is a partner in the Baltimore, Maryland office of Venable, LLP, where he advises clients on a wide variety of federal and tax matters, including in the areas of corporate formations, financings, and transactions. His focus is on foreign and domestic tax matters for partnerships, LLCs, and corporations. He is a frequent contributor to professional tax journals. Mr. Davidson received his B.A., summa cum laude, from the University of Maryland, his J.D. from the University of Maryland School of Law, and his LL.M. from New York University. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/2/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Sophisticated Choice of Entity, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Paul Kaplun, Christopher Davidson

Sophisticated Choice of Entity, Part 2 Choosing the right entity for a closely held business is not only a choice in time but planning for long stretches of time and the likelihood of substantial change. Among those changes are changes in tax law, changes in the capital structure and ownership ranks of the company, and changes in business strategy. These and a multitude of other considerations often involve a sophisticated tradeoff of benefits and costs, balancing certainty with flexibility, in full knowledge that change is certain. This program will provide you with a practical guide to sophisticated choice of entity considerations for closely held businesses. Day 1: Impact of industry norms, investor expectations, and regulatory requirements Management and information rights, and the ability to restrict Fiduciary duties/liability of owners and managers, and the ability to modify these duties Economic rights – choosing among capital rights, income rights, tracking rights Day 2: Anticipating liquidity events – sale of the company, liquidation of the company, new investors/members Planning for distributions of property Owner and employee fringe benefit considerations Impact of recent tax law changes, employment taxes, and SALT considerations Speakers: Paul Kaplun is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP where he has an extensive corporate and business planning practice, and provides advisory services to emerging growth companies and entrepreneurs in a variety of industries. He formerly served as an Adjunct Professor of Law at Georgetown University Law Center, where he taught business planning. Before entering private practice, he was a Certified Public Accountant with a national accounting firm, specializing in corporate and individual income tax planning and compliance. Mr. Kaplun received his B.S.B.A., magna cum laude, from Georgetown University and J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center. Christopher Davidson is a partner in the Baltimore, Maryland office of Venable, LLP, where he advises clients on a wide variety of federal and tax matters, including in the areas of corporate formations, financings, and transactions. His focus is on foreign and domestic tax matters for partnerships, LLCs, and corporations. He is a frequent contributor to professional tax journals. Mr. Davidson received his B.A., summa cum laude, from the University of Maryland, his J.D. from the University of Maryland School of Law, and his LL.M. from New York University. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/3/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Special Considerations for Deployed Clients - 2023 OBA Annual Meeting

$49.00

Instructor(s): Scott Goode

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Bar Association Annual Meeting. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
46
Min.
11/12/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Special Issues in Small Trusts

$85.00

Instructor(s): John T. Midgett, Missia H. Vaselaney

LIVE REPLAY: Special Issues in Small Trusts There are many more small trusts than large trusts and they pose special challenges for trust planners and administrators. The fees paid to trustees and to investment professionals, together with ongoing reporting and fiduciary income tax compliance costs, can consume a substantial portion of the trust’s liquid assets or income. There are also the challenges in the types of assets commonly held by small trusts. In other instances, trusts may cease to be practically and financially viable, and may need to be restructured or even terminated. This program will provide you with a practical guide to drafting, structuring and administering small trusts – and what to do when they cease to be viable entities. Economics of small trusts – trustee compensation, reimbursement of expenses, investment fees Challenges of trust management of operating businesses and real estate Restructuring or terminating trusts that are no longer economically viable Custodial accounts and other alternatives to small trusts Choosing a trustee for a small trust versus a larger trust Speakers: John T. Midgett is a founder of Midgett & Preti PC in Virginia Beach, Virginia, where his practice focuses on estate planning, administration and taxation, elder law, and family business planning. He is a Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, a member of the National Academy of Elder Law Attorneys, and the Duke University Estate Planning Council. He has lectured widely on topics relating to estate planning, taxation, probate, elder law, and family businesses. Mr. Midgett received his B.A. from the University of Virginia and his J.D. from the University of Richmond. Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses. She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities. Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001. Ms. Vaselaney received her B.A. from the University of Dayton and her J.D. from the Cleveland-Marshall College of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
3/16/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Statute Symposium: Analyzing Key Changes in Recent Laws - 2024 Annual Meeting

$99.00

Instructor(s): Teena Gunter

Statute Symposium: Analyzing Key Changes in Recent Laws Filmed at the 2024 OBA Annual Meeting Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
95
Min.
8/5/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Stepchildren of the Section - Family Law

$175.00

Instructor(s): OBA Family Law Section

Stepchildren of the Section (How-to-guides on the just-as-important-but-often-underdiscussed areas of the law within the OBA Family Law Section) AGENDA Gwen Clegg; How to Try a Juvenile Deprived Case from Start to Finish. Kathryn Gardner; How to Try a Juvenile Delinquent Case from Start to Finish. Stacy Acord; How to Try an Adoption from Start to Finish. Randi Gill; How to Try a Guardianship from Start to Finish. ETHICS: A panel discussion of how to avoid malpractice in delinquent, deprived, adoption and guardianship cases (Clegg, Gardner, Acord and Gill - moderated by Christoper Brecht and/or Kensey Wright) Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
360
Min.
12/31/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Strategic Generosity: Unlocking the Art of Planned Giving for the Advisor Community

$99.00

Instructor(s): OBA CLE

Strategic Generosity: Unlocking the Art of Planned Giving for the Advisor Community Co-Sponsored by:The Oklahoma Bar AssociationThe Oklahoma Bar FoundationWatersEdge AdvisorsThe Oklahoma Association of Charitable Gift PlannersOklahoma Estate Planning Council Beyond Fundraising: Leaving Ethical Legacies Through Charitable Estate Planning Julie Stanley, Emily Collins, and Steve Kaestner Advancing Oklahoma Universities Through Planned Gifts and How the Advisor Community Can Help James Corey and Jay Kahn Fueling the Future: Endowment Essentials Ben Stewart and David Depuy How Funders and Foundations Leverage Today’s Gifts for Tomorrow’s Impact Renee Demoss, Sue Ann Arnall and Ginny Bass Carl Closing Remarks Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
238
Min.
1/3/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Structuring Minority Ownership Stakes in Companies

$85.00

Instructor(s): Frank Ciatto and Molly Merritts

Structuring Minority Ownership Stakes in Companies Taking a minority ownership stake in a closely held company is a common occurrence. An investor may have taken a minority stake to fund growth in the business or someone may have provided essential, non-cash services – technical expertise, sales skill, management expertise – in exchange for equity. But there are substantial drawbacks with minority stakes. The minority stake holder may have limited access to information to the business and little or no control or influence over the ultimate success of the business. The majority stake holder(s) may also seek to force out minority stake holders. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to structuring minority stake investments in anticipation of the majority stake owner eventually forcing the buyout of minority stake owners. Structuring minority stake ownership for eventual buyout by the majority stake owner How to avoid undue dispute and litigation through planning Framework of law protecting minority stake owners Equitable structuring of minority stake governance, information, and other rights Differences between passive minority-stake owner and those who actively participate in the business Valuation and buyout finance issues for majority stake owners Liquidity rights for minority stake owners Counseling techniques to help avoid open dispute among owners Speakers: Frank Ciatto is a partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he has 20 years’ experience advising clients on mergers and acquisitions, limited liability companies, tax and accounting issues, and corporate finance transactions. He is a leader of his firm’s private equity and hedge fund groups and a member of the Mergers & Acquisitions Subcommittee of the ABA Business Law Section. He is a Certified Public Accountant and earlier in his career worked at what is now PricewaterhouseCoopers in New York. Molly Merritts is an attorney in the Washington, D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where she focuses her practice on a wide range of corporate law matters, including mergers and acquisitions, debt and equity financing, and real estate investment trusts. She also advises clients on corporate governance matters, transactional and commercial contract negotiations, and corporate reorganizations. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
11/15/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Subleases & Assignments in Commercial Real Estate, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Michael P. Williams

Subleases & Assignments in Commercial Real Estate, Part 1 Subleasing and assignments are essential instruments for tenants to reduce the size and cost of their space as their needs change. Landlords (and their lenders) often disfavor subleases and assignments because they might lose control of who occupies the space. Subleases come in a variety of forms, all of which need to conform to the provisions of the master lease. Because of this, subleases can quickly become wildly complex, and have the potential to give rise to multiple levels of friction and possibly litigation. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the types of subleases and assignments, key issues for landlords, tenants, and subtenants, and drafting tips Day 1 : Subleasing v. assignments – when is each used or allowed? Types of subleases – no reference to master leases, reference by incorporation, custom subleases Standards of “reasonableness” in obtaining landlord consent to assignment or sublease Identifying and mitigating risks to tenants and subtenants in subleasing Landlord and lender concerns in subleases and methods to address Day 2 : Space recapture, profit sharing, and other landlord remedies Restrictions on use in subleases and subtenant risks Non-disturbance agreements with landlord and lender Subtenant remedies when tenant defaults on master lease Most important provisions of lease assignments Speaker: Michael P. Williams is a partner in the Denver, Colorado office of Senn Visciano Canges, P.C., where he has extensive experience in commercial leasing and tenant relations, acquisition and disposition of office, industrial, retail and multi-family properties, representing real estate professionals in disputes before their boards or in litigation, and advising homeowner associations. He also assists lenders in pre-foreclosure workouts, foreclosures, loan modifications and servicing REO property needs. He is a member of the banking law subcommittee of the ABA’s Business Law Section. Mr. Williams received his B.A. from Colorado State University and his J.D. from the University of Denver College of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
3/28/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Subleases & Assignments in Commercial Real Estate, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Michael P. Williams

Subleases & Assignments in Commercial Real Estate, Part 1 Subleasing and assignments are essential instruments for tenants to reduce the size and cost of their space as their needs change. Landlords (and their lenders) often disfavor subleases and assignments because they might lose control of who occupies the space. Subleases come in a variety of forms, all of which need to conform to the provisions of the master lease. Because of this, subleases can quickly become wildly complex, and have the potential to give rise to multiple levels of friction and possibly litigation. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the types of subleases and assignments, key issues for landlords, tenants, and subtenants, and drafting tips Day 1 – March 27, 2024: Subleasing v. assignments – when is each used or allowed? Types of subleases – no reference to master leases, reference by incorporation, custom subleases Standards of “reasonableness” in obtaining landlord consent to assignment or sublease Identifying and mitigating risks to tenants and subtenants in subleasing Landlord and lender concerns in subleases and methods to address Day 2 – March 28, 2024: Space recapture, profit sharing, and other landlord remedies Restrictions on use in subleases and subtenant risks Non-disturbance agreements with landlord and lender Subtenant remedies when tenant defaults on master lease Most important provisions of lease assignments Speakers: Michael P. Williams is a partner in the Denver, Colorado office of Senn Visciano Canges, P.C., where he has extensive experience in commercial leasing and tenant relations, acquisition and disposition of office, industrial, retail and multi-family properties, representing real estate professionals in disputes before their boards or in litigation, and advising homeowner associations. He also assists lenders in pre-foreclosure workouts, foreclosures, loan modifications and servicing REO property needs. He is a member of the banking law subcommittee of the ABA’s Business Law Section. Mr. Williams received his B.A. from Colorado State University and his J.D. from the University of Denver College of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

Webcast
Format
60
Min.
3/27/26
Presented
DETAILS

Subleases & Assignments in Commercial Real Estate, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Michael P. Williams

Subleases & Assignments in Commercial Real Estate, Part 2 Subleasing and assignments are essential instruments for tenants to reduce the size and cost of their space as their needs change. Landlords (and their lenders) often disfavor subleases and assignments because they might lose control of who occupies the space. Subleases come in a variety of forms, all of which need to conform to the provisions of the master lease. Because of this, subleases can quickly become wildly complex, and have the potential to give rise to multiple levels of friction and possibly litigation. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the types of subleases and assignments, key issues for landlords, tenants, and subtenants, and drafting tips Day 1 : Subleasing v. assignments – when is each used or allowed? Types of subleases – no reference to master leases, reference by incorporation, custom subleases Standards of “reasonableness” in obtaining landlord consent to assignment or sublease Identifying and mitigating risks to tenants and subtenants in subleasing Landlord and lender concerns in subleases and methods to address Day 2 : Space recapture, profit sharing, and other landlord remedies Restrictions on use in subleases and subtenant risks Non-disturbance agreements with landlord and lender Subtenant remedies when tenant defaults on master lease Most important provisions of lease assignments Speaker: Michael P. Williams is a partner in the Denver, Colorado office of Senn Visciano Canges, P.C., where he has extensive experience in commercial leasing and tenant relations, acquisition and disposition of office, industrial, retail and multi-family properties, representing real estate professionals in disputes before their boards or in litigation, and advising homeowner associations. He also assists lenders in pre-foreclosure workouts, foreclosures, loan modifications and servicing REO property needs. He is a member of the banking law subcommittee of the ABA’s Business Law Section. Mr. Williams received his B.A. from Colorado State University and his J.D. from the University of Denver College of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
3/29/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Subtenants in Commercial Leasing: How to Protect Your Client

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata

Subtenants in Commercial Leasing: How to Protect Your Client Subleases are by their very nature filled with substantial risk. A sub-tenant agrees to take space – office, retail, or industrial – from a sub-landlord, pay the sub-landlord rent, and perform certain services. But without between the sub-tenant and the senior landlord, the sub-tenant has no rights to assert against the senior landlord even though the sub-tenant’s use of the space may depend on the actions of the senior landlord. This sub-tenant is also at substantial risk of losing the space if either the senior or sub-landlord goes bankrupt. The relationship of these parties is highly complex. This program will provide you with a practical guide protecting subtenants in leasing. Counseling sub-tenant clients about the range of risks in subleases How to read master leases to spot red flags for tenants Types of subleases – what works for bigger/smaller clients and spaces? Identifying master lease’s control of subleasing and sublease terms Master lease money provisions, use restrictions, attornment provisions, and termination Determining whether sublease risks outweigh the benefits SPEAKER: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use. He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. Mr. Licata received his B.S., summa cum laude, from MacMurray College and his J.D., cum laude, from Harvard Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/11/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Successor Liabilities in Business Transactions

$85.00

Instructor(s): Bill Kelly

Successor Liabilities in Business Transactions It’s axiomatic that the sale of an asset does not carry with it the seller’s liabilities apart from any liability that may attach to the asset itself, such a lien. But there are substantial exceptions to this rule. In many instances, the asset buyer becomes liable, by operation of law, for the seller’s assets. If this liability arises, it can easily undo the basic economic assumptions of the parties entering the transaction. This program will provide you with a real world guide to identifying the risks of successor liability in transactions, including liability under common and statutory law, bankruptcy law, and discuss drafting techniques to reduce the risk of successor liability. Fact patterns giving rise to successor liability – business continuation, fraud, product line continuation, and more Buyer liability at UCC Article 9 foreclosure sales Successor liability under federal employment and environmental statutes and under state sales/use tax law Drafting techniques to limit or eliminate the risk of liability Speaker: Bill Kelly is a founding member and managing partner of Kelly & Walker LLC with nearly 30 years’ experience in the areas of class action, commercial and employment litigation. As national litigation counsel to several large companies, Bill has been lead trial counsel in over 18 states and U.S. territories. Bill is an A/V Rated attorney in Martindale-Hubbell who has been listed as a Colorado Super Lawyer, a Top Lawyer in US News & World Report, and a leader in employment law by Chambers USA. In a survey of Fortune 500 General Counsel, Bill has been named to BTI’s list of Client Service All Stars for 7 consecutive years. Bill is a fellow of the Litigation Counsel of America Trial Lawyer’s Honor Society and a member of the International Association of Defense Counsel. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
3/19/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Talking About Wealth Transfer Plans: Practical Strategies to Avoid Disputes Among Beneficiaries

$85.00

Instructor(s): Daniel L. Daniels

Transferring wealth often unearths long-deferred issues that may complicate or even subvert the best laid trust and estate plans. Heirs may have expectations about their inheritance that are unrealistic. Certain children may expect to take control of a family business. There are often interpersonal resentments or animosities among children of different marriages. Sometimes, too, there are children from a relationship that was previously unknown. These and many other issues need to be explored before plans are formulated and documents drafted. But raising these issues is a very delicate conversation which sometimes takes lawyers to the edge of their comfort zone. This program will provide you a practical guide to raising these issues and counseling clients about the legal issues involved. · Communicating wealth transfer plans before the death of a client · When to have those conversations – timing is everything · How to broach uncomfortable topics and pose unpopular choices · Anticipating visceral reactions and strategies to avoid estrangement and dispute · How trustee choices may impact beneficiary reactions Speaker: Daniel L. Daniels is a partner in the Greenwich, Connecticut office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on representing business owners, corporate executives and other wealthy individuals and their families. A Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, he is listed in “The Best Lawyers in America,” and has been named by “Worth” magazine as one of the Top 100 Lawyers in the United States representing affluent individuals. Mr. Daniels is co-author of a monthly column in “Trusts and Estates” magazine. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
62
Min.
6/13/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Tax Planning for Real Estate, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Leon Andrew Immerman and Saba Ashraf

Tax Planning for Real Estate, Part 1 Tax issues in major real estate transactions – property development, long-term ownership, build-and-sell, like-kind exchanges – often drive the structures of these deals. If not properly considered, tax issues can also have a major adverse impact on the underlying economics of a deal. The structure of a transaction can impact the timing and amount of gain, the treatment of losses (often very valuable to participants), and even the tax rate. At every stage of a transaction, tax plays an important role. This program will provide you with a practical guide to major tax planning issues in real estate deals, including choice of entity, capital gains and distribution planning, and advanced like-kind exchange issues. Day 1: Choice of entity considerations – contributions, distributions, and eventual sales Acquiring property in a form to minimize taxes later Understanding allocation and distribution provisions – layered allocations, target/forced allocations, built-in-gain (or loss) allocations Understanding and drafting for continuing ownership, including capital shifts and other shifts in ownership Deductions arising from non-recourse debt and minimum gain chargebacks Day 2: Advanced Like-Kind techniques for deferring gain on the disposition of property Techniques for using partnerships – mixing bowl partnerships, freeze partnerships, leveraged acquisition partnerships Installment sales and cross-purchase/redemption agreements Capital gain tax planning and the 3.8% tax on net investment income Speakers: Leon Andrew Immerman is a partner in the Atlanta office of Alston & Bird, LLP, where he concentrates on federal income tax matters, including domestic and international tax planning and transactional work for joint ventures, partnerships, limited liability companies and corporations. He formerly served as chair of the Committee on Taxation of the ABA Business Law Section and as chair of the Partnership and LLC Committee of the State Bar of Georgia Business Law Section. He is also co-author of “Georgia Limited Liability Company Forms and Practice Manual” (2d ed. 1999, and annual supplements). Saba Ashraf is a partner in the Philadelphia office of Ballard Spahr, LLP and co-practice leader of the firm’s tax group. She advises clients worldwide on corporate and partnership taxation matters and has managed the tax aspects of a wide range of complex business transactions, including coordination with internal and external non-tax counsel and financial advisers. She handles the tax-related issues involved in mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, debt restructurings and loan workouts, and the tax aspects of REITs and investments in real estate. She is past chair of the ABA Business Law Section’s Tax Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/3/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Tax Planning for Real Estate, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Leon Andrew Immerman and Saba Ashraf

Tax Planning for Real Estate, Part 2 Tax issues in major real estate transactions – property development, long-term ownership, build-and-sell, like-kind exchanges – often drive the structures of these deals. If not properly considered, tax issues can also have a major adverse impact on the underlying economics of a deal. The structure of a transaction can impact the timing and amount of gain, the treatment of losses (often very valuable to participants), and even the tax rate. At every stage of a transaction, tax plays an important role. This program will provide you with a practical guide to major tax planning issues in real estate deals, including choice of entity, capital gains and distribution planning, and advanced like-kind exchange issues. Day 1: Choice of entity considerations – contributions, distributions, and eventual sales Acquiring property in a form to minimize taxes later Understanding allocation and distribution provisions – layered allocations, target/forced allocations, built-in-gain (or loss) allocations Understanding and drafting for continuing ownership, including capital shifts and other shifts in ownership Deductions arising from non-recourse debt and minimum gain chargebacks Day 2: Advanced Like-Kind techniques for deferring gain on the disposition of property Techniques for using partnerships – mixing bowl partnerships, freeze partnerships, leveraged acquisition partnerships Installment sales and cross-purchase/redemption agreements Capital gain tax planning and the 3.8% tax on net investment income Speakers: Leon Andrew Immerman is a partner in the Atlanta office of Alston & Bird, LLP, where he concentrates on federal income tax matters, including domestic and international tax planning and transactional work for joint ventures, partnerships, limited liability companies and corporations. He formerly served as chair of the Committee on Taxation of the ABA Business Law Section and as chair of the Partnership and LLC Committee of the State Bar of Georgia Business Law Section. He is also co-author of “Georgia Limited Liability Company Forms and Practice Manual” (2d ed. 1999, and annual supplements). Saba Ashraf is a partner in the Philadelphia office of Ballard Spahr, LLP and co-practice leader of the firm’s tax group. She advises clients worldwide on corporate and partnership taxation matters and has managed the tax aspects of a wide range of complex business transactions, including coordination with internal and external non-tax counsel and financial advisers. She handles the tax-related issues involved in mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, debt restructurings and loan workouts, and the tax aspects of REITs and investments in real estate. She is past chair of the ABA Business Law Section’s Tax Committee. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/4/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Taxation of Settlements & Judgments in Civil Litigation

$85.00

Instructor(s): Stephen J. Turanchik

Taxation of Settlements & Judgments in Civil Litigation Two of the questions clients have about settlements are: Is the settlement taxable? And if so, how is the settlement treated for tax purposes? The answers to these questions turn on the nature of the underlying claim(s) giving rise to the settlement. Some settlements are taxed as ordinary income, subjecting income tax and employment tax withholding in certain instances. Other types of settlements are taxable as capital gains. There are also questions related to the treatment of that portion of the settlement, if any, attributable to attorneys’ fees. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the tax treatment of settlements in civil litigation. How the underlying claim giving rise to a settlement determines its tax treatment Loss of income or gross business profit v. destruction of capital property Special treatment for physical injury Treatment of portion of settlement attributable to attorneys’ fees Income and employment tax withholding from settlements Speaker: Stephen J. Turanchik is an attorney in the Los Angeles office of Paul Hastings, LLP, where his practice focuses on tax litigation at the state and federal levels as well as tax controversy work at the administrative levels. Before entering private practice, he is previously litigated for six years for the U.S. Department of Justice, Tax Division, where he litigated over 300 tax cases in federal, bankruptcy, state and probate court. He has also lectured at Loyola Law School and California State University, Fullerton on topics relating to tax litigation and is chair-elect of the executive committee of the Los Angeles Bar Association’s Tax Section. Mr. Turanchik received his B.A. from the College of the Holy Cross, his J.D. from Fordham University School of Law, and his LL.M. in Taxation from New York University School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/12/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Taylor Swift is a Genius, Even About Legal Ethics

$50.00

Instructor(s): Stuart Teicher, Esq.

Taylor Swift is a Genius, Even About Legal Ethics Everyone knows that Taylor Swift is a music genius. But she’s made some pretty smart moves in the courtroom too. Join the CLE Performer, Stuart Teicher, Esq., as he talks about how the ethics rules are invoked in some of Taylor Swift’s run ins with the legal system. You don’t have to be a Swiftie to watch the program…but you might end up one when you’re done! Topics include: -Being awesome at what you do and competence (Rule 1.1) -Copyright cases and frivolous claims (Rule 3.1) -Foregoing an FTX deal by doing diligence (Rule 1.3) -The Ticketmaster debacle and the idea of pro bono work (Rule 6.1) -Improper behavior and Rule 8.4 Stuart I. Teicher, Esq. is a professional legal educator who focuses on ethics law and writing instruction. A practicing lawyer for 30 years, Stuart’s career is now dedicated to helping fellow lawyers survive the practice of law and thrive in the profession. Mr. Teicher teaches seminars, provides in-house training to law firms and legal departments, provides CLE instruction at law firm client events, and also gives keynote speeches at conventions and association meetings. Stuart helps lawyers get better at what they do (and enjoy the process) through his entertaining and educational CLE “performances”. He speaks, teaches, and writes— Thomson Reuters published his book entitled, Navigating the Legal Ethics of Social Media and Technology. Mr. Teicher is a Supreme Court appointee to the New Jersey District Ethics Committee where he investigates and prosecutes grievances filed against attorneys. Mr. Teicher also served on the New Jersey Office of Attorney Ethics Fee Arbitration Committee. Mr. Teicher is an adjunct professor of law at Georgetown Law where he teaches Professional Responsibility, and he is an adjunct professor at Rutgers University in New Brunswick where he teaches undergraduate writing courses. He also taught legal writing at St. John’s University School of Law in New York City. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
5/31/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Texting While Practicing Law: Ethical Risks

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

Texting While Practicing Law: Ethical Risks Text messaging has become a mainstream form of communication. Clients now routinely text their lawyers about pending matters. They may ask about the status of a case, provide facts about a case, communicate decisions to a lawyer, or message other sensitive information. These messages are often to a lawyer’s mobile phone that is used extensively for personal purposes, unsecured in their transmissions, and easily accessible by third parties. This new wave of lawyer-client communication raises many difficult ethical questions, including preservation of the attorney-client privilege. This program will provide you with a guide to the major ethics issues when lawyers and their clients text message about pending matters. Confidentiality issues involving unsecured transmission of texts involving sensitive case issues How to handle mobile phones used for both personal purposes and law practice Potential loss of the attorney-client privilege when text messages are accessible by third parties Tension among the duties of competence, prudence and to communicate with clients Understanding the ethical risks and counseling clients about the risks to their case when texting Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is of counsel in the Tysons Corners, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, where he advises firm clients on professional responsibility issues and properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. He has served on the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and is a Member of the American Law Institute and a Fellow of the American Bar Foundation. He has written extensively on attorney-client privilege, ethics and other topics, and has spoken at over 2000 CLE programs throughout the U.S. and in several foreign countries. Through links on his website biography, he has made available to the public his summaries of over 1,600 Virginia and ABA legal ethics opinions, organized by topic; a 300 page summary of his two-volume 1,500 page book on the attorney-client privilege and work product doctrine; over 900 weekly email alerts about privilege and work product cases; and materials for 40 ethics programs on numerous topics, totaling over 9,000 pages of analysis. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

Webcast
Format
60
Min.
6/27/25
Presented
DETAILS

The Art and Science of Conditional Gifts in Estate Planning

$85.00

Instructor(s): Missia H. Vaselaney

The Art and Science of Conditional Gifts in Estate Planning In formulating their trust and estate plans, clients often want to set up benchmarks of achievement before distributions or gifts are made. These benchmarks often involve educational attainment – i.e., that a child obtain a college degree by a certain. But they may involve more difficult to measure benchmarks or life goals that are arguably not appropriate – i.e., that a child marry or have children of their own by a certain age. Conditional gifts can easily lead to resentments among beneficiaries, questionable enforceability, disputes, and fiduciary litigation. This program will provide you with a practical guide to conditional gifting using incentive trusts and other mechanisms, and counseling clients about the real limits and risks of conditional gifting. Conditional gifting using incentive trusts and other mechanisms Establishing objectively measurable conditions for gifts or distributions Types of conditions or benchmarks – education, life goals, etc. What’s enforceable, what’s not – counseling clients about limits Choosing the right fiduciaries to administer conditional gifts/incentive trusts Speaker: Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses. She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities. Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001. Ms. Vaselaney received her B.A. from the University of Dayton and her J.D. from the Cleveland-Marshall College of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/18/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

The Checklist Lawyer: Serving Your Clients More Efficiently

$50.00

Instructor(s): Daniel J. Siegel and Pamela A. Myers

The Checklist Lawyer: Serving Your Clients More Efficiently This program will explain why lawyers need to use checklists in their practices and offer strategies how to create effective checklists, including: How checklists can improve efficiency and prevent mistakes How checklists help reduce the risk of malpractice claims and help lawyers comply with their ethical obligations How the use of checklists reduces training costs and helps orient new hires to your firm’s practices How to create and manage checklists to improve efficiency and streamline processes How to overcome objections to checklists How to use checklists to eliminate potential mistakes and avoid missed deadlines DANIEL J. SIEGEL Principal Attorney, Law Offices of Daniel J. Siegel, LLC and Integrated Technology Services, LLC Attorney Daniel J. Siegel is a nationally recognized authority on ethics, technology, data protection and cybersecurity, civil litigation and workers’ compensation matters, and business workflow management, and the principal of both the Law Offices of Daniel J. Siegel, LLC and Integrated Technology Services, LLC. Dan provides techno-ethics counsel to solo, small, and mid-sized law firms on cybersecurity, technology, and other related issues. His practice includes representing attorneys in disciplinary matters; providing professional responsibility guidance to attorneys and firms; serving as appellate counsel; representing individuals in workers’ compensation and personal injury matters. In short, Dan handles the types of matters that keep attorneys awake at night. Siegel also consults with law firms and businesses on workflow management, implementation of paperless offices, and other productivity matters. He is a prolific speaker and author. He is Chair of the Pennsylvania Bar Association Committee on Legal Ethics and Professional Responsibility, Chair of the Pennsylvania Bar Association Technology Committee, and Secretary of the American Bar Association’s Law Practice Division. The author of 15 books, Dan is also a columnist and frequent lecturer on a wide range of topics. PAMELA A. MYERS Office Administrator, Paralegal, and Client Liaison, Law Offices of Daniel J. Siegel, LLC Office Administrator, Integrated Technology Services, LLC Pam has 27 years of experience in the legal field representing both plaintiffs and defendants. She is known for her attention to detail, her ability to anticipate an attorney’s needs, and her dedication to obtaining the best results for clients, making her an extremely valuable member of the Firm’s team. Pam first worked with Dan Siegel at his prior firm, where she assisted him in the representation of injured plaintiffs in pharmaceutical liability cases and class actions. Years later, Pam was fortunate enough to have the opportunity to join Dan at his firms in Havertown, not far from her home. Pam’s professional activities include co-authoring three books, The Ultimate Guide to Adobe Acrobat DC (1st and 2nd editions) and Checklists for Lawyers, for the American Bar Association’s Law Practice Division. She also previously served on the Board of Directors of the Philadelphia Association of Paralegals, as its second vice president, and as Editor-in-chief of its newsletter. Pam received her bachelor’s degree from West Chester University where she graduated with honors. After working for five years in management, Pam decided to pursue paralegal studies at the PJA School, where she has practiced ever since. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
54
Min.
6/19/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

The Ethics of Bad Facts and Bad Law

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

The Ethics of Bad Facts and Bad Law Every lawyer wrestles with how to handle facts or law that is unfavorable to a client. There is a natural tension between a lawyer’s duty to be honest, on the one hand, and the lawyer’s duty to provide zealous representation of a client. In some instances, bad facts or bad law must be disclosed. In other instances, disclosure is not required. How this tension is resolved involves substantial ethical issues. This program will discuss the ethics issues involved and how they may be resolved in a practical setting. Ethical issues surrounding the representation of adverse facts to tribunals and adversaries Disclosure of adverse legal precedents Required discloses of bad facts or law Timing issues – when must the disclosure occur? Related issues of confidentiality and the attorney-client privilege Ex parte communications with the courts – what’s ethically permissible, what’s not? Speakers: Thomas E. Spahn is a partner in the McLean, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, LLP, where he has a substantial practice advising clients on properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. For more than 30 years he has lectured extensively on legal ethics and professionalism and has written “The Attorney-Client Privilege and the Work Product Doctrine: A Practitioner’s Guide,” a 750 page treatise published by the Virginia Law Foundation. Mr. Spahn has served as a member of the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and as a member of the Virginia State Bar's Legal Ethics Committee. He received his B.A., magna cum laude, from Yale University and his J.D. from Yale Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
6/28/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

The Ethics of Representing Two Parties in a Transaction

$85.00

Instructor(s): William Freivogel

The Ethics of Representing Two Parties in a Transaction Representing two or more clients in a business or commercial transaction is full of potential ethical traps. It’s essential that clients understand the potential for conflicts of interest, how confidential information is shared among the joint clients, how negotiating strategies may need to be altered because of the joint representation, and the real risk to the transaction itself if the clients eventually develop unresolvable disputes among themselves. Counseling clients about information flows and obtaining a written waiver of conflicts from all clients are essential first steps but not the end of the process. This program will provide you with a real world guide to representing two or more clients in a business or commercial transaction. Information flows and potential conflicts of interest Counseling clients about sharing of confidential information – and its implications Drafting conflict of interest waivers Attorney-client privilege issues involved in joint representations Negotiation ethics when representing multiple clients What to do when jointly represented clients disagree Speaker: William Freivogel is the principal of Freivogel Ethics Consulting and is an independent consultant to law firms on ethics and risk management. He was a trial lawyer for 22 years and has practiced in the areas of legal ethics and lawyer malpractice for more than 25 years. He is chair of the Editorial Board of the ABA/BNA Lawyers’ Manual on Professional Conduct. He maintains the Web site “Freivogel on Conflicts” at www.freivogelonconflicts.com. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
61
Min.
9/14/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

The Great Reckoning: When Commercial Real Estate Loans Come Due

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata, John S. Hollyfield

The Great Reckoning: When Commercial Real Estate Loans Come Due When a commercial real estate loan comes due, there are typically three alternatives for clients: refinance the loan, sell the property underlying the mortgage, or restructure the property’s capital structure, perhaps by adding more equity. There are complex tradeoffs with each alternative. Renegotiating a loan extension is time-consuming, even when credit is available. Selling the property, especially in a strong market, may trigger adverse tax consequences. Most murky of all is restructuring the capital structure of project. Is the owner willing to add more equity to the project? This program will provide you with a practical guide to the issues of working with clients when their commercial real estate loans come due. Alternatives when a commercial real estate mortgage comes due Exploration of refinance options in an environment of volatile interest rates Role of preferred equity, mezzanine loans, and second mortgages Alternative of selling into a strong market Counseling clients about refinance in a time of certainty Speakers: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use. He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP. He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice. He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute. He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law. He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont. Disclaimer:All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
5/1/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

The Inside Brief: The Oklahoma City Bombing Trial

$115.00

Instructor(s): Robert Ivy

The Inside Brief: The Oklahoma City Bombing Trial Timothy McVeigh bombed the Alfred P. Murrah federal building in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma on April 19th 1995, killing 168 men, women and children; and injuring hundreds of others in the worst act of domestic terrorism in the history of the United States. As United States District Court Judge David L. Russell explains in featured commentary: “These were evil men who committed a heinous act, yet they got a trial, as fair a trial as America can give to its citizens.” The Oklahoma City Bombing Trial is not only a quintessential event in the history of American jurisprudence; it also provides an extraordinary opportunity for attorneys in all areas of practice to learn from events that are usually forever cloaked—but uncloaked here because Timothy McVeigh waived his attorney client privilege before his execution. Stephen Jones, the man appointed to defend McVeigh, reveals the factual and strategic elements of McVeigh’s trial in a compelling story of unprecedented depth—including events that have never before been published. With commentary from the judge who appointed Stephen Jones to defend Timothy McVeigh (Hon. David L. Russell), and the Emmy Award winning journalist who covered the bombing and subsequent trial (Bob Jamieson, ABC News-retired); this interview of Stephen Jones, shot on location in journalistic style--by lawyers for lawyers-- provides a singular opportunity to learn the first-hand, universal lessons that can come only from Stephen Jones--the man who was charged with defending the most hated man in America PART 1: Representation - "A Vigorous Defense" 00:00 - 61:01 PART 2: Investigation - "Scorpions in a Bottle" 61:01 - 111:00 PART 3: Trial - "Betrayal and Justice" 111:00 - 170:00 Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
170
Min.
4/30/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

The Law of Consignments: How Selling Goods for Others Works

$85.00

Instructor(s): Steven O. Weise

The Law of Consignments: How Selling Goods for Others Works In a consignment, the consignor, ships or transfers control of goods to a seller, the consignee, who agrees to market the property to buyers and pay over some portion of the sales proceeds to the consignor. The arrangement involves an intricate set of rights and obligations among the parties. There are also substantial and often overlooked risks, including that the consignee’s creditors may seek to claim a security interest in the consigned property. If these risks are not properly understood and remedies not carefully considered, the consignor is at risk of loss. This program will provide you to the law of consignments, UCC Article 9 issues and risks, and provide practical tips for drafting consignment agreements. Structure of common consignment transactions Parties, rights and obligations – consignor as creditor, consignee as debtor, creditors Risks of loss to consignor and how it can protect itself against consignee’s creditors Consignor remedies for consignee breach Law of consignments and relationship to secured finance Circumstances when UCC Article 9 does not apply to consignments Speaker: Steven O. Weise is a partner in the Los Angeles office Proskauer Rose, LLP, where his practice encompasses all areas of commercial law. He has extensive experience in financings, particularly those secured by personal property. He also handles matters involving real property anti-deficiency laws, workouts, guarantees, sales of goods, letters of credit, commercial paper and checks, and investment securities. Mr. Weise formerly served as chair of the ABA Business Law Section. He has also served as a member of the Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC and as an Advisor to the UCC Code Article 9 Drafting Committee. Mr. Weise received his B.A. from Yale University and his J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
3/21/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

The Murdaugh Murder Trial: Ethical Violations to Murder

$100.00

Instructor(s): Joel Oster

The Murdaugh Murder Trial: Ethical Violations to Murder "The Murdaugh Murder Trial: Ethical Violations to Murder" – an extraordinary Continuing Legal Education program that delves into the riveting case that shook the legal world. Don't miss this opportunity to gain invaluable insights into the complex interplay between ethics, addiction, and the criminal justice system. Prepare to be enthralled as Joel Oster, the renowned "Comedian at Law," takes you on a unique exploration of the Murdaugh murder trial. Through his signature blend of wit and legal expertise, Joel will provide a fresh perspective on this high-profile case, offering invaluable insights into the ethical violations that unfolded. Witness the drama and intrigue as key courtroom moments are discussed and reviewed. You won't want to miss the powerful contributions of our esteemed guests. Brian Hermanson, President of the Oklahoma Bar Association, shares his firsthand knowledge of trying a high-profile criminal case, shedding light on the immense pressure and ethical dilemmas faced by attorneys in such circumstances. Joining us is Pamela Turner, a respected substance abuse nurse, who explores the profound impact of addiction on an individual's behavior and decision-making process. By drawing connections between Mr. Murdaugh's ethical misconduct and his battle with addiction, this underscores the chilling link between professional misconduct and the tragic murder of his wife and son. Join us for "The Murdaugh Murder Trial: Ethical Violations to Murder," a CLE program that will challenge your understanding of legal ethics while leaving you spellbound by the events that unfolded. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
116
Min.
6/9/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

The Unauthorized Practice of Law: New Frontiers

$85.00

Instructor(s): TBD

The Unauthorized Practice of Law: New Frontiers In an era of increasing automation and legal technology, the boundaries of what constitutes the unauthorized practice of law (UPL) are rapidly shifting. This session explores emerging UPL issues, including the rise of non-lawyer legal service providers, AI-driven legal tools, and the ethical and regulatory challenges they present. You’ll leave with a clearer understanding of how these developments are reshaping the legal profession and what steps you can take to protect your practice and clients. Highlights: The impact of legal technology and AI tools on UPL regulations. Case studies on UPL enforcement actions and their outcomes. Ethical pitfalls and how to address them in your own practice. An analysis of state-specific UPL rules and trends. Practical steps to mitigate risk when collaborating with non-lawyer service providers. Speakers: TBD Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
3/18/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Tortious Interference, Good Faith & More: Business Torts, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): William J. Kelly III

Tortious Interference, Good Faith & More: Business Torts, Part 1 Business and commercial transactions are fraught with potential tort liability for attorneys and their clients. Whether out of disappointment at losing a deal or as a negotiating tactic or legitimate belief, counterparties, competitors and third parties can easily allege tortious interference with existing or prospective business relationships. There is also the risk of breaching the duty of good faith and fair dealing in transactions or misusing proprietary information obtained in negotiations in a failed deal. This program will provide you with a practical framework for understanding the range of business torts and real-world defenses. Day 1 Intentional interference with an existing contractual relationship – and the “business privilege” of competitors Interference with a prospective contract or transaction – what’s an “expectancy”? Fraudulent misrepresentations – how does an attorney spot “intent”? Negligent misrepresentation, including contributory negligence and the economic loss rule Day 2 Implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing – what it means for contract negotiations Contract terms involving discretion v. explicit terms Misdeeds by clients in contract negotiations Misappropriation of trade secrets disclosed in contract negotiations Usurpation of business opportunities and the organizational opportunity doctrine Torts in recruiting and hiring key employees away from competitors Speaker: William J. Kelly, III is a founding member of Kelly & Walker LLC and has more than 25 years’ experience in the areas of employment and commercial litigation. In the area of employment law, he litigates trade secret, non-compete, infringement and discrimination claims in federal and state courts nationwide and has advised Fortune 50 companies on workplace policies and practices. In the area of commercial litigation, his experience includes class action litigation, breach of contract and indemnity, mass-claim complex insurance litigation, construction litigation and trade secrets. Earlier in career, he founded 15 Minutes Music, an independent music production company. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/28/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Tortious Interference, Good Faith & More: Business Torts, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): William J. Kelly III

Tortious Interference, Good Faith & More: Business Torts, Part 2 Business and commercial transactions are fraught with potential tort liability for attorneys and their clients. Whether out of disappointment at losing a deal or as a negotiating tactic or legitimate belief, counterparties, competitors and third parties can easily allege tortious interference with existing or prospective business relationships. There is also the risk of breaching the duty of good faith and fair dealing in transactions or misusing proprietary information obtained in negotiations in a failed deal. This program will provide you with a practical framework for understanding the range of business torts and real-world defenses. Day 1 Intentional interference with an existing contractual relationship – and the “business privilege” of competitors Interference with a prospective contract or transaction – what’s an “expectancy”? Fraudulent misrepresentations – how does an attorney spot “intent”? Negligent misrepresentation, including contributory negligence and the economic loss rule Day 2 Implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing – what it means for contract negotiations Contract terms involving discretion v. explicit terms Misdeeds by clients in contract negotiations Misappropriation of trade secrets disclosed in contract negotiations Usurpation of business opportunities and the organizational opportunity doctrine Torts in recruiting and hiring key employees away from competitors Speaker: William J. Kelly, III is a founding member of Kelly & Walker LLC and has more than 25 years’ experience in the areas of employment and commercial litigation. In the area of employment law, he litigates trade secret, non-compete, infringement and discrimination claims in federal and state courts nationwide and has advised Fortune 50 companies on workplace policies and practices. In the area of commercial litigation, his experience includes class action litigation, breach of contract and indemnity, mass-claim complex insurance litigation, construction litigation and trade secrets. Earlier in career, he founded 15 Minutes Music, an independent music production company. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/29/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Trust & Estate Planning for Cabins, Boats, and Other Family Recreational Assets

$85.00

Instructor(s): Missia H. Vaselaney and Michael Sneeringer

Trust & Estate Planning for Cabins, Boats, and Other Family Recreational Assets Clients frequently have substantial reactional assets that they want to pass in their estates – family cabins, mountain houses, other retreats, boats, and other assets. These assets may be held in full or in fractional interests, sometimes shared uncomfortably by different parts of a single family or with third parties, giving rise to issues of control, value, and transfer. Any or all of these assets may have substantial financial value and almost always have emotional value to clients. Planning for these assets is a blend of property and tax law, but also practical counseling of clients. This program will provide you with a real world guide to trust and estate planning for recreational assets. · How to title and/or hold assets in LLCs or other business entities · Methods and agreements foster stable and cooperative use property among many family members · Special trust and estate planning issues for reactional assets · Use of Qualified Personal Residence Trusts for cabins and other vacation homes · Real estate issues – capital improvements, treatment of taxes and expenses, conservation easements · Special issues related to boats and airplanes Speakers: Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses. She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities. Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001. Michael Sneeringer a partner in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
8/29/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Trust & Estate Planning for Client Privacy in a Public World

$85.00

Instructor(s): Jeff Chadwick

Trust and Estate Planning for Client Privacy in a Public World Trust and estate clients frequently want nothing more than their privacy. They want their holdings and plans kept secret, even from their heirs. Ensuring privacy is a multifaceted process that relies on substantive law but also on various companies’ policies, such as with rewards programs. Privacy also turns on whether the client wants to protect the nature and extent of certain classes of assets, controversial or high profile holdings (for example, antique firearms or valuable objects of art), or something closer to home like the details of their own end-of-life health care plans or even death. This program will provide you with a detailed guide to privacy in trust and estate planning. Utilizing revocable trusts – preventing disclosure of assets on death, facilitating anonymous ownership & ensuring plan secrecy Silent trusts as a method to limit disclosure to beneficiaries Titling of special assets including art, watercraft, firearms, and certain real estate Anonymity in charitable gift planning Financial planning privacy – investor privacy, lottery winner privacy, banking disclosure Medical privacy planning – HIPAA, insurance applications Securing third-party confidentiality through non-disclosure agreements Privacy at death – obituaries, last medical records, funeral arrangements Speaker: Jeff Chadwick is a partner in the Houston and The Woodlands, Texas offices of Winstead, P.C, where his practice focuses on sophisticated trust and estate planning for closely held business owners, business executives, and other high net worth individuals and families. He provides practical advice on wealth transfer planning, business formation and structuring, asset protection planning, planned charitable giving, trust modifications, pre- and post-marital planning, and the administration of trusts and estates. Before entering private practice, he served as a judicial clerk to Judge Henry E. Hudson of the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/7/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Trust Accounting Essentials

$125.00

Instructor(s): Gina Hendryx and Julie Bays

Trust Accounting Essentials The need to handle with scrupulous care funds entrusted to a lawyer by a client or third person should be self-evident. Nonetheless, there are cases where practicing lawyers, either inadvertently or intentionally, mishandle trust funds, subjecting clients and third persons to the risk of economic hardship and undermining public confidence in the legal profession. The purpose of this is course is threefold: (1) to describe the rules for handling trust funds and property; (2) to discuss relatively recent changes to the handling of fees and trust transactions; and (3) to provide practical guidance on how to use both print and electronic tools to produce client and general ledgers and to perform proper three-way reconciliation of trust funds accounts. 1:30 p.m. Rules for Handling Trust Funds and Property Gina Hendryx, OBA General Counsel 2:20 p.m. Documenting Trust Transactions & Preparing Ledgers – In Print & Electronically (Scenario Completion) Julie Bays, OBA/MAP Practice Managemnet Advisor 3:10 p.m. Break 3:20 p.m. Essential Features of Electronic Tools for Trust Fund Accounting Julie Bays, OBA/MAP Practice Managemnet Advisor 4:10 p.m. Adjourn Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
130
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Trust and Estate Planning for Collectibles, Art & Other Unusual Assets

$85.00

Instructor(s): Jeremiah W. Doyle IV and Blanche Lark Christerson

Trust and Estate Planning for Collectibles, Art & Other Unusual Assets Art, collectibles, cars, jewelry and other unique assets, perhaps handed down for generations in a family, may form a large share a client’s estate. Unlike more traditional assets, these non-traditional assets pose special challenges for planners. There are issues of valuation – how do you value a painting, even by a well-known artist? – and liquidity. Though very valuable, these objects do not have liquid markets. There are also many issues surrounding the lifetime or post-mortem transfer of control of these assets, tax issues, and, in some instances, intellectual property issues. These and many other issues can be fascinating but also frustrating. This program will provide you with a practical guide to trust and estate planning for art, collectibles, jewelry, and other unique assets. Trust and estate planning issues for art, collectibles, jewelry, cars, and other unique assets The problem of valuing unique objects Liquidity and paying taxes and expenses for objects with great value but small markets Irrevocable trust planning for art and collectibles Lifetime and post-mortem charitable giving during the donor’s lifetime Succession planning for unique objects Issues related to fractional ownership interests Art executors and special powers of attorney Estate administration issues Speakers: Jeremiah W. Doyle, IV is senior vice president in the Boston office of BNY Mellon Wealth Management, where he provides integrated wealth management advice to high net worth individuals on holding, managing and transferring wealth in a tax-efficient manner. He is the editor and co-author of “Preparing Fiduciary Income Tax Returns,” a contributing author of Preparing Estate Tax Returns, and a contributing author of “Understanding and Using Trusts,” all published by Massachusetts Continuing Legal Education. Blanche Lark Christerson is a managing director at Deutsche Bank Wealth Management in New York City, where she works with clients and their advisors to help develop estate, gift, tax, and wealth transfer planning strategies. Earlier in her career she was a vice president in the estate planning department of U.S. Trust Company. She also practiced law with Weil, Gotshal & Manges in New York City. Ms. Christerson is the author of the monthly newsletter “Tax Topics." Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
9/27/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Trust and Estate Planning for Family Businesses, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Daniel L. Daniels

Trust and Estate Planning for Family Businesses, Part 1 Most successful businesses are owned by one or more families. Because they are family owned, these companies create many special planning challenges. Ownership and control do not shift among non-owner managers. Rather, succession in ownership and management is a momentous and often highly emotional process for members of the family. Frequently, these transitions are caused by the retirement or death of members of a family member. And these transitions, if not carefully planned and delicately handled, can be ruinous, damaging the family and their company. This program will provide you a practical framework of trust and estate planning and succession planning for family businesses. Day 1: Succession planning in family businesses Counseling clients on how to avoid family drama on succession Valuation issues for financial and tax purposes Buy-sell planning with family members or key employees Selling to third parties where intra-family succession is not possible Planning for the incapacity of the founding generation Day 2: Life insurance trust planning – or as a compensating asset to certain heirs Structuring private annuities to transfer a business and provide income to founders Self-cancelling installments notes and intentionally defective irrevocable trusts Use of GRATS and “redemptive freezes” Speaker: Daniel L. Daniels is a partner in the Greenwich, Connecticut office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on representing business owners, corporate executives and other wealthy individuals and their families. A Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, he is listed in “The Best Lawyers in America,” and has been named by “Worth” magazine as one of the Top 100 Lawyers in the United States representing affluent individuals. Mr. Daniels is co-author of a monthly column in “Trusts and Estates” magazine. Mr. Daniels received his A.B., summa cum laude, from Dartmouth College and received his J.D., with honors, from Harvard Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/22/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Trust and Estate Planning for Family Businesses, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Daniel L. Daniels

Trust and Estate Planning for Family Businesses, Part 2 Most successful businesses are owned by one or more families. Because they are family owned, these companies create many special planning challenges. Ownership and control do not shift among non-owner managers. Rather, succession in ownership and management is a momentous and often highly emotional process for members of the family. Frequently, these transitions are caused by the retirement or death of members of a family member. And these transitions, if not carefully planned and delicately handled, can be ruinous, damaging the family and their company. This program will provide you a practical framework of trust and estate planning and succession planning for family businesses. Day 1: Succession planning in family businesses Counseling clients on how to avoid family drama on succession Valuation issues for financial and tax purposes Buy-sell planning with family members or key employees Selling to third parties where intra-family succession is not possible Planning for the incapacity of the founding generation Day 2: Life insurance trust planning – or as a compensating asset to certain heirs Structuring private annuities to transfer a business and provide income to founders Self-cancelling installments notes and intentionally defective irrevocable trusts Use of GRATS and “redemptive freezes” Speaker: Daniel L. Daniels is a partner in the Greenwich, Connecticut office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on representing business owners, corporate executives and other wealthy individuals and their families. A Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, he is listed in “The Best Lawyers in America,” and has been named by “Worth” magazine as one of the Top 100 Lawyers in the United States representing affluent individuals. Mr. Daniels is co-author of a monthly column in “Trusts and Estates” magazine. Mr. Daniels received his A.B., summa cum laude, from Dartmouth College and received his J.D., with honors, from Harvard Law School. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/23/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Trust and Estate Planning for Firearms

$85.00

Instructor(s): Lee-ford Tritt

Trust and Estate Planning for Firearms Many clients hold firearms in their estates. These firearms – shotguns, rifles, pistols or others guns – may have been long held in their families and hold sentimental value. These firearms may also be quite valuable. Clients wanting to pass these firearms to their heirs, however, are subject to a significant and growing body of law regulating the transfer of firearms, even as part of a testate transfer. These are no ordinary assets that can be transferred easily like other personal property. In fact, in the absence of strict adherence to a body of law, the estate’s executor, a trust’s trustee, or the estate planner himself or herself, as well as the transferee, may be subject to substantial fines or even imprisonment. This program will provide you with a real-world guide to risks of and best practices for transferring firearms as part of a trust and estate plan. · Framework of gun law and how it impacts trust and estate planning · Drafting “Gun Trusts” to transfer firearms & comply with National Firearm Act · Planning for death and incapacity of firearm owners · Potential substantial fines and jail time for estate planners, executors, and trustees · Special issues in probate, trustee selection, and constructive control of firearms Speaker: Lee-ford Tritt is a law professor and member of the graduate tax faculty at the University of Florida College of Law in Gainesville, where he teaches trust and estate planning. He is also the director of the Center for Estate Planning and director of the Estate Planning Practice Certificate Program. He is a Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel and the vice president of the American Association of Law Schools’ Trusts & Estates Division. In addition, He serves as vice chair of the ABA Real Property Trusts & Estates Law Section’s Outreach Committee as well as a chair of a committee for the Non-Tax Estate Planning Considerations Group. Before joining the College of Law, he practiced at Davis, Polk & Wardwell and Milbank Tweed in New York City. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
58
Min.
8/1/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Trust and Estate Planning for Illiquid Assets

$85.00

Instructor(s): Jonathan Gopman

Trust and Estate Planning for Illiquid Assets Liquidity is an almost universal need in trust and estate planning. When a client dies, death taxes may need to be paid. Expenses incurred in administration need to be paid. Distributions may be required under trust instruments. For these and many other reasons, estates need cash. The big challenge comes when the estate has assets that, though valuable, are not liquid. Assets may include real estate that is not quickly or cost-effectively sold. Or a successful family business may be involved, where ownership stakes are not easily transferred or for which there is no ready market. Complex financial assets, artwork or other unique property, hard to value and hard to sell, may also be held. Trust and estate plans must anticipate the need for liquidity and formulate strategies for providing it or deferring taxes and distributions until liquidity can be created. This program will provide you with a real world guide to practical strategies for creating liquidity in trust and estate planning. Challenges of planning for illiquid assets like real estate, family businesses, and unique property Techniques and tools to fund tax liabilities, distributions, expenses and more Mechanics of electing a deferral of estate tax under IRC Section 6166 Use and advantages of using Graegin notes to obtain liquidity Advantages and disadvantages of use of redemptions and buy-sell agreements Use of life insurance and other financial products to provide liquidity Speakers: Jonathan Gopman is a partner with Akerman, LLP in Naples and chair of the firm’s trusts and estate practice group.His practice focuses on sophisticated wealth accumulation and preservation planning strategies for entrepreneurs.He also assists entrepreneurs with their personal and business planning needs at all phases of the wealth accumulation and preservation cycle.Mr. Gopman is a Fellow of the American College of Tax Counsel and co-author of the revised version of the BNA Tax Management Portfolio on Estate Tax Payments and Liabilities. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
6/26/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Trust and Estate Planning for Pets

$85.00

Instructor(s): Missia H. Vaselaney, Michael Sneeringer

Trust and Estate Planning for Pets Providing for the care of pets is, for some clients, their most urgent estate and trust priority. These clients want to ensure that, after their own deaths, their pets are looked after in a safe and secure environment. But the law is unclear in this area – there are few familiar planning patterns to follow in this area.The challenge for the planner is to create new structures to achieve these goals, including choosing standards for caregivers and trustees, drafting distribution provisions, and providing for the disposition of the remains of pets.This program will provide you with a practical guide to the estate and trust planning for pets and other animals, including drafting trusts, fiduciary standards, and distribution provisions. Legal and practical framework for estate and trust planning for pets and other animals Traditional trusts v. statutory trusts – advantages and disadvantages of each Drafting standards for caregivers and trustees, and understanding the relationship between the two Distributions to caregivers for the pet and for themselves Designation of remainder beneficiary or trust, terminating the trust, and final disposition of pets or other animals SPEAKERS: Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses. She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities. Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001. Ms. Vaselaney received her B.A. from the University of Dayton and her J.D. from the Cleveland-Marshall College of Law. Michael Sneeringer an attorney in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute.Mr. Sneeringer received his B.A. from Washington & Jefferson College, his J.D., cum laude, St. Thomas University School of Law, and his LL.M. from the University of Miami School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Trust and Estate Planning for Retirement Plans – IRAs, 401(k)s, and More

$85.00

Instructor(s): Daniel L. Daniels

Trust and Estate Planning for Retirement Plans – IRAs, 401(k)s, & More The single biggest asset most clients have is their retirement account – IRAs, 401(k)s, other defined benefit plans, and annuities. These retirement plans are often tax-favored but in exchange for that status come with a variety of restrictions. Each is also governed not only by the underlying terms of its sponsors and providers but by an array of complex tax regulations. Understanding how these complex financial products are treated not only for tax purposes but, often more importantly, for purposes of transfer at death is the central focus of trust and estate plans for most clients. This program will provide you with a guide to tax treatment and transfer rules of client retirement assets. Allocation of estate and gift taxes QTIPing IRAs and trusts as IRA beneficiaries Trust distributions as income v. principal Understanding traps of beneficiary designations Creditor claims against retirement assets How annuity distributions are treated for income tax purposes – ordinary income, capital gain, return of investment Speaker: Daniel L. Daniels is a partner in the Greenwich, Connecticut office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where his practice focuses on representing business owners, corporate executives and other wealthy individuals and their families. A Fellow of the American College of Trust and Estate Counsel, he is listed in “The Best Lawyers in America,” and has been named by “Worth” magazine as one of the Top 100 Lawyers in the United States representing affluent individuals. Mr. Daniels is co-author of a monthly column in “Trusts and Estates” magazine. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
11/3/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Trust and Estate Planning in 2025: Embracing Change and Overcoming Challenges

$85.00

Instructor(s): Missia H. Vaselaney, Michael Sneeringer

Trust and Estate Planning in 2025: Embracing Change and Overcoming Challenges Trust and estate planning in 2024 will require navigating many rocky patches. There are new assets classes. Inflation is rising. We are still dealing with the ongoing effects of the pandemic. There is legislation pending to substantially alter the taxability of estates. Familiar planning platforms and techniques may no longer be efficacious as change unfolds. Planning requires not only looking at the law as it is today but as it may change – perhaps dramatically – during the year. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning in the uncertainty of 2022. Tax legislation that will or has changed the taxability of estates Planning with rising inflation – and higher interest rates? Trends in valuation of estates with higher rates Considering how to handle new asset classes Planning for the ongoing effects of the pandemic Speakers: Michael Sneeringer a partner in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute. Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses. She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities. Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
1/31/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Trust in Estate Planning in 2024: Looking Forward

$85.00

Instructor(s): Michael Sneeringer, Missia H. Vaselaney

Trust in Estate Planning in 2024: Looking Forward Trust and estate planning in 2024 will require navigating many rocky patches. There are new assets classes. Inflation is rising. We are still dealing with the ongoing effects of the pandemic. There is legislation pending to substantially alter the taxability of estates. Familiar planning platforms and techniques may no longer be efficacious as change unfolds. Planning requires not only looking at the law as it is today but as it may change – perhaps dramatically – during the year. This program will provide you with a practical guide to planning in the uncertainty of 2022. Tax legislation that will or has changed the taxability of estates Planning with rising inflation – and higher interest rates? Trends in valuation of estates with higher rates Considering how to handle new asset classes Planning for the ongoing effects of the pandemic Speakers: Michael Sneeringer a partner in the Naples, Florida office of Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, where his practice focuses on trust and estate planning, probate administration, asset protection planning, and tax law. He has served as vice chair of the asset protection planning committee of the ABA’s Real Property, Trust and Estate Section and is an official reporter of the Heckerling Institute. Mr. Sneeringer received his B.A. from Washington & Jefferson College, his J.D., cum laude, St. Thomas University School of Law, and his LL.M. from the University of Miami School of Law. Missia H. Vaselaney is a partner in the Cleveland office of Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, LLP, where her practice focuses on estate planning for individuals and businesses. She also represents clients before federal and state taxing authorities. Ms. Vaselaney is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and has been a member of the Steering Committee for AICPA’s National Advanced Estate Planning Conference since 2001. Ms. Vaselaney received her B.A. from the University of Dayton and her J.D. from the Cleveland-Marshall College of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/1/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Understanding Ground Leases, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata, John S. Hollyfield

Understanding Ground Leases, Part 1 Ground leases are sophisticated contracts combining the elements of buy/sell agreements, commercial leases, and a sophisticated financing. A landowner enters a long-term lease with a developer who constructs a building or other improvements on the land. The developer generally finances the building, occupying it or leasing it out to other tenants, paying the landowner rent on the underlying ground over a long period of time. There are many benefits of ground leases for the landowner and the tenant. But they are very complex agreements involving sophisticated economic calculations and require very careful review. This program will provide you with a practical guide to how ground leases work, and negotiating and drafting them. Day 1: Overview of important provisions of ground leases Underlying economics of ground leases Permitted use and change of use Methodologies for setting and adjusting rent to reflect risk and value over time Day 2: Major financing issues, including subordination Construction and development issues Special condemnation and casualty considerations Speakers: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use. He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP. He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice. He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute. He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law. He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
4/24/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Understanding Ground Leases, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata, John S. Hollyfield

Understanding Ground Leases, Part 2 Ground leases are sophisticated contracts combining the elements of buy/sell agreements, commercial leases, and a sophisticated financing. A landowner enters a long-term lease with a developer who constructs a building or other improvements on the land. The developer generally finances the building, occupying it or leasing it out to other tenants, paying the landowner rent on the underlying ground over a long period of time. There are many benefits of ground leases for the landowner and the tenant. But they are very complex agreements involving sophisticated economic calculations and require very careful review. This program will provide you with a practical guide to how ground leases work, and negotiating and drafting them. Day 1: Overview of important provisions of ground leases Underlying economics of ground leases Permitted use and change of use Methodologies for setting and adjusting rent to reflect risk and value over time Day 2: Major financing issues, including subordination Construction and development issues Special condemnation and casualty considerations Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use. He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. John S. Hollyfield is of counsel and a former partner in the Houston office Norton Rose Fulbright, LLP. He has more than 40 years’ experience in real estate law practice. He formerly served as chair of the ABA Real Property, Probate and Trust Law Section, president of the American College of Real Estate Lawyers, and chair of the Anglo-American Real Property Institute. He has been named a "Texas Super Lawyer" in Real Estate Law by Texas Monthly magazine and is listed in Who’s Who in American Law. He is co-editor of Modern Banking and Lending Forms (4th Edition), published by Warren, Gorham & Lamont. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
4/25/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Undue Influence and Duress in Estate Planning

$85.00

Instructor(s): Steven B. Malech

Undue Influence and Duress in Estate Planning Elderly and other clients with diminished physical or intellectual capacity are often the victims of undue influence or duress in disposition of their property. They are often dependent on a caregiver, relative or other person for social interaction or essential mobility and functioning. This makes them ripe for exploitation by the unscrupulous. From a trust and estate planner’s perspective, undue influence and duress undermine the client’s true intent and jeopardize the validity of estate and trust instruments. This program will provide you with a world guide to spotting warning signs of undue influence and duress, drafting considerations, and the risks of litigation challenging trust and estate plans. Undue influence and duress risks in trust and estate planning Elements of undue influence – motive, opportunity and actual exercise Understanding what constitutes duress How to spot warning signs or red flags of undue influence and duress Drafting considerations to preserve the true intent of a client and prevent challenges Court battles – burdens of proof, assessing likelihood of successful challenges Speaker: Steven B. Malech is partner in the New York City office of Wiggin and Dana, LLP, where he is chair of the firm’s probate litigation practice group. He is represents beneficiaries, fiduciaries and creditors in disputes involving alleged violations of the Prudent Investor Act and its predecessors, alleged breaches of fiduciary duty, disputed accountings, and will contests. He represents clients in cutting edge probate litigation matters involving trusts and estates with assets in the hundreds of millions of dollars. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
10/27/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Unwinding a Commercial Real Estate Transaction Gone Bad, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata

Unwinding a Commercial Real Estate Transaction Gone Bad, Part 1 When a real estate project goes bad for whatever reason – sales are slow or at prices below projections, leasing is slow, or there are extensive cost-overruns or regulatory delays – developers, investors, lenders, and others are left scrambling to restructure the project and salvage any value or at least limit losses. This often involves restructuring or possibly refinancing a loan. It may also involve additional equity. Another option is selling the project, if possible. These processes can be complicated by the nature of the investors and lenders involved. This program will provide you with a practical guide to restructuring troubled real estate projects. Day 1 · Practical strategies for unwinding real estate deals outside of bankruptcy or litigation · Negotiating, structuring and drafting the restructuring of failed real estate projects · Underlying economics and tradeoffs of real estate restructuring · Types of sellers and their impact on restructuring – individual owner, institutional, joint venture, private equity · Complications and limitations involving syndicated loans, CMBS loans, and REMICs · Navigating seller issues – personal guaranties, ongoing management fees, upside participation, reputation Day 2 · Restructuring alternatives, including straight purchases, “Loan to Own,” rescue capital/preferred stock/securities · Drafting forbearance and loan modification agreements · Receivership of distressed properties and planning to emerge from receivership · “Loan to own” strategies and limitations · Tax issues, including cancellation of indebtedness and restructuring recourse indebtedness · Potential loss of valuable tax attributes and tax planning opportunities Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. He speaks extensively on real estate topics nationally. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
62
Min.
7/13/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Unwinding a Commercial Real Estate Transaction Gone Bad, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Licata

Unwinding a Commercial Real Estate Transaction Gone Bad, Part 2 When a real estate project goes bad for whatever reason – sales are slow or at prices below projections, leasing is slow, or there are extensive cost-overruns or regulatory delays – developers, investors, lenders, and others are left scrambling to restructure the project and salvage any value or at least limit losses. This often involves restructuring or possibly refinancing a loan. It may also involve additional equity. Another option is selling the project, if possible. These processes can be complicated by the nature of the investors and lenders involved. This program will provide you with a practical guide to restructuring troubled real estate projects. Day 1 · Practical strategies for unwinding real estate deals outside of bankruptcy or litigation · Negotiating, structuring and drafting the restructuring of failed real estate projects · Underlying economics and tradeoffs of real estate restructuring · Types of sellers and their impact on restructuring – individual owner, institutional, joint venture, private equity · Complications and limitations involving syndicated loans, CMBS loans, and REMICs · Navigating seller issues – personal guaranties, ongoing management fees, upside participation, reputation Day 2 · Restructuring alternatives, including straight purchases, “Loan to Own,” rescue capital/preferred stock/securities · Drafting forbearance and loan modification agreements · Receivership of distressed properties and planning to emerge from receivership · “Loan to own” strategies and limitations · Tax issues, including cancellation of indebtedness and restructuring recourse indebtedness · Potential loss of valuable tax attributes and tax planning opportunities Speaker: Anthony Licata is a partner in the Chicago office of Taft Stettinius & Hollister LLP, where he formerly chaired the firm’s real estate practice. He has an extensive practice focusing on major commercial real estate transactions, including finance, development, leasing, and land use.He formerly served as an adjunct professor at the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and at the Illinois Institute of Technology. He speaks extensively on real estate topics nationally. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
67
Min.
7/14/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

Voting Rights in Oklahoma: The Legacy of Guinn v. U.S.

$50.00

Instructor(s): Anthony Hendricks

Voting Rights in Oklahoma: The Legacy of Guinn v. U.S. While many are familiar with the role of the 15th Amendment and the 1965 Voting Rights Act in providing access to the ballot for African Americans, the importance of the U.S. Supreme Court’s 1915 decision in Guinn v. United States cannot be understated when examining the history of the Black vote. This little talked about appeal out of the state of Oklahoma may be even more relevant now. SPEAKER: Anthony Hendricks is a legal problem solver and litigator at Crowe & Dunlevy, one of Oklahoma’s largest and oldest firms. At Crowe & Dunlevy, Anthony serves as founder and chair of the firm’s Cybersecurity and Data Privacy Practice Group. His legal practice focuses on data privacy compliance, regulatory enforcement and permitting, and other “bet-the-company” suits in the areas of data security, privacy, and other complex business litigation. Anthony is an adjunct professor who teaches Cybersecurity Law and Information Privacy courses at Oklahoma City University School of Law. He also hosts “Nothing About You Says Computer Technology,” a weekly podcast on cybersecurity and data privacy viewed through the lens of diverse voices. Anthony has been nationally recognized for his legal skills, being selected as a member of the Lawyers of Color Hot List, a 40 under 40 attorney by the National Association of Black Lawyers, Ion Oklahoma Magazine 30 under 30 recipient, Oklahoma Magazine 40 under 40, and the Journal Record 40 under 40. Anthony is also a former cybersecurity policy fellow in New America’s Cybersecurity Initiative. He serves as a Trustee for the Oklahoma City Community College Foundation and is an active Arnall Community Fund Criminal Justice Reform Committee member. Anthony is a proud graduate of Howard University and was selected as Howard’s first British Marshall Scholar. Anthony holds two masters from the London School of Economics and earned his JD from Harvard Law School.To learn more about Anthony’s current projects and upcoming speaking events, or listen to the latest episodes of his podcast, visit www.anthonyjhendricks.com. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
50
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

What Overrated Rock Bands Teach About Attorney Ethics

$50.00

Instructor(s): Stuart Teicher, Esq.

What Overrated Rock Bands Teach About Attorney Ethics The name says all. Stuart Teicher (the CLE Performer) thinks that some iconic bands are overrated. And he also believes that the reasons explaining why they’re overrated provide good ethics lessons for lawyers. The bands (and ethics issues) we’ll address are… …Bruce has been terrible since the 80s (Competence, Rule 1.1, Comment [8]) …Led Zeppelin stole their best stuff (Misconduct, Rule 8.4(b)) …Metallica has one good song. That’s it. And their drummer annoys me (Professionalism vs. ethics in the law) …The Foo Fighters are Leaps and Bounds Better than Dave Grohl’s old band (Former conflicts, Rule 1.9 SPEAKER: Stuart I. Teicher, Esq. is a professional legal educator who focuses on ethics law and writing instruction. A practicing lawyer for 30 years, Stuart’s career is now dedicated to helping fellow lawyers survive the practice of law and thrive in the profession. Mr. Teicher teaches seminars, provides in-house training to law firms and legal departments, provides CLE instruction at law firm client events, and also gives keynote speeches at conventions and association meetings. Stuart helps lawyers get better at what they do (and enjoy the process) through his entertaining and educational CLE “performances”. He speaks, teaches, and writes— Thomson Reuters published his book entitled, Navigating the Legal Ethics of Social Media and Technology. Mr. Teicher is a Supreme Court appointee to the New Jersey District Ethics Committee where he investigates and prosecutes grievances filed against attorneys. Mr. Teicher also served on the New Jersey Office of Attorney Ethics Fee Arbitration Committee. Mr. Teicher is an adjunct professor of law at Georgetown Law where he teaches Professional Responsibility, and he is an adjunct professor at Rutgers University in New Brunswick where he teaches undergraduate writing courses. He also taught legal writing at St. John’s University School of Law in New York City. www.stuartteicher.com stuart.teicher@iCloud.com Tel: 732-522-0371 Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/3/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

What Race Car Drivers and Fighter Pilots Teach About Lawyer Mental Health

$50.00

Instructor(s): Stuart Teicher, Esq.

What Race Car Drivers and Fighter Pilots Teach About Lawyer Mental Health Whether it’s dealing with high pressure situations, or the need to make critical split decisions, there’s a lot of similarities between lawyers, race car drivers, and fighter pilots. And there are some critical mental health lessons that lawyers can learn from those two vocations. Join the CLE Performer as he talks about lawyer stress, substance abuse, and the importance of resilience in the practice of law. SPEAKER: Stuart I. Teicher, Esq. is a professional legal educator who focuses on ethics law and writing instruction. A practicing lawyer for 30 years, Stuart’s career is now dedicated to helping fellow lawyers survive the practice of law and thrive in the profession. Mr. Teicher teaches seminars, provides in-house training to law firms and legal departments, provides CLE instruction at law firm client events, and also gives keynote speeches at conventions and association meetings. Stuart helps lawyers get better at what they do (and enjoy the process) through his entertaining and educational CLE “performances”. He speaks, teaches, and writes— Thomson Reuters published his book entitled, Navigating the Legal Ethics of Social Media and Technology. Mr. Teicher is a Supreme Court appointee to the New Jersey District Ethics Committee where he investigates and prosecutes grievances filed against attorneys. Mr. Teicher also served on the New Jersey Office of Attorney Ethics Fee Arbitration Committee. Mr. Teicher is an adjunct professor of law at Georgetown Law where he teaches Professional Responsibility, and he is an adjunct professor at Rutgers University in New Brunswick where he teaches undergraduate writing courses. He also taught legal writing at St. John’s University School of Law in New York City. www.stuartteicher.com stuart.teicher@iCloud.com Tel: 732-522-0371 Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

When Business Partners Want Out: Business Divorce, Part 1

$85.00

Instructor(s): Frank Ciatto & Norman Lencz

When Business Partners Want Out: Business Divorce, Part 1 Business divorce can be as complicated, costly and dramatic as traditional divorce. When owners of a closely-held company decide they cannot or will not work together anymore, there are several alternatives for achieving the separation – a division of assets among the owners, a buyout of one owner or several owners by a third party or by the company itself, or a complete or partial sale of the company. But these and other transactional forms come with risk – the risk that dividing the assets of an operating business will cause substantial destruction of value to the company or that strife will take its toll on operations and employees. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the alternatives for achieving a business divorce, planning the process, containing the risk and preserving value. Day 1: Overview of techniques to accomplish a divorce – buy-sell arrangements, redemptions, compensation, employment separation and retirement plan techniques Special considerations when the divorce involves LLCs, S Corps or partnerships Valuation methods and disputes in a business divorce Techniques for financing a buyout as part of a business divorce Minimizing adverse tax consequences in a business divorce Day 2: Compensation and retirement plan-based techniques for accomplishing a business divorce Special issues when a business divorce involves a distressed business Role of confidentiality, non-competition, and non-solicitation agreements as part of the divorce Important intellectual property issues, including customer lists, goodwill and trade secrets Preservation of valuable tax attributes SPEAKERS: Frank Ciatto is a partner in the Washington D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he has 20 years' experience advising clients on mergers and acquisitions, limited liability cocmpanies, tax and accounting issues, and corporate finance transactions. He is a leader of his firm's private equity and hedge fund groups and a member of the Mergers & Acquisitions Subcommittee of the ABA Business Law Section. He is a Certified Public Accountant and earlier in his career worked at what is now PricewaterhouseCoopers in New York. Mr. Ciatto earned his B.A., cum laude, at Georgetown University and his J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center. Norman Lencz is a partner in the Baltimore, Maryland office of Venable, LLP, where his practice focuses on a broad range of federal, state, local and international tax matters. He advises clients on tax issues relating to corporations, partnerships, LLCs, joint ventures and real estate transactions. He also has extensive experience with compensation planning in closely held businesses. Mr. Lencz earned his B.S. from the University of Maryland and his J.D. from Columbia University School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
11/7/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

When Business Partners Want Out: Business Divorce, Part 2

$85.00

Instructor(s): Frank Ciatto & Norman Lencz

When Business Partners Want Out: Business Divorce, Part 2 Business divorce can be as complicated, costly and dramatic as traditional divorce. When owners of a closely-held company decide they cannot or will not work together anymore, there are several alternatives for achieving the separation – a division of assets among the owners, a buyout of one owner or several owners by a third party or by the company itself, or a complete or partial sale of the company. But these and other transactional forms come with risk – the risk that dividing the assets of an operating business will cause substantial destruction of value to the company or that strife will take its toll on operations and employees. This program will provide you with a practical guide to the alternatives for achieving a business divorce, planning the process, containing the risk and preserving value. Day 1: Overview of techniques to accomplish a divorce – buy-sell arrangements, redemptions, compensation, employment separation and retirement plan techniques Special considerations when the divorce involves LLCs, S Corps or partnerships Valuation methods and disputes in a business divorce Techniques for financing a buyout as part of a business divorce Minimizing adverse tax consequences in a business divorce Day 2: Compensation and retirement plan-based techniques for accomplishing a business divorce Special issues when a business divorce involves a distressed business Role of confidentiality, non-competition, and non-solicitation agreements as part of the divorce Important intellectual property issues, including customer lists, goodwill and trade secrets Preservation of valuable tax attributes SPEAKERS: Frank Ciatto is a partner in the Washington D.C. office of Venable, LLP, where he has 20 years' experience advising clients on mergers and acquisitions, limited liability cocmpanies, tax and accounting issues, and corporate finance transactions. He is a leader of his firm's private equity and hedge fund groups and a member of the Mergers & Acquisitions Subcommittee of the ABA Business Law Section. He is a Certified Public Accountant and earlier in his career worked at what is now PricewaterhouseCoopers in New York. Mr. Ciatto earned his B.A., cum laude, at Georgetown University and his J.D. from Georgetown University Law Center. Norman Lencz is a partner in the Baltimore, Maryland office of Venable, LLP, where his practice focuses on a broad range of federal, state, local and international tax matters. He advises clients on tax issues relating to corporations, partnerships, LLCs, joint ventures and real estate transactions. He also has extensive experience with compensation planning in closely held businesses. Mr. Lencz earned his B.S. from the University of Maryland and his J.D. from Columbia University School of Law. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
11/8/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

When Does “And” Mean “Or” in Contracts?

$85.00

Instructor(s): Lenné Espenschied

When Does “And” Mean “Or” in Contracts? It's one of the most common words in English, but the correct interpretation of "and" has plagued lawyers and judges for generations. Courts have struggled with both the conjunctive/disjunctive interpretation and the joint/several interpretation of "and" for hundreds of years, and the case law often seems haphazard and unpredictable. We'll sort through the reasoning in a 2024 U.S. Supreme Court case to make clear, practical recommendations regarding when to use "and" and how to avoid ambiguity in contracts. SPEAKER: Lenné Espenschied Lawyer, Author, National Speaker and Professor Lenné Eidson Espenschied has earned her status as one of the two most popular contract drafting speakers in the U.S. by continually striving for excellence and providing innovative, practical skills-based training for transactional lawyers. She practiced law in Atlanta, Georgia for 25 years, focusing on corporate and transactional representation of technology-based businesses. She is the author of two books published by the American Bar Association: Contract Drafting: Powerful Prose in Transactional Practice (ABA Fundamentals, 3rd Ed. 2019) and The Grammar and Writing Handbook for Lawyers (ABA Fundamentals, 2011). After graduating from the University of Georgia School of Law magna cum laude, Ms. Espenschied began her legal practice at the firm now known as Eversheds Sutherland; she also served as Senior Counsel in the legal department of Bank of America before eventually opening her own law office. As a law professor, Ms. Espenschied taught commercial law, contracts, and contract drafting. Her passion is helping lawyers acquire the skills they need to be successful in transactional practice. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
12/31/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

When the Law or Facts Are Against You: Ethical Considerations for Lawyers

$85.00

Instructor(s): Thomas E. Spahn

When the Law or Facts Are Against You: Ethical Considerations for Lawyers Every lawyer wrestles with how to handle facts or law that is unfavorable to a client. There is a natural tension between a lawyer’s duty to be honest, on the one hand, and the lawyer’s duty to provide zealous representation of a client. In some instances, bad facts or bad law must be disclosed. In other instances, disclosure is not required. How this tension is resolved involves substantial ethical issues. This program will discuss the ethics issues involved and how they may be resolved in a practical setting. Ethical issues surrounding the representation of adverse facts to tribunals and adversaries Disclosure of adverse legal precedents Required discloses of bad facts or law Timing issues – when must the disclosure occur? Related issues of confidentiality and the attorney-client privilege Ex parte communications with the courts – what’s ethically permissible, what’s not? Speaker: Thomas E. Spahn is of counsel in the Tysons Corners, Virginia office of McGuireWoods, where he advises firm clients on professional responsibility issues and properly creating and preserving the attorney-client privilege and work product protections. He has served on the ABA Standing Committee on Ethics and Professional Responsibility and is a Member of the American Law Institute and a Fellow of the American Bar Foundation. He has written extensively on attorney-client privilege, ethics and other topics, and has spoken at over 2200 CLE programs throughout the U.S. and in several foreign countries. Through links on his website biography, he has made available to the public his summaries of over 1,600 Virginia and ABA legal ethics opinions, organized by topic; a 300 page summary of his two-volume 1,500 page book on the attorney-client privilege and work product doctrine; over 1100 weekly email alerts about privilege and work product cases; and materials for 40 ethics programs on numerous topics, totaling over 9,000 pages of analysis. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
60
Min.
2/26/27
Avail. to
DETAILS

Winning Depositions with TrialPad: Master the Technology and Unlock the Keys to Taking Impactful Depositions

$95.00

Instructor(s): Chad Kelliher & Jacob Rowe

Winning Depositions with TrialPad: Master the Technology and Unlock the Keys to Taking Impactful Depositions Chad Kelliher and Jacob Rowe will share their secrets to leveraging the power of TrialPad and the entire LitSoftware Suite to take case-winning depositions, secure bigger settlements, and produce powerful trial presentations. Attendees will gain an understanding of TrialPad and related software and receive live instruction on its functionality while also learning from real case examples. Attendees can also expect to gain strategic insights on how to best leverage this remarkable tool in their own practices. SPEAKERS: Chad Kelliher Chad is a partner at the Oklahoma City firm of Fulmer Sill who has devoted his legal career to helping injured Oklahomans and brings a vast wealth of experience in handling catastrophic injury claims. Amongst other honors, He has been selected as a “Rising Star” by Super Lawyers, named to the National Trial Lawyers Top 40 Under 40 and Top 100 lists, and is the recipient of numerous “Client’s Choice” awards. Chad has been nationally recognized by Top Verdict for securing one of the Top 50 Motor Vehicle Accident verdicts in the United States. Chad’s history of obtaining multi-million-dollar verdicts and settlements for his clients has helped hundreds of injured Oklahomans get the compensation they deserved. Some of his most fulfilling experiences have come from helping victims and family members of those who have been injured or killed at the hands of intoxicated motorists. Chad is also deeply devoted to serving the legal profession. He actively serves on the Oklahoma Bar Associations Rules of Professional Conduct Committee and the Professionalism Committee. His passion for service to the profession extends to helping other lawyers further their legal education and develop the skills necessary to help their clients. He is a frequent presenter of continuing education programming and in 2021 received the Earl Sneed Award from the Oklahoma Bar Association in recognition of outstanding continuing education contributions. Jacob Rowe Jacob is a partner at the Oklahoma City firm of Fulmer Sill and brings a diverse set of skills and experience collected from nearly 20 years of legal practice. Although his current practice focuses on insurance and catastrophic injury litigation, Jacob has successfully litigated divorces, misdemeanor and felony criminal cases, and has presented argument to the Federal Tenth Circuit Court of Appeals. Jacob’s approach to lawyering is as diverse as his trial experience. At an early age, he excelled in high school speech, debate, and drama activities. As an adult he continued honing these skills by training extensively in the art of improvisational comedy and has performed in comedy festivals around the country. Jacob is also a graduate of the prestigious Trial Lawyer’s College where he learned various advanced communication techniques that allow him to to make deep, impactful connections with clients, witnesses, and jurors. Jacob’s unique approach to the practice of law incorporates?all?of his life experience into the telling of his client’s stories and has yielded exceptional results. Not only is Jacob responsible for recovering millions of dollars for his clients, he has been awarded the respected designation of Super Lawyer. Jacob is routinely sought out by other lawyers as a case consultant and trial strategist and routinely shares his expertise with other lawyers as a Continuing Legal Education instructor. Jacob is committed to being an active and involved member of the legal community. He serves on the Oklahoma Association for Justice Advisory Board, as a mentor to new trial lawyers, and regularly volunteers for various non-profit organizations throughout Oklahoma City. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
109
Min.
11/1/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Winning Your Case with a Better Memory

$225.00

Instructor(s): Paul Mellor

Winning Your Case with a Better Memory Join nationally recognized memory training consultant Paul Mellor for a session that will improve the way your mind retains facts. Learn techniques to improve your memory and learn how to apply these techniques to your everyday practice. Mellor’s objective is to show you how a trained memory can increase your efficiency and productivity in all aspects of law. He will shred the myth that memory cannot be enhanced and help you lay a foundation for total recall. The benefits of improved memory are endless! Save time in court preparation Make polished presentations to jurors and judges without notes Become a better listener in the courtroom Cross-examine with confidence - no more missed opportunities because your memory failed you Remember names of jurors in trials and clients in other professional settings Develop better concentration Reduce stress, worry less about forgetting to make a crucial point Invest in a better memory. You have invested years in becoming an attorney and you invest months preparing a case. Invest one day to strengthen your mind and achieve these goals: Think quickly and clearly without fumbling for notes Remember important information about a jury and use it to win cases Effectively recall facts and figures from research and interview to argue cases in court As attorneys we seldom leave home without our computers and IPhones. They are convenient, affordable, and most of all, come with a lot of memory. Unfortunately, one of the most powerful memory tools we own is seldom plugged in and often fails us. Brain freeze? Memory lapse? Senior moments? Whatever you want to call it, thousands of attorneys have experienced it. The good news? You can do something about it. Would you like to have more time, less stress, better concentration, and no trouble remembering names and faces? Your registration includes Mr. Mellor’s book, Memory Skills for Lawyers. The book will serve as the materials for this program. Your book will be mailed to you after you have registered. AGENDA Deposition Demonstration Introduction with demonstration displays the lightning speed of a trained memory. You will see the ease of remembering information from a deposition. Emphasis is placed on why we forget and how we remember. How to Speak Without Notes to Jurors Discover secrets on how to present a case without notes. Learn step by step techniques on how to draft your remarks, prepare your mind, and deliver a powerful presentation. To keep the jury in the palm of your hand, you’ll have to let go of your notes. Cross Examination with Confidence Using the two-step formula in recall, you will acquire the skill in remembering to ask key questions during cross examination. Use of examples and illustrations help reinforce the proficiency when dealing with those on the witness stand. Remember Names and Faces of Jurors in Trial, Clients in the Presentations, and in Other Professional Settings You will learn the FACIAL Formula to quickly remember a name. Attention is placed on concentration techniques and focusing on recalling the name correctly. Use of pictures and examples create a proven system in correctly matching a name to a face. You will learn how to remember first names, last names and groups of people. SPEAKER Paul Mellor, a finalist in the USA Memory Championship, remembered the names of over 90 people in less than 15 minutes, recalled in correct order over 100 single digit numbers after a five-minute study, and recalled the exact order of a shuffled deck of playing cards after less than a three-and-a-half-minute review. His popular seminars have been presented to attorneys throughout the United States, including the Ohio State Bar Association, California Bar Association, State Bar of Oregon, State Bar of Georgia, Tennessee Trial Lawyers Association, Pennsylvania Bar Institute, plus many more. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
325
Min.
11/13/26
Avail. to
DETAILS

Working in High Conflict Disputes - 2023 OBA Annual Meeting

$49.00

Instructor(s): Megan Hunter

Presented at the 2023 Oklahoma Bar Association Annual Meeting. Disclaimer: All views or opinions expressed by any presenter during the course of this CLE is that of the presenter alone and not an opinion of the Oklahoma Bar Association, the employers, or affiliates of the presenters unless specifically stated. Additionally, any materials, including the legal research, are the product of the individual contributor, not the Oklahoma Bar Association. The Oklahoma Bar Association makes no warranty, express or implied, relating to the accuracy or content of these materials.

On-Demand
Format
160
Min.
11/14/25
Avail. to
DETAILS

** Login to see if you qualify for special pricing on certain programs

On-Demand

60

4/18/26

On-Demand

60

9/28/25

On-Demand

60

9/29/25

On-Demand

120

12/31/25

On-Demand

60

6/7/25

On-Demand

58

6/8/25

On-Demand

268

11/12/25

On-Demand

46

6/23/25

On-Demand

52

6/23/25

On-Demand

49

6/24/25

On-Demand

55

6/23/25

On-Demand

45

6/24/25

On-Demand

305

12/31/25

On-Demand

298

12/31/25

On-Demand

300

12/31/26

On-Demand

305

12/31/26

On-Demand

60

3/14/26

On-Demand

352

12/31/26

On-Demand

374

12/31/26

On-Demand

60

7/10/26

On-Demand

60

6/5/26

On-Demand

60

6/6/26

On-Demand

60

2/8/26

On-Demand

60

2/9/26

On-Demand

60

7/17/26

On-Demand

323

12/31/26